2015 KH OM.pdf

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2015-kh-ompdf 1/511

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


K ia THE COMPA NY

Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle.

As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehi-

cles with exceptional value, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you

with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations.

All information contained in this Owner’s Manual is accurate at the

time of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changes

at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can be carried out.

This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes descrip-

tions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a

result, you may encounter material in this manual that is not applica-

ble to your specific Kia vehicle.

Drive safely and enjoy your Kia!

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


i

Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle.

When you require service, remember that your Kia dealer

knows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained tech-nicians, recommended special tools and genuine Kia replace-ment parts. It is dedicated to your complete customer satisfac-tion.

Because subsequent owners require this important informationas well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it issold.

This manual will familiarize you with operational, mainte-nance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is sup-

plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manualthat provides important information on all warranties regardingyour vehicle.

We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow therecommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operationof your new vehicle.

Kia offers a great variety of options, components and featuresfor its various models. Therefore, some of the equipmentdescribed in this manual, along with the various illustrations,

may not be applicable to your particular vehicle.

The information and specifications provided in this manualwere accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right todiscontinue or change specifications or design at any timewithout notice and without incurring any obligation. If youhave questions, always check with your Kia dealer.

We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle.

© 2014 Kia MOTORS AMERICA, Inc.

All rights reserved. May not be reproduced or translated inwhole or in part without the written consent of Kia MOTORSAMERICA, Inc.

Printed in Korea

Foreword

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


ii

3

5

6

7

8

I

IntroductionHow to use this manual / Fuel requirements / Vehicle break-in process /Vehicle data collection and event data recorders

Your vehicle at a glanceExterior overview / Interior overview / Instrument panel overview / Engine compartment

Seat and safety features of your vehicleSeats / Seat belts / Child restraint system / Air bag

Features of your vehicleSmart key / Door locks / Trunk / Windows / Hood / Fuel filler lid / Panoramic sunroof / Steering wheel / Mirrors /Instrument cluster / Lighting / Wipers & Washers / Climate control system / Audio system / Etc.

Driving your vehicleBefore driving / Engine start/stop button / Transmission / Brake system /Cruise control system / Advanced Smart Cruise Control system / Winter driving / Vehicle load limit / Etc.

What to do in an emergencyRoad warning / Emergency while driving / Emergency starting / Engine overheat / TPMS / Flat tire / Towing / Etc.

MaintenanceEngine compartment / Maintenance service / Engine oil / Engine coolant / Brake fluid / Washer fluid / Parkingbrake / Air cleaner / Wiper blades / Battery / Tire and wheels / Fuses / Light bulbs / Etc.

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

Index

Table of contents

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


1

Introduction

How to use this manual ......................................1-2

Fuel requirements...............................................1-3• Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol .............1-3

• Do not use methanol...............................................1-4

• Fuel Additives..........................................................1-4

Vehicle data collection and event data recorders ..1-6

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


We want to help you get the greatestpossible driving pleasure from yourvehicle. Your Owner’s Manual canassist you in many ways. We strong-ly recommend that you read theentire manual. To help minimize thechance of death or injury, you mustread the WARNING and CAUTIONsections in the manual.

Illustrations complement the wordsin this manual to best explain how toenjoy your vehicle. By reading yourmanual, you will learn about fea-tures, important safety information,

conditions.

The general layout of the manual isprovided in the Table of Contents.Use the index when looking for aspecific area or subject; it has analphabetical listing of all located inthe back of this manual.Sections: This manual has eight sec-tions plus an index. Each sectionbegins with a brief list of contents soyou can tell at a glance if that sectionhas the information you want.

You will find various types of safetyinstructions in this manual. Theseinstructions were prepared to helpenhance your personal safety.

Carefully read and follow ALL proce-dures and recommendations provid-ed in these instructions.

NOTICEA NOTICE indicates interesting orhelpful information is being provided.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

1-2

Introduction

A WARNING indicates a situa-tion in which harm, serious bod-ily injury or death could result ifthe warning is ignored.

WARNING

A CAUTION indicates a situationin which damage to your vehiclecould result if the caution isignored.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Your new vehicle is designed toobtain maximum performance withUNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini-mize exhaust emissions and sparkplug fouling.

3.8 engine

Your new vehicle is designed to useonly unleaded fuel having an octanenumber (R+M)/2) of 87 (ResearchOctane Number 91) or higher.

5.0 engine

Your new vehicle is designed to useonly unleaded fuel having an octanenumber ((R+M)/2) of 87 (ResearchOctane Number 91) or higher.

For improved vehicle performance,premium unleaded fuel with anoctane number ((R+M)/2) of 91(Research Octane Number 96) orhigher is recommended.

Never add any fuel system cleaningagents to the fuel tank other thanwhat has been specified. (Consult anauthorized Kia dealer for details.)

NOTICETighten the cap until it clicks once.otherwise the Check Enginelight will illuminate.

Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol

Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline andethanol (also known as grain alco-

hol), and gasoline or gasohol con-taining methanol (also known aswood alcohol) are being marketedalong with or instead of leaded orunleaded gasoline.

Pursuant to EPA regulations, ethanolmay be used in your vehicle. Do notuse gasohol containing more than10% ethanol, and do not use gaso-line or gasohol containing any

methanol. Ethanol provides lessenergy than gasoline and it attractswater, and it is thus likely to reduceyour fuel efficiency and could loweryour MPG results. Methanol maycause drivability problems and dam-age to the fuel system. Discontinueusing gasohol of anykind if drivabilityproblems occur. Vehicle damage ordrivability problems may not be cov-ered by the manufacturer's warrantyif they result from the use of:

1.Gasoline or gasohol containingmethanol.

2.Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

I n t r o

d u c t i on

1

1-3

Refueling

• Do not "top off" after the noz-zle automatically shuts off.Attempts to force more fuelinto the tank can cause fueloverflow onto you and theground causing a risk of fire.

• Always check that the fuel capis installed securely to pre-vent fuel spillage, especiallyin the event of an accident.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15percent gasoline, and is manufac-tured exclusively for use in FlexibleFuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compat-

ible with your vehicle. Use of “E85”may result in poor engine perform-ance and damage to your vehicle'sengine and fuel system. Kia recom-mends that customers do not usefuel with an ethanol content exceed-ing 10 percent.

NOTICEYour New Vehicle LimitedWarranty does not cover damage tothe fuel system or any performanceproblems caused by the use of “E85”fuel.

Gasoline containing MMT

Some gasoline contains harmful man-ganese-based fuel additives such asMMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl

Manganese Tricarbonyl).Kia does not recommend the use ofgasoline containing MMT.

This type of fuel can reduce vehicleperformance and affect your emissioncontrol system.

The malfunction indicator lamp on thecluster may come on.

Do not use methanol Fuels containing methanol (woodalcohol) should not be used in yourvehicle. This type of fuel can reducevehicle performance and damagecomponents of the fuel system.

NOTICE

Your New Vehicle LimitedWarranty may not cover damage tothe fuel system and any perform-ance problems that are caused bythe use of fuels containing methanol.

Fuel Additives

Kia recommends that you use goodquality gasolines treated with deter-gent additives such as TOP TIER

Detergent Gasoline, which helpsprevent deposit formation in theengine. These gasolines will help theengine run cleaner and enhance per-formance of the Emission ControlSystem. For more information onTOP TIER Detergent Gasoline,please go to the website (www.top-tiergas.com).

For Customers who do not use TOP

TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly,and have problems starting or theengine does not run smoothly, addi-tives that you can buy separatelymay be added to the gasoline. IfTOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is notavailable, one bottle of additiveadded to the fuel tank at 7,500 milesor every engine oil change is recom-mended. Additives are available from

your authorized Kia dealer along withinformation on how to use them. Donot mix other additives.

1-4

Introduction

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Operation in foreign countries

If you are going to drive your vehiclein another country, be sure to:

• Observe all regulations regarding

registration and insurance.• Determine that acceptable fuel is

available.

No special break-in period is needed.By following a few simple precautionsfor the first 600 miles (1,000 km) youmay add to the performance, econo-my and life of your vehicle.

• Do not race the engine.

• While driving, keep your enginespeed (rpm, or revolutions perminute) between 2,000 rpm and4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed forlong periods of time, either fast orslow. Varying engine speed isneeded to properly break-in the

engine.• Avoid hard stops, except in emer-

gencies, to allow the brakes to seatproperly.

I n t r o

d u c t i on

1

1-5

VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS

d

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


1-6

Introduction

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERSThis vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an

air bag deployment or hitting aroad obstacle, data that will assistin understanding how a vehicle'ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safety sys-tems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

* How various systems in yourvehicle were operating;

* Whether or not the driver andpassenger safety belts werebuckled/ fastened;

* How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the acceleratorand/or brake pedal; and,

* How fast the vehicle was travel-ing.

These data can help provide a bet-ter understanding of the circum-stances in which crashes andinjuries occur. NOTE: EDR dataare recorded by your vehicle only

if a non-trivial crash situationoccurs; no data are recorded bythe EDR under normal driving con-ditions and no personal data (e.g.,name, gender, age, and crash loca-tion) are recorded. However, otherparties, such as law enforcement,could combine the EDR data withthe type of personally identifyingdata routinely acquired during acrash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such

as law enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior overview ................................................2-2

Interior overview .................................................2-4

Instrument panel overview..................................2-5

Engine compartment ..........................................2-7 2


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


2-2


EXTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Hood......................................................4-32

2. Head lamp...........................................4-115

3. Fog lamp ................................... ..........4-119

4. Tire and wheel ..............................7-53, 8-5

5. Outside rearview mirror.........................4-53

6. Panoramic Sunroof.................... ............4-36

7. Front windshield wiper blades....4-120, 7-45

8. Windows............ ....................................4-28

OKH013001N

Front view

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Y o ur v eh i c l e

a t a

gl a

n c e

2

2-3

9. Door.......................................................4-17

10. Fuel filler lid ................................. ........4-34

11. Rear combination lamp.......................7-90

12. Trunk lid ................................. ..............4-21

13. High mounted stop lamp.....................7-91

14. Rear window defroster ......................4-127

15. Parking assist system .......................4-102

16. Antenna.............................................4-163

17. Rearview camera ..............................4-107

OKH013002N

Rear view



8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


INTERIOR OVERVIEW

2-4


1. Inside door handle...................................4-18

2. Front power seat adjust switch..................3-5

3. Outside rearview mirror folding ...............4-55

4. Outside rearview mirror control...............4-54

5. Power window lock switch.......................4-31

6. Central door lock switch ..........................4-19

7. Power window switch...............................4-29

8. BSD On/OFF button ................................5-79

9. HUD On/OFF button..............................4-100

10. Parking Assist button...........................4-102

11. ESC Off button ......................................5-42

12. Trunk lid open button.......................4-21, 22

13. Trunk lid close button.......................4-21, 22

14. Trunk lid open / close button..................4-22

15. Instrument panel illumination controllever........................................................4-58

16. Electric parking brake switch.................5-30

17. Fuel filler lid open switch .......................4-34

18. Hood release lever.................................4-32

19. Steering wheel.......................................4-42

20. Tilt and telescopic steering control lever ...4-42

21. Brake pedal............................................5-27

22. Accelerator pedal ....................................5-9

OKH013003N


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

Y o ur v eh i c l e

a t a

gl a

n c e

2

2-5

1. Instrument cluster..............................4-57

2. Horn...................................................4-44

3. Driver's front air bag..........................3-514. Engine start/stop button ......................5-6

5. Audio / Video / Navigation...............4-162

6. Climate control system....................4-128

7. Clock................................................4-156

8. Hazard warning flasher .......................6-2

9. Passenger's front air bag...................3-51

10. Glove box.......................................4-147

11. SBC(Shift by cable) control lever.....5-11

12. SBW(Shift by wire) control lever......5-16

13. Drive mode button..... ......................5-52

14. Auto hold button ..............................5-36

15. Electric parking brake switch...........5-30

16. DIS central key ..............................4-162

17. Front blind spot monitoring systemOn/Off button...... ...........................4-110

18. Rear curtain folding button ............4-159

19. Surround View Monitoring SystemOn/Off button...... ...........................4-111

20. Snow mode button ..........................5-52

21. Center console storage box ..........4-146

OKH013004N



8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


2-6


1. Audio remote control buttons ..............4-164

2. Bluetooth hands free buttons ..............4-163

3. LDWS On/Off button .............................5-75

4. Heated steering wheel On/Off button....4-43

5. Light control / Turn signals lever..........4-114

6. Wiper and washer control lever...........4-120

7. LCD display control ...............................4-58

8. Advanced Smart Cruise Control switch

(vehicle to vehicle distance setting) ......5-65

9. Cruise control switch / Advanced Smart

Cruise Control Switch ...................5-56/5-61

OKH013005N


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Y o ur v eh i c l e

a t a

gl a

n c e

2

2-7

1. Engine oil dipstick....... ......................7-32

2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-32

3. Engine coolant reservoir...................7-34

4. Radiator cap ................................ .....7-36

5. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-37

6. Power steering fluid reservoir ...........7-38

7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-39

8. Air cleaner.........................................7-40

9. Fuse box ................................ ...........7-68

10. Jumper terminal ................................6-5

OKH013007N

❈ The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

❈ The battery is in the trunk.

3.8L Engine


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


2-8

g

OKH013006N

1. Engine coolant reservoir...................7-34

2. Radiator cap ................................ .....7-36

3. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-37

4. Air cleaner.........................................7-40

5. Engine oil dipstick...... .......................7-32

6. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-32

7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-39

8. Fuse box ................................ ...........7-68

9. Power steering fluid reservoir ...........7-38

10. Jumper terminal ............................... .6-5

❈ The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

❈ The battery is in the trunk.

5.0L Engine

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


S e a t

an d s af e t y f e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh

i c l e

3

S e a t

an d s a

f e t y f e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v e

h i c l e

3

S e a t

an d s a

f e t y f e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v e

h i c l e

3

Seat and safety features of your vehicle

Seat ...................................................................3-2• Front seat adjustment..............................................3-4

• Driver position memory system...............................3-7

• Headrest (for front seat) ..........................................3-8

• Rear seat adjustment............................................3-13• Headrest (for rear seat).........................................3-16

Seat belts..........................................................3-20• Seat belt restraint system......................................3-20

• Pre-tensioner seat belt .........................................3-25

• Pre-Safe Seat belt (PSB) ......................................3-28

• Seat belt precautions ............................................3-29

• Care of seat belts..................................................3-31

Child restraint system .......................................3-32

• Using a child restraint system...............................3-33• Tether anchor system ...........................................3-36

• Lower anchor system ............................................3-37

Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system........................................................................3-39• Air bag system operation ......................................3-40

• Do not install a child restraint on the front

passenger's seat .................................................3-41• Air bag warning light .............................................3-42

• SRS components and functions............................3-43

• Occupant Detection System (ODS) ......................3-45

• Driver's and passenger's front air bag ..................3-51

• Side air bag...........................................................3-53

• Curtain air bag ......................................................3-55

• Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag.3-56

• SRS Care ..............................................................3-61

• Air bag warning label ............................................3-62

3


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


3-2

Driver’s seat

(1) Seat sliding forward or back-ward**/ Seat height and cushiontilting adjustment

(2) Seat cushion length adjustment(3) Seatback angle adjustment

(4) Headrest height adjustment

(5) Driver position memory system

(6) Lumbar support adjustment

Front passenger’s seat

(7) Seat sliding forward or backward/

Seat height and cushion tiltingadjustment*

(8) Seatback angle adjustment

(9) Headrest height adjustment

SEAT

OKH033001N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


S e a t

an d s af

e t y f e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh

i c l e

3

3-3

Rear seat

(10) Seat sliding forward or back-ward adjustment with seatbackangle adjustment

(11) Easy access button(12) Front passenger’s seat forward

and rearward*

(13) Front passenger’s seat backangle*

(14) Lumber support adjustment

(15) Rear lock button

(16) Headrest

(17) Armrest(18) Ski through*

*: if equipped

**: The height of the driver's headrestis automatically adjusted simulta-neously with the driver's seat slid-ing adjustment operation.

Loose objects

Do not place anything in the dri-

ver's foot well or under the frontseats. Loose objects in the dri-ver's foot area could interferewith the operation of the footpedals.

WARNING

Driver responsibility forpassengers

The driver must advise the pas-senger to keep the seatback inan upright position wheneverthe vehicle is in motion. If a seatis reclined during an accident,the restraint system's ability torestrain will be greatly reduced.

WARNING

OKH033107N


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Front seat adjustment - power

The front seat can be adjusted byusing the control switches located onthe doors. Before driving, adjust theseat to the proper position so as toeasily control the steering wheel,pedals and switches on the instru-ment panel.

3-4

Seat cushion

Occupants should never sit on

seat cushions. The passenger'ships may slide under the lapportion of the seat belt duringan accident or a sudden stop.

WARNING

Driver’s seat

• Never attempt to adjust theseat while the vehicle is mov-ing. This could result in lossof control of your vehicle.

• Do not allow anything to inter-fere with the normal positionof the seatback. Storing itemsagainst a seatback or in anyother way interfering withproper locking of a seatbackcould result in a serious orfatal injury in a sudden stopor collision.

(Continued)

WARNING

(Continued)

• Sit as far back as possiblefrom the steering wheel whilestill maintaining comfortable

control of your vehicle. A dis-tance of at least 10" from yourchest to the steering wheel isrecommended. Failure to doso could result in air bag infla-tion injuries to the driver.

Seat adjustment• Do not adjust the seat while

wearing seat belts. Moving theseat forward will cause strongpressure on the abdomen.

• Do not place your hand nearthe seat bottom or seat trackwhile adjusting the seat. Yourhand could get caught in the

seat mechanism.

WARNINGThe power seat is operable withthe ignition OFF.

Therefore, children should never

be left unattended in the vehicle.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Forward and backward

Push the control switch forward orbackward to move the seat to thedesired position. Release the switchonce the seat reaches the desiredposition.

Seatback angle

Push the control switch forward orbackward to move the seatback tothe desired angle. Release theswitch once the seat reaches thedesired position.

S e a t

an d s af


of

y o ur

v eh

i c l e

3

3-5

OKH033002N OKH032005N

• The power seat is driven by anelectric motor. Stop operating

once the adjustment is com-pleted, excessive operationmay damage the electricalequipment.

• When in operation, the powerseat consumes a large amountof electrical power. To preventunnecessary charging systemdrain, don’t adjust the powerseat longer than necessary

while the engine is not running.• Do not operate two or more

power seat control switches atthe same time. Doing so mayresult in power seat motor orelectrical component malfunc-tion.

CAUTION


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Seat cushion height

Pull the front portion of the controlswitch up to raise or down to lowerthe front part of the seat cushion. Pullthe rear portion of the control switchup to raise or down to lower the rearpart of the seat cushion. Release theswitch once the seat reaches thedesired position.

Lumbar support(for driver’s seat)

The lumbar support can be adjustedby pressing the lumbar support switchon the side of the drivers seat. Pressthe front portion of the switch (1) toincrease support, or the rear portionof the switch (2), to decrease support.

Move the support position up anddown by pressing the switch (3) or (4).

Release the switch once the seatreaches the desired position.

Cushion length adjustment(for driver’s seat)

Push the control switch forward orbackward to move the seat cushionto the desired length. Release theswitch once the seat cushion reach-es the desired length.

3-6

OKH033006N

OKH033007N OKH033004N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Driver position memory system

A driver position memory system isprovided to store and recall the driv-er seat, outside rearview mirror,HUD* (Head-Up Display), brightness of the instrument cluster illumi-nation and steering wheel positionswith a simple button operation.

* : if equipped

By saving the desired positions intothe system memory, different driverscan reposition the driver seat, out-side rearview mirror and steeringwheel based upon their driving pref-

erence. If the battery is disconnect-ed, the position memory will be lostand the driving positions should berestored in the system.

Storing positions into memory using the buttons on the door

Storing driver’s seat positions

1.Check that the shift lever is in P(Park) and the Engine Start/StopButton is in the ON position.

2.Adjust the driver seat, outsiderearview mirror, HUD* (Head-upDisplay), bright ness of the instru-ment cluster illumination and steer-ing wheel to positions comfortablefor the driver.

3.Press the SET button on the controlpanel. The system will beep once.

4.Press one of the memory buttons(1 or 2) within 5 seconds afterpressing the SET button. The sys-tem will beep twice when memoryhas been successfully stored.

* : if equipped

OKH043039N

S e a t

an d s af


of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

3

3-7

Never attempt to operate thedriver position memory systemwhile the vehicle is moving.

This could result in loss of con-trol, and an accident causingdeath, serious injury, or proper-ty damage.

WARNING


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


3-8

Recalling positions from memory

1 Check that the shift lever is in P(Park) and the Engine Start/StopButton is in the ON position.

2.To recall the position in memory,press the desired memory button(1 or 2). The system will beeponce, then the driver seat, outsiderearview mirror and steering wheelwill automatically adjust to thestored positions.

Adjusting the control switch for thedriver seat while the system is recall-

ing the stored position will cause themovement to stop and move in thedirection that the control switch ismoved.

Easy access function

When exiting the vehicle, the steer-ing wheel will move away from thedriver and the seat will move rear-ward when the engine is turned off.

When entering the vehicle, the steer-ing wheel will move toward the driverand the seat will move forward whenthe Engine Start/Stop Button ispressed to the ACC position or STARTposition.

You can activate or deactivate thisfeature. Refer to "User settings" in

chapter 4.

Headrest (for front seat)

The driver's and front passenger'sseats are equipped with a headrestfor the occupant's safety and com-fort.

The headrest not only provides com-fort for the driver and front passen-ger, but also helps protect the headand neck in the event of a collision.

OKH033109N

Use caution when recallingadjustment memory while sittingin the vehicle. Push the seatposition control switch to thedesired position immediately ifthe seat moves too far in anydirection.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


S e a t

an d s af


of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

3

3-9

For maximum effectiveness in caseof an accident, the headrest shouldbe adjusted so the middle of theheadrest is at the same height of thecenter of gravity of an occupant's

head. Generally, the center of gravityof most people's head is similar withthe height of the top of their eyes.Also, adjust the headrest as close toyour head as possible.

For this reason, the use of a cushionthat holds the body away from theseatback is not recommended.

Forward and backward adjustment

The headrest may be adjusted for-ward or rearward by pulling the lowerpart of the headrest forward or rear-ward to the desired detent in thedirection of the arrow. Adjust theheadrest so that it properly supportsthe head and neck.

Adjusting the height up and down

For manual type

To raise the headrest

1.Pull it up to the desired position (1).

To lower the headrest

1.Push and hold the release button(2) on the headrest support.

2.Lower the headrest to the desiredposition (3).

OKH033010N OKH033008N

Headrest removal/adjust-ment

• Do not operate the vehiclewith the headrests removed.Headrests help provide criti-cal neck and head support ina crash.

• Do not adjust the headrestheight while the vehicle is inmotion. Driver may lose con-trol of the vehicle.

WARNING


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


For power type

To raise the headrest

1. Push the control switch up (1).

To lower the headrest

2. Push the control switch down (2).

Release the switch once the head-rest reaches the desired position.

Removal

1.Recline the seatback (2) with the

recliner control switch (1).

For manual type

2.Raise it as far as it can go.

3.Press the release button (3) whilepulling upward (4).

3-10

OKH033011N

OKH033095N

OKH033096N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


For power type

1.Raise it as far as it can go by

pulling the switch up (3).2.Pull the headrest up (4).

Installation

1.Recline the seatback (2) with the

recliner control switch (1).

For manual type

2.Put the headrest poles (3) into the

holes while pressing the releasebutton (4).

3.Recline the seatback (6) with therecliner control switch (5).

4.Adjust the headrest to the appro-priate height.

S e a t


of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

3

3-11

OKH033098N

OKH033100N

OKH033101N


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


For power type

2.Raise it as far as it can go by

pulling the switch up (3).3.Put the headrest poles (4) into the

holes and then pull the switchdown (5) until the headrest movesto the lowest position.

4.To install the headrest securely,move the headrest up and down 2or 3 times by pulling the switch upand down.

5.Recline the seatback (7) with therecliner control switch (6).

6.Adjust the headrest to the appro-priate height.

Electronic active headrest

The electronic active headrest is

designed to move the headrest for-ward and upward when impact sen-sor detects a rear impact.

This helps to prevent the driver's andfront passenger’s heads from movingbackward during a collision.

3-12

OKH033102N OKH033110N

Do not damage the ActiveHeadrest. Headrests can providecritical neck and head support ina crash.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Rear seat adjustment- for power seat (if equipped)

The rear seat can be adjusted byusing the control switches located onthe door.

S e a t


of

y o ur

v eh i

c l e

3

3-13

The power seat is operable withthe Engine Start/Stop Button inOFF.

Therefore, children should neverbe left unattended in the vehicle.

WARNING

• The power seat is driven byelectric motors. Stop operat-ing once the adjustment iscompleted. Excessive opera-tion may damage the electri-cal equipment.

• When in operation, the powerseat consumes a large amountof electrical power. To preventunnecessary battery drain,don’t adjust the power seatlonger than necessary while

the engine is not running.• Do not operate two or more

power seat control switchesat the same time. Doing somay result in power seatmotor or electrical componentmalfunction.

CAUTION

Use extreme caution so thathands or other objects are notcaught in the seat mechanismswhile the seat is moving.

Do not adjust the seat whilewearing seat belts. Moving theseat cushion forward maycause strong pressure on theabdomen.

WARNING

Do not operate the rear powerseat while the child seat isinstalled.

WARNING


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Forward, backward and seatback angle (for power seat)

Push the control switch forward orbackward to move the seat to thedesired position. Release the switchonce the seat reaches the desiredposition.

Easy access switch(for power seat)

Your vehicle features an easy accesssystem to provide convenient accessfor rear passengers. When openingthe rear door, the rear seats willmove rearward automatically to pro-vide easier access for passengers.This easy access system will operateonly when the control switch is in"ON" position.

Additional switches for adjusting the front passenger seat(if equipped)

The switch is located in the armrestof the rear seat.

To adjust the position of front pas-senger’s seat ;

Press the control switch forward (1)or rearward (2) to move the seat tothe desired position.

Press the control switch forward (3)or rearward (4) to move the seatbackto the desired angle.

Do not use these switches while thefront passenger seat is occupied.

3-14

OKH033035N OKH033036N

OKH033037N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Lumbar support(for rear right and left passenger’s seat) (if equipped)

• For right side :

Press the R switch.

The lumbar support can be adjustedby pushing the lumbar support lever.

Push the lever to left side (1) increasesupport or push the lever to the rightside (2) to decrease support.

To move the support position up ordown, push the lever upside (3) ordown side (4).

• For left side :

Press the L switch.

The lumbar support can be adjustedby pushing the lumbar support lever.

Push the lever to left side (1) increasesupport or push the lever to the rightside (2) to decrease support.

To move the support position up ordown, push the lever upside (3) ordown side (4).

Rear switches operating limitation

You can activate or deactivate therear seat control, rear audio controland climate control by using theREAR LOCK button on the rear arm-rest or “System Settings” in the AVN(Audio, Video, and Navigation).

Detailed information for the “SystemSettings” is described in a separatelysupplied manual.

If the rear control button has deacti-

vated through AVN, you can reacti-vate the rear control button onlythrough AVN.

S e a t


of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

3

3-15

OKH033032N

OKH033040N


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Headrest (for rear seat)

The rear seat is equipped with head-rests in all the seating positions forthe occupant's safety and comfort.

The headrest not only provides com-fort for passengers, but also helpsprotect the head and neck in theevent of a collision.

For maximum effectiveness in caseof an accident, the headrest shouldbe adjusted so the middle of theheadrest is at the same height of thecenter of gravity of an occupant's

head. Generally, the center of gravityof most people's head is similar withthe height as the top of their eyes.

Also adjust the headrest as close toyour head as possible. For this rea-son, the use of a cushion that holdsthe body away from the seatback isnot recommended. Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the headrest, pull it up to the

desired position (1). To lower theheadrest, push and hold the releasebutton (2) on the headrest supportand lower the headrest to the desiredposition (3).

3-16

OKH033111N

OKH033024N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


S e a t

an d s af e

t y f e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

3

3-17

Removal and installation(for power seat)

To remove the headrest move theseat forward as much as possible.Raise it as far as it can go then pressthe release button (1) while pullingthe headrest up (2).

To reinstall the headrest move theseat forward as much as possible.Put the headrest poles (3) into theholes while pressing the release but-ton (1). Then adjust it to the appro-

priate height (2).

Rear center seat headrest

You can fold the rear center seat’s

headrest by pressing the upper partof the headrest while pushing thebutton (1).

To use the headrest, pull up theupper part of the headrest.

OKH033103NOKH033026N

Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed.

Headrests may provide criticalneck and head support in acrash.

WARNING

Make sure the headrest locks inposition after adjusting it toproperly protects the occu-

pants.

WARNING

Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrest folded.

Headrest may provide criticalneck and head support in acrash when properly adjusted.

WARNING


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


3-18

Forward and backward adjustment

The headrest may be adjusted for-

ward or backward by pulling thelower part of the headrest forward orbackward to the desired detent in thedirection of the arrow. Adjust theheadrest so that it properly supportsthe head and neck.

Wing-out (if equipped)

For rear outboard passenger's com-

fort, the ends of the headrest can beadjusted inward.

Armrest

To use the armrest, pull it forward

from the seatback.

OKH033027N


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


S e a t

an d s af e

t y f e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

3

3-19

Carrying long / narrow cargo(for fixed seat, if equipped)

Additional cargo space is provided toaccommodate long/narrow cargo(skis, poles, etc.) not able to fit prop-erly in the trunk when closed.

1. Pull the armrest down.

2. Pull the cover down while pushingthe release lever down.

OKH033076N

• Be careful when loadingcargo through the rear passen-ger seats to prevent damage to

the vehicle interior.• When cargo is loaded through

the rear passenger seats,ensure the cargo is properlysecured to prevent it from mov-ing while driving. Unsecuredcargo in the passenger com-partment can cause damage tothe vehicle or injury to it’s

occupants.

CAUTION

Cargo

Cargo should always be

secured to prevent it from beingthrown about the vehicle in acollision and causing injury tothe vehicle occupants. Do notplace objects on the rear seats,since they cannot be properlysecured and may hit the frontseat occupants in a collision.

WARNING


SEAT BELTS

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


3-20

Seat belt restraint system

Seat belts are designed to bear uponthe bony structure of the body, andshould be worn low across thepelvis, chest and shoulders as appli-

cable. wearing the lap section of thebelt across the abdominal area mustbe avoided.

Seat belts should be adjusted asfirmly as possible, consistent withcomfort, to provide the protection forwhich they have been designed.

A slack belt will greatly reduce theprotection afforded to the wearer.

Care should be taken to avoid con-tamination of the webbing with pol-ishes, oils and chemicals, and partic-ularly battery acid. Cleaning maysafely be carried out using mild soapand water. The belt should bereplaced if webbing becomes frayed,contaminated or damaged.

• For maximum restraint system pro-

tection, the seat belts must alwaysbe used whenever the vehicle ismoving. A properly positionedshoulder belt should be positionedmidway over your shoulder acrossyour collarbone.

• Never allow children to ride in thefront passenger seat. See childrestraint system section for furtherdiscussion.

SEAT BELTS

Shoulder belt

Never wear the shoulder beltunder your arm or behind yourback. An improperly positionedshoulder belt cannot protect theoccupant in a crash.

WARNING

Damaged seat belt

Replace the entire seat beltassembly if any part of the web-bing or hardware is damaged asyou can no longer be sure that adamaged seat belt will provideprotection in a crash.

WARNING

Twisted seat belt

Make sure your seat belt is not

twisted when worn. A twistedseat belt may not properly pro-tect you in an accident andcould even cut into your body.

WARNING

Seat belt buckle

Do not allow foreign material(gum, crumbs, coins, etc.) toobstruct the seat belt buckle.This may prevent the seat beltfrom fastening securely.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


S e a t

an d s af e

t y f e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c

l e

3

3-21

Seat belt warning(for driver’s seat)

The driver's seat belt warning lightand chime will activate to the follow-ing table when the ignition switch isin "ON" position. *1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times

with an interval of 24 seconds. Ifthe driver's seat belt is buckled, thelight will stop within 6 seconds andchime will stop immediately.

*2 The light will stop within 6 seconds

and chime will stop immediately.

Seat belt warning(for front passenger’s seat)

The front passenger's seat beltwarning light will activate to the fol-lowing table when the ignition switchis in "ON" position.

WKH-001

Conditions Warning Pattern

Seat BeltVehicle

SpeedLight-Blink

Chime-

Sound

Unbuckled 6 seconds

Buckled 6 seconds None

Buckled →

Unbuckled

Below 3 mph

(5 km/h)6 seconds None

3 mph~

6 mph6 seconds

Above 6 mph

(10 km/h)

6 sec. on / 24 sec. off

(11 times)

Unbuckled

Above 6 mph

(10 km/h)

↓

Below 3 mph

(5 km/h)

6 seconds *1

↓

Stop *2

OKH033104N


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


3-22

*1 The seat belt warning light will gooff if the vehicle speed decreases

below 3 mph (5 km/h). If the vehi-cle speed increases above 3 mph(5 km/h), the warning light will blinkagain.

• You can find the front passenger'sseat belt warning light on the cen-ter fascia panel.

• Although the front passenger seatis not occupied, the seat belt warn-ing light will blink for 6 seconds.

• The seat belt warning light canblink when a briefcase or purse isplaced on the front passengerseat.

Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system with emergency locking retractor

To fasten your seat belt:To fasten your seat belt, pull it out ofthe retractor and insert the metal tab(1) into the buckle (2). There will bean audible "click" when the tab locksinto the buckle.

The seat belt automatically adjusts tothe proper length only after the lapbelt portion is adjusted manually so

that it fits snugly around your hips. Ifyou lean forward in a slow, easymotion, the belt will extend and letyou move around. If there is a sud-den stop or impact, however, the beltwill lock into position.

Conditions Warning Pattern

Seat BeltVehicle

SpeedLight-Blink

Unbuckled 6 seconds

UnbuckledAbove 6mph

(10 km/h)Continuously

Buckled 6 seconds

Buckled →

Unbuckled

Above 6mph

(10 km/h)Continuously *1

Below 6mph

(10 km/h)None

OKH033112N

Riding in an improper positionadversely affects the front pas-senger's seat belt warning sys-

tem. It is important for the driverto instruct the passenger as tothe proper seating instructionsas contained in this manual.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


S e a t

an d s af e

t y f e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c

l e

3

3-23

It will also lock if you try to lean for-ward too quickly.

If you are unable to pull out the seatbelt from the retractor, firmly pull thebelt out and release it. Then you will

be able to pull the belt out smoothly.

Height adjustment

You can adjust the height of the

shoulder belt anchor to one of the 4positions for maximum comfort andsafety.

The height of the adjusting seat beltshould not be too close to your neck.

The shoulder portion should beadjusted so that it lies across yourchest and midway over your shouldernearest the door and not your neck.

To adjust the height of the seat beltanchor, lower or raise the heightadjuster into an appropriate position.

To raise the height adjuster, pull it up(1). To lower it, push it down (3) whilepressing the height adjuster button(2).

Release the button to lock the

anchor into position. Try sliding theheight adjuster to make sure that ithas locked into position.

OKH033113N Shoulder belt positioning

Never position the shoulder beltacross your neck or face.

WARNING

Seat belt replacement

Replace your seat belts afterbeing in an accident. Failure toreplace seat belts after an acci-dent could leave you with dam-aged seat belts that will not pro-

vide protection in the event ofanother collision.

WARNING


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


3-24

You should place the lap belt portionas low as possible and snugly acrossyour hips. If the lap belt is located too

high on your waist, it may increasethe chance of injury in the event of acollision.

The arm closest to the seat beltbuckle should be over the belt whilethe other arm should be under thebelt as shown in the illustration.

Seat belts - Front passenger and rear seat 3-point system with combination locking retractor

To fasten your seat belt

Combination retractor type seat belts

are installed in the rear seat posi-tions to help accommodate theinstallation of child restraint systems.Although a combination retractor isalso installed in the front passengerseat position, it is strongly recom-mended that children always beseated in the rear seat. NEVERplace an infant restraint system inthe front seat of the vehicle.

This type of seat belt combines thefeatures of both an emergency lock-ing retractor seat belt and an auto-matic locking retractor seat belt. Tofasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab intothe buckle. There will be an audible"click" when the tab locks into thebuckle. When not securing a child

restraint, the seat belt operates in thesame way as the driver's seat belt(Emergency Locking RetractorType). It automatically adjusts to theproper length only after the lap belt

portion of the seat belt is adjustedmanually so that it fits snugly aroundyour hips.

When the seat belt is fully extendedfrom the retractor to allow the instal-

lation of a child restraint system, theseat belt operation changes to allowthe belt to retract, but not to extend(Automatic Locking Retractor Type).Refer to “Using a child restraint sys-tem” in this chapter.

To convert from the automatic lock-ing feature to the emergency lockingoperation mode, allow the unbuckledseat belt to fully retract.

OKH033114N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


S e a t

an d s af e

t y f e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c

l e

3

3-25

When using the rear center seat belt,the buckle with the “CENTER” markmust be used.

To release the seat belt

The seat belt is released by pressingthe release button (1) of the lockingbuckle. When it is released, the beltshould automatically draw back intothe retractor.

If this does not happen, check thebelt to be sure it is not twisted, thentry again.

Pre-tensioner seat belt

Your vehicle is equipped with driver's

and front passenger's pre-tensionerseat belts (retractor pretensioner andEFD (Emergency Fastening Device).The pre-tensioner seat belts may beactivated, when a frontal collision issevere enough, together with the airbags.

When the vehicle stops suddenly, orif the occupant tries to lean forward

too quickly, the seat belt retractormay lock into position. In certainfrontal collisions, the pre-tensionerwill activate and pull the seat belt intotighter contact against the occu-pant's body.


OXMA033101


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


3-26

(1) Retractor Pretensioner

The retractor pre-tensioner is asupplemental system of the seatbelts.

The purpose of the retractor pre-

tensioner is to make sure that theshoulder belts fit in tightly againstthe occupant's upper body in cer-tain frontal collisions.

(2) EFD (Emergency Fastening Device)

The Emergency Fastening Device(EFD) is a supplemental system ofthe seat belts.

The purpose of the EFD is to make

sure that the pelvis belts fit in tight-ly against the occupant's lowerbody in certain frontal collisions.

If the system senses excessive ten-sion on the driver or passenger'sseat belt when the pre-tensioner sys-tem activates, the load limiter insidethe retractor pre-tensioner will releasesome of the pressure on the affectedseat belt.

The seat belt pre-tensioner systemconsists mainly of the following com-ponents. Their locations are shown

in the illustration:1. SRS air bag warning light

2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly

3. SRS control module

4. Emergency fastening device (EFD)

ODMESA2024

• Do not put anything near thebuckle. Placing objects nearthe buckle may increase the

risk of personal injury in theevent of a collision.

• For your safety, be sure thatthe belt webbing is not looseor twisted and always sitproperly on your seat.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


S e a t

an d s af e

t y f e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c

l e

3

3-27

NOTICE• Both the driver's and front pas-

senger's seat belt pre-tensionersystem may be activated not onlyin certain frontal collision but also

in certain side collision or rollover,if the vehicle is equipped with aside or curtain air bag.

• When the pre-tensioner seat beltsare activated, a loud noise may beheard and fine dust, which mayappear to be smoke, may be visiblein the passenger compartment.These are normal operating condi-tions and are not hazardous.

• Although it is harmless, the finedust may cause skin irritation andshould not be breathed for pro-longed periods. Wash all exposedskin areas thoroughly after anaccident in which the pre-tension-er seat belts were activated.

• Because the sensor that activatesthe SRS air bag is connected withthe pre-tensioner seat belt, the

SRS air bag warning light onthe instrument panel will illumi-nate for approximately 6 secondsafter the ignition switch has beenturned to the ON position, andthen it should turn off.

To obtain maximum benefit froma pre-tensioner seat belt:

1. The seat belt must be worncorrectly and adjusted to theproper position. Please readand follow all of the importantinformation and precautionsabout your vehicle’s occupantsafety features – includingseat belts and air bags – thatare provided in this manual.

2. Be sure you and your passen-

gers always wear seat beltsproperly.

WARNING

If the pre-tensioner seat beltsystem are not working proper-ly, this warning light will illumi-

nate even if there is no malfunc-tion of the SRS air bag. If theSRS air bag warning light doesnot illuminate when the ignitionswitch is turned ON, or if itremains illuminated after illumi-nating for approximately 6 sec-onds, or if it illuminates whilethe vehicle is being driven, havean authorized authorized K900

Kia dealer inspect the pre-ten-sioner seat belt and SRS air bagsystem as soon as possible.

CAUTION


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


3-28

Pre-Safe Seat belt (PSB)(if equipped)

The pre-safe seat belt will activateand pull the seat belt into tighter con-tact against the occupant's body if acollision is detected or during certaindriving maneuvers.

OKH033116N

• Pre-tensioners are designedto operate only one time. Afteractivation, pre-tensioner seat

belts must be replaced. Allseat belts, of any type, shouldalways be replaced after theyhave been worn during a colli-sion.

• The pre-tensioner seat beltassembly mechanisms becomehot during activation. Do nottouch the pre-tensioner seatbelt assemblies for several min-utes after they have been acti-vated.

• Do not attempt to inspect orreplace the pre-tensioner seatbelts yourself. This must bedone by an authorized K900Kia dealer.

• Do not strike the pre-tension-er seat belt assemblies.

• Do not attempt to service orrepair the pre-tensioner seatbelt system in any manner.

(Continued)

(Continued)

• Improper handling of the pre-tensioner seat belt assem-blies, and failure to heed thewarnings not to strike, modify,

inspect, replace, service orrepair the pre-tensioner seatbelt assemblies may lead toimproper operation or inad-vertent activation and seriousinjury.

• Always wear the seat beltswhen driving or riding in amotor vehicle.

• If the vehicle or pre-tensionerseat belt must be discarded,contact an authorized K900Kia dealer.

WARNING

The pre-safe seat belt activatesonly when the passenger iswearing his/her seat belt.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


S e a t

an d s af e

t y f e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c

l e

3

3-29

The pre-safe seat belt warning lightwill illuminate if there is a problemwith your pre-safe seat belt.

Have the system checked if:

• The light does not turn on brieflywhen you turn the enginestart/stop button to the ON posi-tion.

• The light stays on after illuminationfor approximately 3 seconds.

• The light comes on while the vehi-cle is in motion.

The pre-safe seat belt system oper-ates as below

• The seat belt is tightened when:

- The vehicle senses a collision

- Emergency braking situation

occurs- Loss of vehicle control

• The seat belt vibrates when:

- The vehicle detects and objecttoo close to the vehicle

Seat belt precautions

Infant or small child

All 50 states have child restraintlaws. You should be aware of thespecific requirements in your state.

Child and/or infant seats must beproperly placed and installed in therear seat. For more informationabout the use of these restraints,refer to “Child restraint system” in thischapter.

OKH053117N

■ Type A ■ Type B

■ Type B


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


3-30

Larger children

Children who are too large for childrestraint systems should always occu-py the rear seat and use the availablelap/shoulder belts. The lap portion

should be fastened snug on the hipsand as low as possible. Periodicallycheck belt fit. A child's squirming couldput the belt out of position. Childrenare given the most safety in the eventof an accident when they arerestrained by a proper restraint systemin the rear seat. If a larger child (overage 12) must be seated in the frontseat, the child should be securely

restrained by the available lap/shoul-der belt and the seat should be placedin the rearmost position. Children age12 and under should be restrainedsecurely in the rear seat. NEVERplace a child age 12 and under in thefront seat. NEVER place a rear facingchild seat in the front seat of a vehicle.

If the shoulder belt portion slightlytouches the child’s neck or face, try

placing the child closer to the center ofthe vehicle. If the shoulder belt stilltouches their face or neck they need tobe returned to a child restraint system.

Restraint of pregnant women

Pregnant women should wearlap/shoulder belt assemblies when-ever possible according to specificrecommendations by their doctors.

The lap portion of the belt should beworn AS SNUGLY AND LOW ASPOSSIBLE on the hips, not acrossthe abdomen.

Small children

Do not allow small children to

ride in the vehicle without anappropriate child restraint sys-tem.

WARNING

Pregnant women

Pregnant women must never

place the lap portion of the seatbelt above or on the abdomenwhere the fetus is located. Theforce of the seat belt during acollision will crush the fetus.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


S e a t


of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

3

3-31

Injured person

A seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported.When this is necessary, you shouldconsult a physician for recommenda-tions.

One person per belt

Two people (including children)should never attempt to use a singleseat belt. This could increase theseverity of injuries in case of an acci-dent.

Do not lie down To reduce the chance of injuries in theevent of an accident and to achievemaximum effectiveness of therestraint system, all passengersshould be sitting up and the frontseats should be in an upright positionwhen the vehicle is moving. A seatbelt cannot provide proper protection

if the person is lying down in the rearseat or if the front seat is in a reclinedposition.

Care of seat belts

Seat belt systems should never bedisassembled or modified. In addi-tion, care should be taken to assurethat seat belts and belt hardware are

not damaged by seat hinges, doorsor other abuse.

Periodic inspection

All seat belts should be inspectedperiodically for wear or damage ofany kind. Any damaged parts shouldbe replaced as soon as possible.

Keep belts clean and dry

Seat belts should be kept clean anddry. If belts become dirty, they can becleaned by using a mild soap solu-tion and warm water. Bleach, dye,strong detergents or abrasivesshould not be used because theymay damage and weaken the fabric.

When to replace seat belts

The entire in-use seat belt assemblyor assemblies should be replaced ifthe vehicle has been involved in anaccident. This should be done even ifno damage is visible. Additionalquestions concerning seat belt oper-ation should be directed to an

authorized K900 Kia dealer.


CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMChild idi i h h ld i i Child ld b i j d kill d i

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


3-32

Children riding in the car should sit inthe rear seat and must always beproperly restrained to minimize therisk of injury in an accident, suddenstop or sudden maneuver. Accordingto accident statistics, children are

safer when properly restrained in therear seats than in the front seat.Larger children who are not in a childrestraint should use one of the seatbelts provided.

You should be aware of the specificrequirements in your state. Childand/or infant safety seats must beproperly placed and installed in the

rear seat. You must use a commer-cially available child restraint systemthat meets the requirements of theFederal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards (FMVSS).

Child restraint systems are designedto be secured in vehicle seats by seatbelt, or by a tether anchor and/orLATCH anchors (if equipped).

Children could be injured or killed ina crash if their restraints are notproperly secured. For small childrenand babies, a child seat or infant seatmust be used. Before buying a par-ticular child restraint system, make

sure it fits your car seat and seatbelts, and fits your child. Follow allthe instructions provided by the man-ufacturer when installing the childrestraint system.

When the child restraint system is notin use, store it in the luggage area or

fasten it with a seat belt so that it willnot be thrown forward in case of asudden stop or an accident.

Restraint location

Never install a child or infant seaton the front passenger's seat.

A child riding in the front pas-senger seat can be forcefullystruck by an inflating air bag.

WARNING

Hot child restraint

A child restraint system can

become very hot if it is left in aclosed vehicle on a sunny day.Be sure to check the seat cover,buckles and latches beforeplacing a child in the restraintsystem.

WARNING

U i hild t i t t F f t d

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


S e a t


of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

3

3-33

Using a child restraint system

For small children and babies, theuse of a child seat or infant seat isrequired. This child seat or infant

seat should be of appropriate size forthe child and should be installed inaccordance with the manufacturer'sinstructions.

For safety reasons, we recommendthat the child restraint system beused in the rear seats.

Since all passenger seat belts movefreely under normal conditions andonly lock under extreme or emer-gency conditions (emergency lockmode), you must manually changethese seat belts to the auto lockmode to secure a child restraint.

If the seat belt does not operate asdescribed in this chapter, have thesystem checked immediately by yourauthorized K900 Kia dealer.

OKH033047N

Rear- facing child restraint system

Forward-facing child restraint systemOKH033117N

Holding children

Never hold a child in your armsor lap when riding in a vehicle.The violent forces created dur-ing a crash will tear the childfrom your arms and throw thechild against the car’s interior.

Always use a child restraintsystem which is appropriate foryour child's height and weight.

WARNING

Seat belt use

Do not use one seat belt for twooccupants at the same time.This will eliminate any safetybenefit provided by the seat beltto the occupants.

WARNING


Placing a passenger seat belt

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


3-34

Placing a passenger seat belt into the auto lock mode

The auto lock mode will help preventthe normal movement of the child inthe vehicle from causing the seat beltto loosen and compromise the childrestraint system. To secure a childrestraint system, use the followingprocedure.

To install a child restraint system onthe outboard or center rear seats, dothe following:

1.Place the child restraint system inthe seat and route the lap/shoulderbelt around or through therestraint, following the restraintmanufacturer’s instructions. Besure the seat belt webbing is nottwisted.

2.Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latchinto the buckle. Listen for the dis-

tinct “click” sound.Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency.

E2MS103005

OEN036101

Child seat installation

• Always follow the instructionsprovided by the child restraintsystem manufacturer. Childrestraint system manufactur-ers know their products best.

• Failure to observe this manu-al's instructions regardingchild restraint system and theinstructions provided with thechild restraint system couldresult in the improper installa-

tion of the child restraint sys-tem which may reduce theprotection to your child in acrash or a sudden stop.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


S e a t

an d s af e t

y f e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

3

3-35

3.Pull the shoulder portion of theseat belt all the way out. When theshoulder portion of the seat belt is

fully extended, it will shift theretractor to the “Auto Lock” (childrestraint) mode.

4.Slowly allow the shoulder portionof the seat belt to retract and listenfor an audible “clicking” or “ratchet-

ing” sound. This indicates that theretractor is in the “Auto Lock”mode. If no distinct sound is heard,repeat steps 3 and 4.

5.Remove as much slack from thebelt as possible by pushing downon the child restraint system while

feeding the shoulder belt back intothe retractor.

6.Push and pull on the child restraintsystem to confirm that the seat beltis holding it firmly in place. If it isnot, release the seat belt andrepeat steps 2 through 6.

7.Double check that the retractor isin the “Auto Lock” mode by

attempting to pull more of the seatbelt out of the retractor. If you can-not, the retractor is in the “AutoLock” mode.

OEN036102 OEN036103 OEN036104


The lap/shoulder belt automatically Securing a child restraint seat

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


3-36

The lap/shoulder belt automaticallyreturns to the “emergency lockmode” whenever the belt is allowedto retract fully.

Therefore, the preceding sevensteps must be followed each time achild restraint is installed.

To remove the child restraint, pressthe release button on the buckle andthen pull the lap/shoulder belt out ofthe restraint and allow the seat beltto retract fully.

Securing a child restraint seat with tether anchorage system

Child restraint hook holders arelocated on the package tray.

This symbol indicates theposition of the tether anchor.

1.Route the child restraint seat strapover the seatback.

For vehicles with adjustable head-

rest, route the tether strap underthe headrest and between theheadrest posts, otherwise routethe tether strap over the top of theseatback. In case of interferencebetween the child restraint seatand the headrest remove the par-ticular head restraint for better fit-ment of the child restraint seat.OKH033108N

OKH033050N

OKH033048N

Auto lock modeSet the retractor to AutomaticLock mode when installing anychild restraint system.

If the retractor is not in the AutoLock mode, the child restraintcan move when your vehicleturns or stops suddenly.

WARNING

2 Connect the tether strap hook to Securing a child restraint seat with

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


S e a t

an d s af e t

y f e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l

e

3

3-37

2.Connect the tether strap hook tothe appropriate child restraint hookholder and tighten to secure thechild restraint seat.

Check that the child restraint systemis secure by pushing and pulling it indifferent directions. Incorrectly fittedchild restraints may swing, twist, tipor separate causing death or seriousinjury.

Securing a child restraint seat with child seat lower anchor system

Some child seat manufacturersmake child restraint seats that arelabeled as LATCH or LATCH-com-patible child restraint seats. LATCHstands for "Lower Anchors andTethers for Children". These seatsinclude two rigid or webbing mount-ed attachments that connect to twoLATCH anchors at specific seatingpositions in your vehicle. This type of

child restraint seat eliminates theneed to use seat belts to attach thechild seat in the rear seats.

Child restraint symbols are locatedon the left and right rear seat backsto indicate the position of the lower

anchors for child restraints.

OKH033118N

OKH033051N

Lower Anchor

Lower AnchorPosition Indicator

Tether strap

Never mount more than onechild restraint to a single tetheror to a single lower anchoragepoint. The increased loadcaused by multiple seats maycause the tethers or anchoragepoints to break.

WARNING

Unused rear seatbelts

Always fasten the seatbeltsbehind the child restraint seatwhen they are not used tosecure the child seat. Failure to

do so may result in child stran-gulation.

WARNING


LATCH anchors have been provided Also, test the child restraint seat

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


3-38

LATCH anchors have been providedin your vehicle. The LATCH anchorsare located in the left and right out-board rear seating positions. Theirlocations are shown in the illustra-tion. There is no LATCH anchor pro-

vided for the center rear seatingposition.

The LATCH anchors are locatedbetween the seatback and the seatcushion of the rear seat left and rightoutboard seating positions.

When you install your child's restraintsystem using the LATCH anchorsbuckle the shoulder lap belt, then

lock the retractor and pull the belt toremove the slack in the belt so it liesflat against the vehicle seat.

Follow the child seat manufacturer’sinstructions to properly install childrestraint seats with LATCH orLATCH-compatible attachments.

Once you have installed the LATCHchild restraint, assure that the seat is

properly attached to the LATCH andtether anchors.

Also, test the child restraint seatbefore you place the child in it. Tiltthe seat from side to side. Also try totug the seat forward. Check to see ifthe anchors hold the seat in place.

LATCH lower anchors

Never attempt to attach aLATCH equipped seat in thecenter seating position. LATCHlower anchors are only to beused with the left and right rearoutboard seating positions. Youmay damage the anchors or theanchors may fail and break in acollision.

WARNING

Weight for LATCH system

The recommended weight forthe LATCH system is under 65lb.

How to calculate the childrestraint weight :

Child restraint weight =65lb - Child weight

WARNING

(1) Driver’s front air bag

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


S e a t

an d s af e t

y f e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

3

3-39

( ) g

(2) Passenger’s front air bag

(3) Side air bag

(4) Curtain air bag

Even in vehicles with air bags, youand your passengers must alwayswear the safety belts provided inorder to minimize the risk and sever-ity of injury in the event of a collisionor rollover.

OKH033079N

❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.


How does the air bag system • The front air bags will completely • There are even circumstances

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


3-40

How does the air bag system

operate

• Air bags are activated (able toinflate if necessary) only when theignition switch is turned to the ON

or engine is running.• Air bags inflate instantly in the

event of serious frontal or side col-lision (if equipped with side air bagor curtain air bag) in order to helpprotect the occupants from seriousphysical injury.

• There is no single speed at whichthe air bags will inflate.

Generally, air bags are designed toinflate based upon the severity of acollision and its direction. Thesetwo factors determine whether thesensors produce an electronicdeployment/ inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on anumber of complex factors includ-ing vehicle speed, angles of impact

and the density and stiffness of thevehicles or objects which yourvehicle hits in the collision. Though,factors are not limited to thosementioned above.

g p yinflate and deflate in an instant.

It is virtually impossible for you tosee the air bags inflate during anaccident. It is much more likely thatyou will simply see the deflated airbags hanging out of their storagecompartments after the collision.

• In order to help provide protectionin a severe collision, the air bagsmust inflate rapidly. The speed ofair bag inflation is a consequenceof extremely short time in which acollision occurs and the need toget the air bag between the occu-

pant and the vehicle structuresbefore the occupant impacts thosestructures. This speed of inflationreduces the risk of serious or life-threatening injuries in a severe col-lision and is thus a necessary partof air bag design.

However, air bag inflation can alsocause injuries which can includefacial abrasions, bruises and bro-ken bones because the inflationspeed also causes the air bags toexpand with a great deal of force.

under which contact with thesteering wheel air bag can causefatal injuries, especially if theoccupant is positioned exces-sively close to the steering

wheel.

Noise and smoke Installing a child restraint on a WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


S e a t

an d s af e t

y f e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

3

3-41

When the air bags inflate, they makea loud noise and they leave smokeand powder in the air inside of thevehicle. This is normal and is a resultof the ignition of the air bag inflator.

After the air bag inflates, you mayfeel substantial discomfort in breath-ing due to the contact of your chestto both the seat belt and the air bag,as well as from breathing the smokeand powder. Open your doorsand/or windows as soon as possi-ble after the impact in order toreduce discomfort and preventprolonged exposure to smoke andpowder.

Though smoke and powder are non-toxic,They may cause irritation to theskin (eyes,nose and throat, etc). Ifthis is the case, wash and rinse withcold water immediately and consult adoctor if the symptom persists.

front passenger’s seat is forbidden

Never place a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passenger’sseat. If the air bag deploys, it wouldimpact the rear-facing child restraint,causing serious or fatal injury.

In addition, do not place front-facingchild restraint in the front passen-ger’s seat either. If the front passen-ger air bag inflates, it would causeserious or fatal injuries to the child.

1JBH3051

Hot components

Do not touch the air bag storagearea's internal componentsimmediately after air bag infla-tion. The air bag related parts inthe steering wheel, instrumentpanel and the roof rails abovethe front and rear doors arevery hot. Hot components canresult in burn injuries.

WARNING


Air bag warning light • The light comes on while the vehi-l i i iWARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


3-42

The purpose of the air bag warning

light in your instrument panel is toalert you of a potential problem withyour air bag - SupplementalRestraint System (SRS).

When the ignition switch is turnedON, the indicator light should illumi-nate for approximately 6 seconds,then go off.

Have the system checked by anauthorized K900 Kia dealer if:

• The light does not turn on brieflywhen you turn the ignition ON.

• The light stays on after illuminatingfor approximately 6 seconds.

cle is in motion.

WKH-006

Air bag deployment

When children are seated in therear outboard seats of a vehicleequipped with side and/or cur-tain air bags, install the childrestraint system as far awayfrom the door side as possible.Inflation of the side and/or cur-tain air bags could impact thechild.

WARNING

SRS components and functions 10. PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”i di t (F t ’ t

The SRSCM continually monitors allSRS t hil th i iti

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


S e a t

an d s af e t

y f e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

3

3-43

The SRS consists of the following

components:1. Driver's front air bag module

2. Passenger's front air bag module

3. Side air bag modules

4. Curtain air bag modules

5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies

6. Air bag warning light

7. SRS control module (SRSCM)

8. Front impact sensors9. Side impact sensors

indicator (Front passenger’s seatonly)

11. Occupant detection system(Front passenger’s seat only)

12. Driver’s and front passenger’sseat belt buckle sensors

13. Emergency fastening device(EFD)

SRS components while the ignitionswitch is ON to determine if a crashimpact is severe enough to requireair bag deployment or pre-tensionerseat belt deployment.

The SRS air bag warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminate forabout 6 seconds after the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position,after which the air bag warning lightshould go out.

If any of the following conditionsoccurs, this indicates a malfunctionof the SRS. Have an authorized

K900 Kia dealer inspect the air bagsystem as soon as possible.

• The light does not turn on brieflywhen you turn the ignition ON.

• The light stays on after illuminatingfor approximately 6 seconds.

• The light comes on while the vehi-cle is in motion.

OKH033119N


Driver’s front air bag (2) Driver’s front air bag (3)Driver’s front air bag (1)

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


3-44

The air bag modules are locatedboth in the center of the steeringwheel and in the front passenger's

panel above the glove box. When theSRSCM detects a sufficiently severeimpact to the front of the vehicle, itwill automatically deploy the front airbags.

Upon deployment, tear seams mold-ed directly into the pad covers willseparate under pressure from the

expansion of the air bags. Furtheropening of the covers then allows fullinflation of the air bags.

A fully inflated air bag, in combina-tion with a properly worn seat belt,slows the driver's or the passenger's

forward motion, reducing the risk ofhead and chest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bagimmediately starts deflating,enabling the driver to maintain for-ward visibility and the ability to steeror operate other controls.

OKH033130N OKH033128NOKH033129N

NOTICEB f l f di

Occupant detection systemPassenger’s front air bag

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


S e a t


of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

3

3-45

Before you replace a fuse or discon-nect a battery terminal, turn theignition switch to the LOCK posi-tion and remove the ignition key.Never remove or replace the air bag

related fuse(s) when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position. Failureto heed this warning will cause theSRS air bag warning light to illumi-nate.

Your vehicle is equipped with an

occupant detection system in thefront passenger's seat.

The occupant detection system isdesigned to detect the presence of aproperly-seated front passenger anddetermine if the passenger's front airbag should be enabled (may inflate)or not. The driver's front air bag is notaffected or controlled by the occu-pant detection system.

OKH033132N

OKH033105N

Air bag obstructionsDo not install or place anyaccessories on the steeringwheel, instrument panel, or onthe front passenger's panelabove the glove box in a vehicleSuch objects may become dan-gerous projectiles if the air bagdeploys.

WARNING


Main components of occupant detection system

If the front passenger seat is occu-pied by a person that the system

• The ODS (Occupant DetectionSystem) may not function properly if

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


3-46

detection system

• A detection device located withinthe front passenger seat track.

• Electronic system to determinewhether passenger air bag sys-tems should be activated or deac-tivated.

• An indicator light located on theinstrument panel which illuminatesthe words PASSENGER AIR BAG“OFF” indicating the front passen-ger air bag system is deactivated.

• The instrument panel air bag warn-ing light is interconnected with the

occupant detection system.

pied by a person that the systemdetermines to be of adult size, andhe/she sits properly (sitting uprightwith the seatback in an upright posi-tion, centered on the seat cushion

with their seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and their feet on thefloor), the PASSENGER AIR BAG“OFF” indicator will turn off and thefront passenger's air bag will be ableto inflate, if necessary, in frontalcrashes.

You will find the PASSENGER AIRBAG “OFF” indicator on the centerfacia panel. This system detects theconditions 1~4 in the following tableand activates or deactivates the frontpassenger air bag based on theseconditions.

Always be sure that you and all vehi-cle occupants are seated andrestrained properly (sitting uprightwith the seat in an upright position,centered on the seat cushion, with

the person’s legs comfortablyextended, feet on the floor, and wear-ing the safety belt properly) for themost effective protection by the airbag and the safety belt.

System) may not function properly ifthe passenger takes actions whichcan defeat the detection system.These include:

(1) Failing to sit in an upright position.

(2) Leaning against the door or cen-ter console.

(3) Sitting towards the sides or thefront of the seat.

(4) Putting legs on the dashboard orresting them on other locationswhich reduce the passengerweight on the front seat.

(5) Improperly wearing the safetybelt.

(6) Reclining the seat back.

(7) Wearing a thick cloth like ski wearor hip protection wear.

(8) Put on the seat an additional thickcushion.

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection system

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


S e a t


of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

3

3-47

*1 : The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system mayrecognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.

*2 : Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a smaller child than the same age sits in the front passengerseat, the system may recognize him/her as an infant depending on his/her physique or posture.

*3 : Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.

*4 : The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months to 12 years old (with or withoutchild restraint system) sits in the front passenger seat. This is a normal condition.

Condition detected by the occupantdetection system

Indicator/Warning light Devices

PASSENGER AIR BAG“OFF” indicator light

SRS warning light Front passenger air bag

1. Adult *1 or child age 13 and up *2 Off Off Activated

2. Infant or child restraint system with

12 months old *3 *4On Off Deactivated

3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated

4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated


WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


3-48

ODS system

Riding in an improper position adversely affects the occupant detection system (ODS) and may result inthe deactivation of front passenger air bag. It is important for the driver to instruct the passenger as to the

proper seating instructions as contained in this manual.

OKH033126N

OKH033125N

OKH033123N

OKH033107N

OKH033124N

OKH033127N

• Never put a heavy load inthe front passenger seat.

• Never place the feet onthe front passenger seat-back.

• Never sit with the hipsshifted towards the front

of the seat.

• Never excessively reclinethe front passenger seat-back.

• Never place the feet onthe dashboard.

• Never lean on the door orcenter console.

• Never sit on one side ofthe front passenger seat.

NOTICEThe PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


S e a t


of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

3

3-49

When an adult is seated in the frontpassenger seat, if the PASSENGERAIR BAG “OFF” indicator is on, turn

the ignition switch to the LOCK posi-tion and ask the passenger to sitproperly (sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position, centeredon the seat cushion with their seatbelt on, legs comfortably extendedand their feet on the floor). Restartthe engine and have the personremain in that position. This will allowthe system to detect the person and

to enable the passenger air bag.If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicator is still on, ask the passen-ger to move to the rear seat.

The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFFindicator illuminates for about 4 sec-onds after the ignition switch isturned to the ON position or afterthe engine is started. If the front

passenger seat is occupied, the occu-pant detection sensor will then clas-sify the front passenger after severalmore seconds.

OKH033131N

“AIR BAG OFF” light

Do not allow an adult passengerto ride in the front seat when the

PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicator is illuminated,because the air bag will notdeploy in the event of a crash.The driver must instruct thepassenger to reposition himselfin the seat. Failure to properlyposition yourself may lead to airbag deactivation resulting in airbag non-deployment and in acollision. If the PASSENGERAIR BAG “OFF” indicatorremains illuminated after thepassenger repositions them-selves properly and the car isrestarted, it is recommendedthat passenger move to the rearseat because the passenger'sfront air bag will not deploy.


NOTICEDo not modify or replace the front

(Continued)

Ai b l b dWARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


3-50

Any child age 12 and under should

ride in the rear seat. Children toolarge for child restraints should usethe available lap/shoulder belts. Nomatter what type of crash, children ofall ages are safer when restrained inthe rear seat.

Do not modify or replace the frontpassenger seat. Don't place anythingon or attach anything such as a blan-ket, front seat covers or after marketseat heater to the front passenger

seat. This can adversely affect theoccupant detection system.

If the occupant detection system isnot working properly, the SRS air bagwarning light on the instrumentpanel will illuminate because the pas-senger's front air bag is connectedwith the occupant detection system. Ifthere is a malfunction of the occupant

detection system, the PASSENGERAIR BAG “OFF” indicator will not illu-minate and the passenger's front airbag will inflate in frontal impact crash-es even if there is no occupant in thefront passenger's seat.

• Do not put a heavy load or anelectronic device (ex. laptopcomputer, after market DMB,navigation, satellite audio,video game machine, MP3, ACinverter and etc.) and sittingmat in the front passengerseatback pocket or on the frontpassenger seat. Do not hangonto the front passenger seat.Do not hang any items such asseatback table on the frontpassenger seatback. Do not

place feet on the front passen-ger seatback. Do not place anyitems under the front passen-ger seat. Any of these couldinterfere with proper sensoroperation or turn on the air bagwarning light.

• Do not place sharp objects onthe front passenger seat.These may damage the occu-

pant detection system, if theypuncture the seat cushion.

(Continued)

• Air bags can only be usedonce – have an authorizedK900 Kia dealer replace the airbag immediately after deploy-

ment.• The occupant detection sys-tem may not work properly ifwater, coffee or any other liq-uid including rain gets on theseat. Keep the front seat dry atall times.

Driver's and passenger's frontair bag

The indications of the system's pres-ence are the letters "AIR BAG"

The advanced SRS offers the abilityto control the air bag inflation with

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


S e a t

an d s af e t y

f e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

3

3-51

g

Your vehicle is equipped with an

Advanced Supplemental Restraint(Air Bag) System and lap/shoulderbelts at both the driver and passen-ger seating position.

embossed on the air bag pad coverin the steering wheel and the pas-senger's side front panel pad abovethe glove box.

The SRS consists of air bagsinstalled under the pad covers in thecenter of the steering wheel and thepassenger's side front panel abovethe glove box.

The purpose of the SRS is to providethe vehicle's driver and/or the frontpassenger with additional protection

than that offered by the seat belt sys-tem alone in case of a frontal impactof sufficient severity. The SRS usessensors to gather information aboutthe driver's seat position, the driver'sand front passenger's seat beltusage and impact severity.

two levels. A first stage level is pro-vided for moderate-severity impacts.A second stage level is provided formore severe impacts.

The passenger’s front air bag isdesigned to help reduce the injury ofchildren sitting close to the instru-ment panel in low speed collisions.However, children are safer if theyare restraint in the rear seat.

According to the impact severity,

seating position and seat belt usage,the SRSCM (SRS Control Module)controls the air bag inflation. Failureto properly wear seat belts canincrease the risk or severity of injuryin an accident.

OKH033053N

Driver’s front air bag

OKH033055N

Passenger’s front air bag


Additionally, your vehicle is equippedwith an occupant detection system inh f ' Th

However, Kia does not endorse norwill it support any changes to any

f h hi l h

Advanced air bags are combinedwith pre-tensioner seat belts to help

id h d

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


3-52

the front passenger's seat. The occu-pant detection system detects thepresence of a passenger in the frontpassenger's seat and will turn off the

front passenger's air bag under cer-tain conditions. For more detail, see"Occupant detection system" in thischapter.

Do not place any objects that maycause magnetic fields near the frontseat. These may cause a malfunctionof the seat track position sensor.

Manufacturers are required by gov-ernment regulations to provide acontact point concerning modifica-tions to the vehicle for persons withdisabilities, which modifications mayaffect the vehicle’s advanced air bagsystem. That contact is Kia’s toll-freeCustomer Assistance center at1-855-4KIAVIP (855-454-2847) or1-800-333-4KIA (800-333-4542).

part or structure of the vehicle thatcould affect the advanced air bagsystem, including the occupantdetection system.

provide enhanced occupant protec-tion in frontal crashes. Front air bagsare not intended to deploy in colli-sions in which sufficient protection

can be provided by the pre-tensionerseat belt alone.

Front air bags are not intended todeploy in side-impact, rear-impact orrollover crashes. In addition, front airbags will not deploy in frontal crash-es below the deployment threshold.

Replacement/modifications

The front passenger seat, dash-board or door should not bereplaced except by an author-ized K900 Kia dealer using orig-inal Kia parts designed for this

vehicle and model. Any othersuch replacement or modifica-tion could adversely affect theoperation of the occupantdetection system and youradvanced air bags.

WARNING

SRS Wiring

Do not tamper with or discon-nect SRS wiring or other com-ponents of the SRS system.

Doing so could result in injury,due to accidental deployment ofthe air bags or by rendering theSRS inoperative.

WARNING

Side air bag

■ Rollover■ Rear impact ■ Side impact

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


S e a t

an d s af e t y

f e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

3

3-53

■ Rollover■ Rear impact ■ Side impact

■ Front ■ Rear

❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OKH033121N/OKH033056N/OKH033067N/OKH033081N/OKH033120N/OKH033089N


Your vehicle is equipped with a sideair bag in each front and rear out-board seat

For best protection from the side airbag system and to avoid beinginjured by the deploying side air bag

If seat or seat cover is damaged, havethe vehicle checked and repaired byan authorized K900 Kia dealer

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


3-54

board seat.

The purpose of the air bag is to pro-vide the vehicle's driver and/or frontand rear outboard passenger with

additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt alone.

The side air bags are designed todeploy only during certain side-impact collisions, depending on thecrash severity, angle, speed andpoint of impact. The side air bags arenot designed to deploy in all sideimpact situations.

The side air bag is supplemental tothe driver's and the passenger's seatbelt systems and is not a substitutefor them. Therefore your seat beltsmust be worn at all times while thevehicle is in operation.

injured by the deploying side air bag,both front seat occupants should sitin an upright position with the seatbelt properly fastened. The driver's

hands should be placed on the steer-ing wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00 posi-tions. The passenger's arms andhands should be placed on their laps.

an authorized K900 Kia dealer.

Inform that your vehicle is equippedwith side air bags and an occupantdetection system.

Unexpected deployment

Avoid impact to the side air bagsensor when the ignition switchis ON to prevent unexpecteddeployment of the side air bag.

WARNING

Deployment

Do not install any accessories

including seat covers, on theside or near the side air bag asthis may affect the deploymentof the side air bags.

WARNING

Flying objects

Do not place any objects (anumbrella, bag, etc.) between thefront door and the front seat.Such objects may become dan-gerous projectiles if the side air

bag inflates.

WARNING

Curtain air bag They are designed to help protectthe heads of the front seat occupantsand the rear outboard seat occu

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


S e a t

an d s af e t y

f e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

3

3-55

❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ

from the illustration.

Curtain air bags are located alongboth sides of the roof rails above thefront and rear doors.

and the rear outboard seat occu-pants in certain side impact colli-sions.

The curtain air bags are designed to

deploy only during certain sideimpact collisions, depending on thecrash severity, angle, speed andimpact. The curtain air bags are notdesigned to deploy in all side impactsituations, collisions from the front orrear of the vehicle or in most rolloversituations.

Do not allow the passengers to leantheir heads or bodies onto doors, puttheir arms on the doors, stretch theirarms out of the window, or placeobjects between the doors and pas-sengers when they are seated onseats equipped with side and/or cur-tain air bags.

OKH033082N

OKH033090N

Never try to open or repair anycomponents of the side curtainair bag system. This should onlybe done by an authorized K900Kia dealer.


Why didn’t my air bag go off ina collision? (Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air

Air bag collision sensors

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


3-56

inflation conditions of the airbag)

There are many types of accidentsin which the air bag would not be

expected to provide additionalprotection.

These include rear impacts, sec-ond or third collisions in multipleimpact accidents, as well as lowspeed impacts.

(1) SRS control module

(2) Front impact sensor

(3) Side impact sensor (front)

(4) Side impact sensor (rear)

OKH033063N/OKH033064N/OKH033065N/OKH033074N/OKH033066N

Problems may arise if the sensorinstallation angles are changed due tothe deformation of the front bumper

Air bag inflation conditions WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


S e a t

an d s af e t y

f e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

3

3-57

the deformation of the front bumper,body, front door or C Pillar where thecollision sensors are installed. Havethe vehicle checked and repaired by

an authorized K900 Kia dealer.Installing aftermarket bumper guardsor replacing a bumper with non-gen-uine parts may adversely affect yourvehicle’s collision and air bag deploy-ment performance.

Front air bags

Front air bags are designed to inflatein a frontal collision depending onthe intensity, speed or angles ofimpact of the front collision.

OKH033084N

Air bag sensors

• Do not hit or allow any objectsto impact the locations where

air bag or sensors areinstalled.

This may cause unexpectedair bag deployment, whichcould result in serious per-sonal injury or death.

• If the installation location orangle of the sensors is alteredin any way, the air bags may

deploy when they should notor they may not deploy whenthey should.

Therefore, do not try to per-form maintenance on oraround the air bag sensors.Have the vehicle checked andrepaired by an authorizedK900 Kia dealer.


Side air bags

Side air bags (side and/or curtain airbags) are designed to inflate when

Air bag non-inflation conditions

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


3-58

❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle maydiffer from the illustration.

bags) are designed to inflate whenan impact is detected by side colli-sion sensors depending on thestrength, speed or angles of impact

resulting from a side impact collision.Although the front air bags (driver’sand front passenger’s air bags) aredesigned to inflate in frontal colli-sions, they also may inflate in othertypes of collisions if the front impactsensors detect a sufficient frontalforce in another type of impact. Sideimpact and curtain air bags aredesigned to inflate in certain sideimpact collisions. They may inflate inother type of collisions where a sideforce is detected by the sensors.

If the vehicle chassis is impacted bybumps or objects on unimprovedroads or sidewalks, air bags maydeploy. Drive carefully on unim-proved roads or on surfaces notdesigned for vehicle traffic to prevent

unintended air bag deployment.

• In certain low-speed collisions theair bags may not deploy. The air

bags are designed not to deploy insuch cases because they may notprovide benefits beyond the pro-tection of the seat belts in such col-lisions.

OKH033068N

OKH033091N

OKH033084N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


S e a t

an d s af e t y

f e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

3

3-59

• Air bags are not designed to inflatein rear collisions, because occu-pants are moved backward by theforce of the impact. In this case,inflated air bags would not be ableto provide any additional benefit.

• Front air bags may not inflate inside impact collisions, becauseoccupants move to the direction ofthe collision, and thus in sideimpacts, front air bag deploymentwould not provide additional occu-pant protection.

• In a slant or angled collision, theforce of impact may direct theoccupants in a direction where theair bags would not be able to pro-vide any additional benefit, andthus the sensors may not deployany air bags.

OKH033085N OKH033122NOKH033068N


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


3-60

• Just before impact, drivers oftenbrake heavily. Such heavy brakinglowers the front portion of the vehi-cle causing it to “ride” under a vehi-cle with a higher ground clearance.Air bags may not inflate in this"under-ride" situation becausedeceleration forces that are detect-ed by sensors may be significantlyreplaced by such “under-ride” colli-sions.

• Air bags do not inflate in all rolloveraccidents, even though the vehicleis equipped with side air bags andcurtain air bags.

• Air bags may not inflate if the vehi-cle collides with objects such asutility poles or trees, where thepoint of impact is concentrated toone area and the full force of theimpact is not delivered to the sen-sors.

OKH033086N OKH033120N OKH033069N

SRS Care

The SRS is virtually maintenance-free and there are no parts you can

Adding equipment to or modi-fying your air bag-equippedvehicle

T i ith SRS

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


S e a t

an d s af e t y

f e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

3

3-61

free and there are no parts you cansafely service by yourself. If the SRSair bag warning light does not illumi-nate, or continuously remains on,

have your vehicle immediatelyinspected by an authorized K900 Kiadealer.

Any work on the SRS system, suchas removing, installing, repairing, orany work on the steering wheel mustbe performed by an authorized K900Kia dealer. Improper handling of the

SRS system may result in seriouspersonal injury.

For cleaning the air bag pad covers,use only a soft, dry cloth or onewhich has been moistened with plainwater. Solvents or cleaners couldadversely affect the air bag coversand proper deployment of the sys-

tem.

If components of the air bag systemmust be discarded, or if the vehiclemust be scrapped, certain safetyprecautions must be observed. An

authorized K900 Kia dealer knowsthese precautions and can give youthe necessary information. Failure tofollow these precautions and proce-dures could increase the risk of per-sonal injury.

If you modify your vehicle by changingyour vehicle's frame, bumper system,front end or side sheet metal or ride

height, this may affect the operation ofyour vehicle's air bag system.

Tampering with SRS

Do not tamper with or discon-nect SRS wiring, or other compo-

nents of the SRS system. Doingso could result in the accidentalinflation of the air bags or by ren-dering the SRS inoperative.

Air bag warning label Air bag warning labels, some requiredby the U.S. National Highway TrafficSafety Administration (NHTSA), are

h d l h d i d


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


attached to alert the driver and pas-sengers of potential risks of the air bagsystem.

3-62

OKH033071N

OKH033073N

OKH033072N

Features of your vehicle

Smart key............................................................4-4• Record your key number.........................................4-4• Smart key functions 4 4

Windows ...........................................................4-28• Power windows......................................................4-29• Power window lock button 4 31

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e

s of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

• Smart key functions.................................................4-4• Smart key precautions ............................................4-6• Remote keyless entry system operations ...............4-7• Transmitter precautions ...........................................4-8

• Battery replacement ................................................4-9• Mechanical key operations....................................4-10• Restrictions in handling keys.................................4-11• Immobilizer system................................................4-12

Theft-alarm system...........................................4-14• Armed stage..........................................................4-14• Theft-alarm stage ..................................................4-15• Disarmed stage.....................................................4-15

Door locks.........................................................4-17

• Operating door locks from outside the vehicle......4-17• Power door latch ...................................................4-18• Operating door locks from inside the vehicle ........4-18• Impact sensing door unlock system......................4-20• Auto door lock/unlock feature................................4-20• Child-protector rear door lock................................4-20

Trunk .................................................................4-21• Non-powered trunk................................................4-21• Power trunk ...........................................................4-22• Trunk lid control button .........................................4-25

• Emergency trunk safety release............................4-26

• Power window lock button.....................................4-31

Hood .................................................................4-32• Opening the hood..................................................4-32• Closing the hood ...................................................4-33

Fuel filler lid.......................................................4-34• Opening the fuel filler lid .......................................4-34• Closing the fuel filler lid .........................................4-34• Emergency fuel filler lid release............................4-36

Panoramic sunroof............................................4-37• Sunroof open warning...........................................4-37• Sliding the sunroof ................................................4-38• Closing the sunroof ...............................................4-38• Tilting the sunroof..................................................4-39

• Sunshade ..............................................................4-40• Resetting the sunroof ............................................4-41

Steering wheel ..................................................4-42• Electronic Hydraulic Power Steering (EHPS)........4-42• Tilt steering/telescope steering .............................4-42• Heated steering wheel ..........................................4-43• Horn ......................................................................4-44

Mirrors...............................................................4-45• Inside rearview mirror............................................4-45• Outside rearview mirror.........................................4-53

4

Instrument cluster .............................................4-57• Instrument cluster control......................................4-58• LCD display control 4 58

Parking Assist System....................................4-102• Operation of the Parking Assist System .............4-102• Non operational conditions of Parking Assist

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


• LCD display control ...............................................4-58• Gauges..................................................................4-59• Transaxle shift indicator.........................................4-62

LCD display.......................................................4-63• LCD modes ...........................................................4-63• Trip computer mode...............................................4-64• Turn by turn (TBT) mode.......................................4-64• ASCC/LDWS mode...............................................4-64• A/V mode ..............................................................4-65• Information mode ..................................................4-65• User settings mode ...............................................4-67• Warning messages................................................4-73

Trip computer ....................................................4-80

• Overview ...............................................................4-80• Fuel economy........................................................4-80• Trip A/B..................................................................4-82

Warning and indicator lights .............................4-84• Warning lights........................................................4-84• Indicator lights .......................................................4-93

Head up display (HUD).....................................4-99• Description ............................................................4-99• Head Up Display ON/OFF...................................4-100• Head Up Display Information ..............................4-100

• Head Up Display Setting.....................................4-101

• Non-operational conditions of Parking AssistSystem ..............................................................4-104

• Self-diagnosis......................................................4-106

Rear Camera Display .....................................4-107Parking Guide System....................................4-108

• Parking Guide System (PGS) display .................4-108• Changing rear view angle ...................................4-109

Front Blind Spot Monitoring System...............4-110Surround View Monitoring System (SVM) ......4-111Welcome system.............................................4-112

• Puddle lamp ........................................................4-112• Headlight .............................................................4-112• Interior light .........................................................4-112

Lighting ...........................................................4-113• Battery saver function .........................................4-113• Headlight escort function ....................................4-113• Daytime running light ..........................................4-114• Lighting control....................................................4-114• High beam operation...........................................4-117• Turn signals and lane change signals .................4-118• Front fog light ......................................................4-119• Headlight leveling device.....................................4-119

Wipers and washers .......................................4-120• Windshield wiper/washer.....................................4-120

4

Interior light .....................................................4-123• Automatic turn off function ..................................4-123• Front lamp switch 4-123

• Rear seat storage................................................4-146• Glove box ............................................................4-147• Sunglass holder 4-147

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e

s of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

Front lamp switch ................................................4 123• Rear lamp switch.................................................4-124• Trunk room lamp..................................................4-125• Door courtesy lamp.............................................4-125

• Glove box lamp ...................................................4-126• Vanity mirror lamp ...............................................4-126

Defroster .........................................................4-127• Rear window defroster ........................................4-127

Automatic climate control system ...................4-128• Automatic heating and air conditioning ...............4-129• Manual heating and air conditioning ...................4-130• System operation ................................................4-138• Climate control air filter .......................................4-140

• Checking the amount ofair conditioner refrigerant andcompressor lubricant.........................................4-140

• Air conditioning refrigerant label .........................4-141

Windshield defrosting and defogging..............4-142• To defog inside windshield ..................................4-142• To defrost outside windshield..............................4-143• Defogging logic....................................................4-143• Auto Defogging System.......................................4-144

Storage compartments ...................................4-146• Center console storage.......................................4-146

Sunglass holder ..................................................4 147• Seatback pocket..................................................4-148• Map pocket..........................................................4-149

Interior features...............................................4-150• Cup holder...........................................................4-150• Sunvisor ..............................................................4-150• Power outlet.........................................................4-151• Seat warmer........................................................4-152• Air ventilation seat...............................................4-154• Clock ...................................................................4-156• Clothes hanger....................................................4-157• Floor mat anchor(s).............................................4-157• Rear vanity mirror................................................4-158• Bag hanger..........................................................4-158• Luggage net (holder)...........................................4-159• Rear curtain.........................................................4-159• Side curtain .........................................................4-160

Multimedia system..........................................4-161• Aux, USB and iPod ® port ....................................4-161• USB charger........................................................4-161• Audio / Video / Navigation system (AVN)............4-162• Driver Information System (DIS) .........................4-162• Bluetooth ® Wireless Technology hands-free .......4-163

• Antenna...............................................................4-163• Steering wheel audio control ..............................4-164

4

Record your key number

The key code num-ber is stamped on

Smart key functions

SMART KEY


■ Conventional smart key

Smart key

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


the key code tagattached to the keyset. Should you

lose your keys, this number willenable an authorized K900 Kia deal-er to duplicate the keys easily.Remove the key code tag and store itin a safe place. Also, record the keycode number and keep it in a safeand handy place, but not in the vehi-cle.

1. Door lock

2. Door unlock

3. Trunk open4. Panic alarm

4-4

OKH043004N

OKH043002N

■ Card type smart key (if equipped)

Smart key

Leaving children unattended ina vehicle with the smart key is

dangerous. Children copyadults and they could press theENGINE START/STOP button. Itwould enable children to oper-ate power windows or othercontrols, or even make the vehi-cle move, which could result inserious bodily injury or evendeath. Never leave the keys inyour vehicle with unsupervised

children when the engine is run-ning.

With smart key, you can lock orunlock doors (and trunk) and startthe engine without inserting the key.Refer to the following for more

Locking In some instances, when the outsidedoor button is selected, the doors willnot lock and an audible chime willsound for 3 seconds if any of the fol-

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Refer to the following, for moredetails.

Pressing the button of the front out-

side door handles with all doorsclosed and any door unlocked, locksall the doors. The hazard warninglights will blink and the chime willsound once to indicate that all doorsare locked. The button will only oper-ate when the smart key is within0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) from the outsidedoor handle. If you want to makesure that a door has locked or not,

you should check the door lock but-ton inside the vehicle or pull the out-side door handle.

sound for 3 seconds if any of the following occurs:

• The smart key is in the vehicle.

• The ignition switch is in the ACC orON position.

• Any door except the trunk isopened.

F e a t ur e

s of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-5

OKH043003N


Unlocking

Pressing the button of the driver's (orfront passenger’s) outside door han-dle with all doors closed and locked

Smart key precautions

• If you lose your smart key, you willnot be able to start the engine. Towth hi l if d

When the smart key does not workcorrectly, open and close the doorwith the mechanical key. If youhave a problem with the smart key,

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-6

dle with all doors closed and locked,unlocks the driver's door.

If you press the button of the driver's

outside door handle again within 4seconds, The other doors will beunlocked. But if you press the buttonof the driver's outside door handleagain after 4 seconds, all doors will belocked. The hazard warning lights willblink and the chime will sound twice toindicate that the driver's door isunlocked. Also, the outside rearviewmirrors will automatically unfold if the

outside rearview mirror folding switchis in the AUTO position.

The button will only operate when thesmart key is within 28~40 in. (0.7~1m) from the outside door handle.

Start-up

You can start the engine withoutinserting the key. For detailed infor-mation refer to “Starting the enginewith a smart key” in chapter 5.

the vehicle, if necessary, and con-tact an authorized K900 Kia dealer.

• A maximum of 2 smart keys can be

registered to a single vehicle. If youlose a smart key, you should imme-diately take the vehicle and key toyour authorized K900 Kia dealer toprotect it from potential theft.

• The smart key will not work if anyof following occurs:

- The smart key is close to a radiotransmitter such as a radio sta-

tion or an airport which can inter-fere with normal operation of thesmart key.

- The smart key near a mobiletwo-way radio system or a cellu-lar phone.

- Another vehicle’s smart key isbeing operated close to yourvehicle.

have a problem with the smart key,contact an authorized K900 Kiadealer.

• If the smart key is in close proximityto your cell phone or smart phone,the signal from the smart key couldbe blocked by normal operation ofyour cell phone or smart phone.This is especially important whenthe phone is active such as makingcall, receiving calls, text messaging,and/or sending/receiving emails.Avoid placing the smart key and

your cell phone or smart phone inthe same pants or jacket pocket andmaintain adequate distancebetween the two devices.

Transmitter

Keep the smart key away from

water or any liquid as it canbecome damaged and not func-tion properly.

CAUTION

Remote keyless entry systemoperations

However, if any door remains open,the hazard warning lights (and/or thechime) will not operate. But if alldoors are closed after the lock button

Unlock (2)

The driver's door is unlocked if theunlock button is pressed once. Thehazard warning lights will blink (for

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e

s of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-7

Lock (1)

All doors are locked if the lock buttonis pressed. If all doors (and trunk) areclosed, the hazard warning lights willblink once to indicate that all doors(and trunk) are locked.

Also, if the lock button is pressedonce more within 4 seconds, thehazard warning lights will blink andthe chime will sound once to confirm

that the door is locked.

doo s a e c osed a te t e oc buttois pressed, the hazard warning lightswill blink once.

hazard warning lights will blink (forsmart key, the chime also sounds)twice to indicate that the driver's door

is unlocked.All doors are unlocked if the unlockbutton is pressed once more within 4seconds. The hazard warning lightswill blink (for smart key, the chimealso sounds) twice again to indicatethat all doors are unlocked. Afterpressing this button, the doors willlock automatically unless you openany door within 30 seconds.

✽

NOTICEIf the keyless entry system is inoper-ative due to exposure to water or liq-uids, it will not be covered by yourmanufacturer's vehicle warranty.

OKH043004N


Trunk open (3)

The trunk is opened if the button ispressed for more than 1 second.

Once the trunk is opened and then

Transmitter precautions

The transmitter (or smart key) will notwork if any of following occurs:

Y d th ti di t

• If the transmitter is in close proximi-ty to your cell phone or smart phone,the signal from the transmitter couldbe blocked by normal operation of

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-8

Once the trunk is opened and thenclosed, the trunk will lock automati-cally.

Panic alarm (4)

The horn sounds and the hazardwarning lights blink for about 30 sec-onds if this button is pressed formore than 0.5 seconds. To stop thehorn and lights, press any button onthe transmitter.

• You exceed the operating distancelimit (about 90 feet [30 m]).

• The battery in the transmitter (orsmart key) is weak.

• Other vehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

• The weather is extremely cold.

• The transmitter (or smart key) isclose to a radio transmitter such asa radio station or an airport whichcan interfere with normal operationof the transmitter.

When the transmitter (or smart key)does not work properly, open andclose the door with the ignition key. Ifyou have a problem with the trans-mitter (or smart key), contact anauthorized K900 Kia dealer.

y pyour cell phone or smart phone. Thisis especially important when thephone is active such as making call,

receiving calls, text messaging,and/or sending/receiving emails.Avoid placing the transmitter andyour cell phone or smart phone inthe same pants or jacket pocket andmaintain adequate distancebetween the two devices.

Pursuant to Code of FederalRegulations, Title 47, Part 15("FCC Rules")

Operation is subject to the following

Battery replacement

Conventional smart key

A battery should last for severalears b t if the smart ke is not ork

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e

s of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-9

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1.This device may not cause harmful

interference, and2.This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesiredoperation.

✽ NOTICEChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance couldvoid the user’s authority to operatethe equipment. If the keyless entrysystem is inoperative due to changesor modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsiblefor compliance, it will not be cov-ered by your manufacturer’s vehiclewarranty.

years, but if the smart key is not work-ing properly, try replacing the batterywith a new one. If you are unsure how

to use or replace the battery, contactan authorized K900 Kia dealer.

1.Pry open the smart key center cover.

2.Replace the battery with a newbattery (CR2032). When replacingthe battery, make sure the batteryposition.

3.Install the battery in the reverseorder of removal.

OKH043006N


Card type smart key (if equipped)

The smart key is designed to give youyears of trouble-free use, however itcan malfunction if exposed to mois-ture or static electricity. If you are

h l h b

Mechanical key operations

• Used to lock and unlock the glovebox.

• Lock and unlock the doors when

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-10

1.Pull out the battery and battery

cover.2.Remove the old battery and insert

the new battery (CR2412). Makesure the battery position is correct.

3.Reinstall the battery cover and bat-tery.

unsure how to use or replace the bat-tery, contact an authorized K900 Kiadealer.

Using the wrong battery can causethe transmitter or smart key to mal-function. Be sure to use the correctbattery.

An inappropriately disposed batterycan be harmful to the environmentand human health.

Dispose the battery according toyour local law(s) or regulation.

• Lock and unlock the doors whenthe vehicle or smart key battery isdischarged.

OKH043007N

Transmitter damage

Do not drop, wet or expose thekeyless entry system transmit-ter to heat or sunlight.

CAUTION

Conventional smart key Card type smart key (if equipped) Restrictions in Handling Keys

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


To remove the mechanical key, pressand hold the release button(1) and

remove the mechanical key(2).To reinstall the mechanical key, putthe key into the hole and push it untila click sound is heard.

Push and hold the release lever (1)and remove the mechanical key (2).

Insert the mechanical key in to thekey hole on the door.

To reinstall the mechanical key, pushand hold the release lever (1) andput the key into the hole and push ituntil a click sound is heard.

When leaving keys with parking lotand valet attendants, the following

procedures will ensure your vehicle’strunk and glove box compartmentcan only be opened with themechanical key.

F e a t ur e

s of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-11

OKH043008N OKH043009N OKH043010N


To lock:

1.Remove the mechanical key fromthe Smart Key.

2.Unlock the glove box by using the

Immobilizer system

Your vehicle is equipped with anelectronic engine immobilizer systemto reduce the risk of unauthorized

To deactivate the immobilizer system

Change the ENGINE START/STOPbutton to the ON position.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-12

2.Unlock the glove box by using themechanical key, then open it.

3.Set the Trunk Lid Control button to

the OFF position (not depressed).4.Close and lock the glove box using

the mechanical key.

5.Leave the Smart Key with theattendant and keep the mechanicalkey with you.

The Smart Key can only be used tostart the engine and operate doorlocks.

To release:

1.Open the glove box with themechanical key.

2.Set the Trunk Lid Control button tothe ON position (depressed).

In this position the trunk lid will openwith the Trunk Lid button or the

Smart Key.

vehicle use.

Whenever the ENGINE START/STOPbutton is changed to the ON position,the immobilizer system checks andverifies if the key is valid or not.

If the key is valid, the engine will start.

If the key is invalid, the engine willnot start.

p

To activate the immobilizer system

Change the ENGINE START/STOPbutton to the OFF position. The immo-bilizer system activates automatically.Without a valid smart key for yourvehicle, the engine will not start.

Your immobilizer password is a cus-tomer unique password and shouldbe kept confidential. Do not leave this

number anywhere in your vehicle.

✽

NOTICEKeep each key separate in order toavoid a starting malfunction.

Do not put metal accessories nearthe ignition switch.

Metal accessories may interrupt thetransponder signal and may preventh i f b i d



8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e

s of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-13

the engine from being started.

If you need additional keys or lose

your keys, consult an authorizedK900 Kia dealer.

p j gtwo conditions:

1.This device may not cause harmful

interference, and2.This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesiredoperation.

Immobilizer damage

Do not expose your immobilizersystem to moisture, static elec-tricity and rough handling. This

may damage your immobilizer.

CAUTION

Immobilizer alterations

Do not change, alter or adjustthe immobilizer system becauseit could cause the immobilizer

system to malfunction.

CAUTION

Changes or modifications not

expressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliancecould void the user's authorityto operate the equipment.

CAUTION


THEFT-ALARM SYSTEMArmed stage

Park the vehicle and stop the engine.

Arm the system as described below.

1 Turn off the engine

• Lock the doors by pressing thebutton of the front outside doorhandles with the smart key inyour possession.

Aft l ti f th t

Armed

stage

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-14

This system is designed to provideprotection from unauthorized entryinto the vehicle. This system is operat-ed in three stages: the first is the

"Armed" stage, the second is the"Theft-alarm" stage, and the third isthe "Disarmed" stage. If triggered, thesystem provides an audible alarm withblinking of the hazard warning lights.

1.Turn off the engine.

2.Make sure that all doors (andtrunk) and engine hood are closedand latched.

3.• Lock the doors by depressing thedoor lock button on the transmit-ter (or smart key).

After completion of the stepsabove, the hazard warning lightswill blink once to indicate that thesystem is armed.

If any door, trunk or engine hoodremains open, the hazard warn-ing lights won’t operate and theft-alarm will not arm. After this, if alldoors, trunk and engine hood areclosed, the hazard warning lightsblink once.

After completion of the stepsabove, the hazard warning lightswill blink once to indicate that thesystem is armed.

If any door remains open, thehazard warning lights won’t oper-ate and theft-alarm will not arm.Close the door and try again tolock the doors.

If trunk or engine hood remainsopen, the hazard warning lightswon’t operate and theft-alarm will

not arm. Close the trunk orengine hood. The hazard warn-ing lights blink once and theft-alarm arms.

Theft-alarm

stageDisarmed

stage

The theft-alarm system by the keycan be activated by an authorizedKia dealer.

If you want this feature, consult anauthorized K900 Kia dealer

Theft-alarm stage

The alarm will be activated if any ofthe following occurs while the systemis armed.

Disarmed stage

The system will be disarmed when:

- The door unlock button is pressed.

- The button of the front outside door

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-15

authorized K900 Kia dealer.

Do not arm the system until allpassengers have left the vehicle. Ifthe system is armed while a pas-senger(s) remains in the vehicle,the alarm may be activated whenthe remaining passenger(s)leaves the vehicle. If any door (ortrunk) or engine hood is openedwithin 30 seconds after the sys-tem enters the armed stage, the

system will be disarmed to pre-vent unnecessary alarm.

• A front or rear door is opened with-out using the smart key (or

mechanical key).• The trunk is opened without using

the smart key (or mechanical key).

• The engine hood is opened.

The horn will sound and the hazardwarning lights will blink continuouslyfor approximately 27 seconds. Toturn off the system, unlock the doorswith the smart key.

The button of the front outside dooris pressed while carrying the smartkey.

- The engine is started. (within 3seconds)

After the doors are unlocked, the haz-ard warning lights will blink twice toindicate that the system is disarmed.

After pressing the unlock button, ifany door (or trunk) is not openedwithin 30 seconds, the system will berearmed.


• Avoid trying to start the enginewhile the alarm is activated. Thevehicle starting motor is disabledduring the theft-alarm stage.

If the system is not disarmed with

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-16

If the system is not disarmed withthe smart key, open the doors byusing the mechanical key and startthe engine by directly pressing theengine Start/Stop button with thesmart key.

• If you lose your keys, consult yourauthorized K900 Kia dealer.

DOOR LOCKSOperating door locks fromoutside the vehicle

Mechanical key

Smart key

• Doors can be locked and unlockedwith the transmitter (or smart key).

• Doors can be locked and unlockedb pressing the b tton of the o t

✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may notwork properly due to freezing con-ditions

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-17

• After removing the cover (1) ~ (2),turn the key toward the rear of thevehicle to unlock and toward thefront of the vehicle to lock (3), (4).

• If you lock/unlock the driver’s doorwith a key, only the driver’s doorwill lock/unlock.

• Once the doors are unlocked, theymay be opened by pulling the door

handle.• When closing the door, push the

door by hand. Make sure thatdoors are closed securely.

by pressing the button of the out-side door handle with the smart

key in your possession.• Once the doors are unlocked, theymay be opened by pulling the doorhandle.

• When closing the door, push thedoor by hand. Make sure thatdoors are closed securely.

ditions.• If the door is locked/unlocked

multiple times in rapid successionwith either the vehicle key or doorlock switch, the system may stopoperating temporarily in order toprotect the circuit and preventdamage to system components.

OKH043005N

Lock

Unlock


Power Door Latch (if equipped) Operating door locks frominside the vehicle

With the door lock button

• If the inner door handle of the frontdoor is pulled when the door lockbutton is in the lock position, thebutton will unlock and the door willopen.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-18

If a door isn’t closed completely butis closed to the first detent position,

the door will close automatically. • To unlock a door, push the doorlock button (1) to the “Unlock” posi-tion. The red mark (2) on the buttonwill be visible.

• To lock a door, push the door lockbutton (1) to the “Lock” position. Ifthe door is locked properly, the redmark (2) on the door lock buttonwill not show.

• To open a door, pull the door han-dle (3) outward.

p

• Front doors cannot be locked if thesmart key is in the vehicle and anyfront door is opened.

If a power door lock ever fails to func-tion while you are in the vehicle, tryone or more of the following tech-niques to exit:

• Operate the door unlock featurerepeatedly (both electronic andmanual) while simultaneouslypulling on the door handle.

• Operate the other door locks andhandles, front and rear.

• Lower a front window and use thekey to unlock the door from outside.

OKH043012N

LockUnlock

OKH043011N

To reduce the risk of injury:

• Before closing the door, checkthere are no obstructions inthe path of the door.

• Keep your fingers away from

the edge of the door or theymay become trapped whenthe power door latch oper-ates.

CAUTION

Rear door lock button With central door lock switch Locking

• When pressing the door lock but-ton (1), all vehicle doors will lockand the indicator on the button willilluminate. If any door is unlocked,

Driver’s door

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-19

• To lock a rear door, press the doorlock button (1). The indicator on thebutton will illuminate.

• To unlock a rear door, press thedoor unlock button (2). The indica-tor on the button will illuminate.

• The rear door lock operates onlyon the rear doors with a rear doorlock button.

illuminate. If any door is unlocked,the indicator will turn off.

• If the smart key is in the vehicleand any door is opened, doors willnot lock.

Unlocking

When pressing the door unlock but-ton (2), all vehicle doors will unlockand the indicator on the button willilluminate.

If any door is locked, the indicator willturn off.

OKH043013N

OKH043014N

Passenger’s doorOKH043014N


Impact sensing door unlocksystem

All doors will automatically unlockwhen an impact causes the air bagsto deploy

Child-protector rear door lock

Doors

The doors should always be

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-20

to deploy.

Auto door lock/unlock featureYou can activate or deactivate theauto door lock/unlock features in thevehicle. Refer to "LCD display" in thischapter.

The child safety lock is provided tohelp prevent children seated in the

rear from accidentally opening therear doors. The rear door safety locksshould be used whenever childrenare in the vehicle.

The child safety lock (1) is located onthe edge of each rear door. When thechild safety lock is in the lock position( ), that rear door will not open ifthe inner door handle is pulled (2).

To allow a rear door to be opened

from inside the vehicle, unlock ( )the child safety lock.

OKH043015N

The doors should always befully closed and locked while thevehicle is in motion to preventaccidental opening of the door.

Unattended children/ani-mals

Never leave children or animalsunattended in your vehicle.

An enclosed vehicle canbecome extremely hot, causingdeath or severe injury to unat-tended children or animals whocannot escape the vehicle.

WARNING

Non-Powered Trunk To open:

1.Make sure the shift lever is in P(Park).

2.Then do one of the following :

Press the smart key trunk unlock

TRUNK

Always keep the trunk lid com-pletely closed while the vehicle isin motion If it is left open or ajar

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-21

- Press the smart key trunk unlockbutton for more than one second.

- Press the button on the trunkitself with the smart key in yourpossession.

- Use the mechanical key.

- Use the trunk release button (orlever).

3.Lift the trunk lid up.

To close:Lower the trunk lid and press downuntil it locks.

✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, trunk lock and trunk mechanisms may notwork properly due to freezing condi-tions.

OKH043016N

OKH043017N

OKH043518N

■ Type A

■ Type B

in motion. If it is left open or ajar,poisonous exhaust gases con-

taining carbon monoxide (CO)may enter the vehicle and seri-ous illness or death may result.

The trunk swings upward. Makesure no objects or people arenear the rear of the vehicle

when opening the trunk.

WARNING


Power Trunk To open:

1. Make sure the shift lever is in P(Park).

2. Then do one of the following:

- Press the smart key trunk unlock

■ Type A

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-22

- Press the smart key trunk unlockbutton for more than one second.

- Press the open button on thetrunk. You need the smart Key inyour possession, when all doorsare locked.

- Press the power trunk main con-trol button (for type A).

- Pull the power trunk, main con-trol lever (for type B).

OKH043019N/OKH043020N

■ Type B

OKH043257N/OKH043259N/OKH043018N

(1) Power Trunk Main Control button(or lever)

(2) Power Trunk Open button

(3) Power Trunk Close button

(4) Power Trunk Lock button

To close:

Do one of the following:

- Press the power trunk main controlbutton until the power trunk isclosed securely (for type A).

Never leave children or animalsunattended in your vehicle.Children or animals might oper-

WARNING

• Do not close or open thepower trunk manually. Thismay cause damage to the

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-23

y ( yp )

- Push the power trunk main control

lever until the power trunk is closedsecurely (for type B).

- Press the close button on the trunk.

- Press the lock button on the trunkwhile carrying the smart key and allthe vehicle’s doors and trunk areclosed. All doors and trunk will lockand arm the theft alarm system.

If you push a button or lever while the

trunk is opening or closing, it couldstop moving. Press any button tooperate the power trunk again.

✽ NOTICEThe power trunk lock button willnot work if you press the buttonwhen:- Any door is open.

- The engine start/stop button is notin the OFF position.- The smart key is in the vehicle.

✽

NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, trunk lock and trunk mechanisms may notwork properly due to freezing condi-tions.

Children or animals might operate the power trunk that could

result in injury to themselves orothers, or damage to the vehicle.

Always keep the trunk lid com-pletely closed while the vehicle isin motion. If it is left open or ajar,poisonous exhaust gases con-

taining carbon monoxide (CO)may enter the vehicle and seri-ous illness or death may result.

WARNING

Make sure there are no peopleor objects around the trunkbefore opening or closing the

power trunk. Wait until the trunkis open fully and stoppedbefore loading or unloadingcargo from the vehicle.

WARNING

may cause damage to thepower trunk. If it is necessary

to close or open the powertrunk manually when the bat-tery is drained or disconnect-ed, do not apply excessiveforce.

• Do not leave the power trunkopen for a long period of time.This may drain the battery.

• To prevent damage to thetrunk lift cylinders and theattached hardware, alwaysclose the trunk before driving.


Power Trunk Non-Opening or Closing Conditions:

• The power trunk will not open orclose automatically, when the vehi-cle is moving more than 1.8 mph (3k /h)

Automatic stop and Reverse If the automatic stop and reverse fea-ture operates more than twice duringone opening or closing operation, thepower trunk may stop at that posi-tion. If this occurs, close the trunkmanually and operate the trunk auto-

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-24

km/h).

• The power trunk can be operatedwhen the engine is not running.However, the power trunk operationconsumes large amounts of vehicleelectric power. To prevent the bat-tery from draining, do not operate itexcessively (e.g., more thanapproximately 10 times repeatedly).

• Do not modify or repair any part ofthe power trunk by yourself. This

must be done by an authorizedK900 Kia dealer.

• Before jacking up the vehicle tochange a tire or repair the vehicle,open the power trunk. Do not oper-ate the power trunk when the vehi-cle is raised or this could cause thepower trunk to operate improperly.

• If there are obstacles such as snow

on the power trunk, it may not openautomatically. After removing theobstacle, try to open it again.

If, during power opening or closing,the trunk is blocked by an object orpart of someone’s body, the powertrunk will detect the resistance and itwill stop movement or move to thefull open position to allow the objectto be cleared.

However, if an object is thin or soft,or the trunk is near the latched posi-tion, the automatic stop and reversalmay not detect the resistance andthe closing operation will continue. If

the power trunk is forced by a strongimpact, the automatic stop and rever-sal may operate.

manually and operate the trunk auto-matically again.

OKH043021N

To prevent serious injury anddamage take the following pre-cautions when operating thepower trunk:

- Keep all faces, hands, arms,body parts and other objects

away from the path of thepower trunk.

- Do not intentionally place anybody parts or objects in thepath of the power trunk tomake sure the automatic stopand reversal operates.

- Do not allow children to playwith the power trunk.

WARNING

To Reset the Power Trunk

If the battery has been discharged ordisconnected, or if the related fusehas been replaced or disconnected,reset the power trunk as follows:

Trunk Lid Control Button In addition, if the trunk is manuallyclosed to the secondary latch posi-tion, the trunk will be electricallymoved to the fully latched position.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-25

1. Move the shift lever to the P(Park)position.

2. Close the trunk manually.

If the power trunk doesn't work prop-erly after performing the above pro-cedure, have the system checked byan authorized K900 Kia dealer.

When the trunk lid control button isON (depressed), the power trunk canbe controlled with the power trunkmain control button, power trunkopen, close button, and the smart key.

When this trunk lid control button isOFF (not depressed), the powertrunk can be controlled using themechanical key of the smart key only.

Even though the trunk lid control but-ton is OFF (not depressed), the trunkwill still be propelled upward by

mechanical force if the trunk is man-ually opened more than 10 degreesbeyond the fully closed position.

OKH043022N

• Always keep the Trunk LidControl Button in the OFF (notdepressed) position when notin use. Serious injury or deathcan result from unintentionaloperation by a child.

• Make sure heads, other bodyparts or other obstacles aresafely out of the way before

operating the power trunk.

WARNING

Close the trunk, and keep thetrunk lid control button in theOFF (not depressed) positionbefore washing the vehicle in anautomatic car wash.

CAUTION


✽ NOTICEIf the trunk does not unlock usingthe smart key or the trunk lidrelease button, ensure the trunk lock system is not activated.To release the trunk lock feature

Emergency Trunk SafetyRelease

• You and your passengersmust be aware of the locationof the Emergency Trunk

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-26

To release the trunk lock feature,open the glove box with feature, open

the glove box with the mechanicalkey and set the trunk lid control but-ton to the ON position (pressed). Inthis position the trunk will open withthe trunk lid button or smart key.

Your vehicle is equipped with anEmergency Trunk Safety Releaselever located inside the trunk. Whensomeone is inadvertently locked inthe trunk, the trunk can be opened bymoving the lever in the direction of thearrow and pushing the trunk open.

OKH043024N

Safety Release lever in this

vehicle and how to open thetrunk in case you are acciden-tally locked in the trunk.

• NEVER allow anyone to occupythe trunk of the vehicle at anytime. If the trunk is partially ortotally latched and the personis unable to get out, seriousinjury or death could occur dueto lack of ventilation, exhaust

fumes and rapid heat build-up,or because of exposure to coldweather conditions. The trunkis also a highly dangerous loca-tion in the event of a crashbecause it is not a protectedoccupant space but is a part ofthe vehicle’s crush zone.

(Continued)

(Continued)

• Your vehicle should be keptlocked and the Smart Keyshould be kept out of the reachof children. Parents should

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-27

teach their children about the

dangers of playing in trunks.• Use the release lever foremergencies only.


(1) Driver’s door power windowswitch

(2) Front passenger’s door powerwindow switch

(3) Rear door (left) power windowswitch

WINDOWS

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-28

switch

(4) Rear door (right) power windowswitch

(5) Window opening and closing

(6) Automatic power window up/down

(7) Power window lock button

OKH043025N

In cold and wet climates, power win-dows may not work properly due tofreezing conditions.

Power windows

✽ NOTICEWhile driving with the rear windowsdown or with the sunroof (if equipped) in an open (or partiallyopen) position, your vehicle maydemonstrate a wind buffeting or

Window opening and closing

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-29

The ignition switch must be in the ON

position for power windows to oper-ate. Each door has a power windowswitch that controls the door’s win-dow. The driver has a power windowlock switch which can block the oper-ation of rear passenger windows.

The power windows can be operatedfor approximately 30 seconds afterthe ignition key is removed or turnedto the ACC or LOCK position.

However, if the front doors areopened, the power windows cannotbe operated even within the 30 sec-ond period.

demonstrate a wind buffeting orpulsation noise. This noise is a nor-

mal occurrence and can be reducedor eliminated by taking the follow-ing actions. If the noise occurs withone or both of the rear windowsdown, partially lower both frontwindows approximately one inch. If you experience the noise with thesunroof open, slightly reduce thesize of the sunroof opening. Pressing or pulling up the power win-

dow switch momentarily to the sec-

ond detent position (6) completelylowers or lifts the window even whenthe switch is released. To stop thewindow at the desired position whilethe window is in operation, pull up orpress and release the switch to theopposite direction of the movement.

If the power window is not operatedcorrectly, the automatic power win-

dow system must be reset as follows:

OKH043026N


1.Press the Engine Start/Stop Buttontwice to the ON position.

2.Close the window and continuepulling up on the driver’s powerwindow switch for at least 1 secondafter the window is completely

And if the power window switch ispulled up continuously again within 5seconds after the window is loweredby the automatic window reversalfeature, the automatic window rever-sal will not operate.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-30

p yclosed.

Automatic reversal

If the upward movement of the win-dow is blocked by an object or part ofthe body, the window will detect the

resistance and will stop upwardmovement. The window will thenlower approximately 11.8 in. (30 cm)to allow the object to be cleared.

If the window detects the resistancewhile the power window switch ispulled up continuously, the windowwill stop upward movement thenlower approximately 1 in. (2.5 cm).

The automatic reverse feature for thedriver’s window is only active whenthe “auto up” feature is used by fullypulling up the switch. The automaticreverse feature will not operate if thewindow is raised using the halfwayposition on the power window switch.

OKH043277N

Always check for obstructionsbefore raising any window toavoid injuries or vehicle damage.If an object less than 0.16 in. (4mm) in diameter is caughtbetween the window glass andthe upper window channel, theautomatic reverse window maynot detect the resistance and will

not stop and reverse direction.

WARNING

Power window lock button

Opening / closing Window

To prevent possible damage tothe power window system, do

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-31

The driver can disable the powerwindow switches on the rear passen-gers’ doors by pressing the power

window lock switch. The indicator willbe illuminated.

When the power window lock switchindicator is illuminated :

• The driver’s master control canoperate all the power windows.

• The front passenger’s control canoperate the front passenger’spower window.

• The rear passenger’s control can-not operate the rear passenger’spower window.

Always double check to make sureall arms, hands, head and otherobstructions are safely out of the waybefore closing a window.

OKH043027N

Power windows

Do not allow children to play

with the power windows. Keepthe driver’s door power windowlock button in the LOCK posi-tion (illuminated).

WARNING

p y ,not open or close two windows

or more at the same time. Thiswill also ensure the longevity ofthe fuse.


HOODOpening the hood

• Always double check to besure that the hood is firmlylatched before driving away. Ifit is not latched the hood

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-32

1.Pull the release lever to unlatch thehood. The hood should pop openslightly.

Open the hood after turning off theengine on a flat surface, shifting theshift lever to the P (Park) position forautomatic transaxle and to the 1st(First) gear or R (Reverse) for manu-al transaxle, and setting the parkingbrake.

2.Go to the front of the vehicle, raisethe hood slightly, push the second-ary latch (1) left of the hood centerand lift the hood (2).

3.Raise the hood. It will raise com-pletely by itself after it has beenraised about halfway.

OKH043028N

OKH043029N

it is not latched, the hoodcould fly open while the vehi-cle is being driven, causing atotal loss of visibility, whichmight result in an accident.

• Do not move the vehicle withthe hood raised. The view willbe blocked and the hoodcould fall or be damaged.

Closing the hood

1.Before closing the hood, check thefollowing:

• All filler caps in engine compart-ment must be correctly installed.

• Gloves rags or any other com

• Before closing the hood,ensure that all obstructionsare removed from the hoodopening. Closing the hood

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-33

• Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must beremoved from the engine com-partment.

2.Lower the hood halfway and pushdown to securely lock in place.

opening. Closing the hoodwith an obstruction present inthe hood opening may resultin property damage or severepersonal injury.

• Do not leave gloves, rags orany other combustible materi-al in the engine compartment.Doing so may cause a heat-induced fire.


FUEL FILLER LIDOpening the fuel filler lid Closing the fuel filler lid

1.To install the cap, turn it clockwiseuntil it "clicks" once. This indicatesthat the cap is securely tightened.

2.Close the fuel filler lid and push itlightly and make sure that it is

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-34

The fuel filler lid must be openedfrom inside the vehicle by pushingthe fuel filler lid opener.

If the fuel filler lid does not openbecause ice has formed around it,tap lightly or push on the lid to breakthe ice and release the lid. Do not pryon the lid. If necessary, spray aroundthe lid with an approved de-icer fluid(do not use radiator anti-freeze) ormove the vehicle to a warm placeand allow the ice to melt.

1.Stop the engine.

2.To open the fuel filler lid, push thefuel filler lid opener up.

3.Pull open the fuel filler lid (1) out to

fully open.4.To remove the cap turn the fuel

filler cap (2) counterclockwise.

5.Refuel as needed.

lightly and make sure that it issecurely closed.

Refueling

Always remove the fuel capcarefully and slowly. If the capis venting fuel or if you hear ahissing sound, wait until the

condition stops before com-pletely removing the cap.

If pressurized fuel sprays out, itcan cover your clothes or skinand subject you to the risk offire and burns.

WARNING

OKH043030N

OKH043032N

Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an accident.

✽ NOTICEWhen using an approved portablefuel container, be sure to place thecontainer on the ground prior torefueling. Static electricity dischargefrom the container can ignite fuelvapors causing a fire Once refueling

WARNING

Static electricity

• Before touching the fuel noz-zle, you should eliminatepotentially dangerous static

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-35

vapors causing a fire. Once refueling

has begun, contact with the vehicleshould be maintained until the fill-ing is complete. Use only approvedportable plastic fuel containersdesigned to carry and store gasoline.

Fire/explosion risk

Read and follow all warningsposted at the gas station facili-ty. Failure to follow all warningswill result in severe personalinjury, severe burns or deathdue to fire or explosion.

potentially dangerous static

electricity discharge by touch-ing another metal part of thevehicle, a safe distance awayfrom the fuel filler neck, noz-zle, or other gas source.

• Do not get back into a vehicleonce you have begun refuel-ing since you can generatestatic electricity by touching,rubbing or sliding against anyitem or fabric (polyester, satin,nylon, etc.) capable of produc-ing static electricity. Staticelectricity discharge canignite fuel vapors resulting inrapid burning. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you shouldonce again eliminate poten-tially dangerous static elec-

tricity discharge by touching ametal part of the vehicle, awayfrom the fuel filler neck, noz-zle or other gasoline source.

Cell phone fires

Do not use cellular phones whilerefueling. Electric current and/orelectronic interference from cel-lular phones can potentiallyignite fuel vapors causing a fire.

WARNING


Make sure to refuel your vehicleaccording to the "Fuel requirements"suggested in chapter 1.

If the fuel filler cap requires replace-ment, use only a genuine Kia cap orthe equivalent specified for your vehi-cle An incorrect fuel filler cap can

Emergency fuel filler lid release

Refueling& Vehicle fires

When refueling, always shut theengine off. Sparks produced byelectrical components related

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-36

cle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can

result in a serious malfunction of thefuel system or emission control sys-tem.

If the fuel filler lid does not openusing the remote fuel filler lidrelease, you can open it manually bypulling the handle outward slightly.

OKH043031N

electrical components related

to the engine can ignite fuelvapors causing a fire. Oncerefueling is complete, check tomake sure the filler cap andfiller door are securely closed,before starting the engine.

SmokingDO NOT use matches or alighter and DO NOT SMOKE orleave a lit cigarette in your vehi-cle while at a gas station espe-cially during refueling.Automotive fuel is highly flam-mable and can, when ignited,result in fire.

WARNINGExterior paint

Do not spill fuel on the exteriorsurfaces of the vehicle. Any

type of fuel spilled on paintedsurfaces may damage the paint.

CAUTION

Do not pull the handle exces-sively, otherwise the luggagearea trim or release handle maybe damaged.

CAUTION

PANORAMIC SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)In cold and wet climates, the sunroofmay not work properly due to freez-ing conditions.

After the vehicle is washed or in arainstorm, be sure to wipe off anywater that is on the sunroof beforeoperating it

Sunroof open warning(if equipped)


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-37

If your vehicle is equipped with asunroof, you can slide or tilt yoursunroof with the sunroof control leverlocated on the overhead console.

The sunroof can only be opened,closed, or tilted when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

operating it.

The sunroof cannot slide when it is inthe tilt position nor can it be tiltedwhile in an open or slide position.

If the driver turns off the engine whenthe sunroof is not fully closed, thewarning chime will sound for a fewseconds and a warning message willappear on the LCD display.

Close the sunroof securely whenleaving your vehicle.

OKH043033N

OKH043402N

Sunroof control lever

Do not continue to press thesunroof control lever after thesunroof is fully opened, closed,or tilted. Damage to the motor orsystem components could

occur.

CAUTION


Sliding the sunroof When the sunshade is opened

If you pull the sunroof control leverbackward, the sunroof glass will slideall the way open. To stop the sunroofmovement at any point, pull or pushthe sunroof control lever momentarily.

Closing the sunroof

To close the sunroof glass only

Push the sunroof control lever for-ward to the first detent position orpull the lever downward.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-38

When the sunshade is closed

If you pull the sunroof control leverbackward to the second detent posi-tion, the sunshade will slide all theway open, then the sunroof glass willslide all the way open. To stop thesunroof movement at any point, pullor push the sunroof control levermomentarily.

To close the sunroof glass with the sunshade

Push the sunroof control lever for-ward to the second detent position.The sunroof glass will close, then thesunshade close automatically.

To stop the sunroof movement at anypoint, pull or push the sunroof controllever momentarily.

OKH043501N

Automatic reversal Tilting the sunroof

Sunroof

Do not extend the face, neck,arms or body outside throughthe sunroof opening while driv-

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-39

If an object or part of the body isdetected while the sunroof glass orsunshade is closing automatically, it

will reverse the direction, and thenstop.

The auto reverse function does notwork if a tiny obstacle is between thesliding glass or sunshade and thesunroof sash. You should alwayscheck that all passengers andobjects are away from the sunroofbefore closing it.

When the sunshade is closed

If you push the sunroof control leverupward, the sunshade will slide allthe way open, then the sunroof glasswill tilt.


OKH043503N

the sunroof opening while driv

ing or operating the sunroof.

• Periodically remove any dirtthat may accumulate on theguide rail.

• If you try to open the sunroofwhen the temperature is

below freezing or when thesunroof is covered with snowor ice, the glass or the motorcould be damaged.

CAUTION

OKH043502N


When the sunshade is opened

If you push the sunroof control leverupward, the sunroof glass will tilt.


Sunshade✽ NOTICEIt is normal for wrinkles to form onthe blind because of its materialcharacteristic.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-40

• To open the sunshade, pull thesunroof control lever backward tothe first detent position.

• To close the sunshade when thesunroof glass is closed, push thesunroof control lever forward.

To stop the sliding at any point, pullor push the sunroof control levermomentarily.

Sunroof motor damage

If you try to open the sunroofwhen the temperature is belowfreezing or when the sunroof iscovered with snow or ice, theglass or the motor could bedamaged.

CAUTION

OKH043504N

Resetting the sunroof

Whenever the vehicle battery is dis-connected or discharged, or relatedfuse is blown, you must reset yoursunroof system as follows:

1 Th E i St t/St B tt t

✽ NOTICEIf the sunroof is not reset when thevehicle battery is disconnected ordischarged, or related fuse is blown,the sunroof may operate improperly.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-41

1. The Engine Start/Stop Button mustbe in the ON position.

2. Release the control lever.

3. Push and hold the control lever for-ward (for more than 10 seconds)until the sunroof tilts and slightlymoves. Then, release the lever.

4. Push the sunroof control lever for-ward in the direction of close until

the sunroof operates as follows:

Sunroof glass and sunshade open→Sunroof glass and sunshade close

Then, release the control lever.

When this is complete, the sunroofsystem is reset.

❈For more detailed information, con-tact an authorized K900 Kia deal-er.


STEERING WHEELElectronic Hydraulic PowerSteering (EHPS)

This system uses an electromotor toassist you with steering the vehicle.

If the engine is turned off or if theEHPS becomes inoperative, youmay still steer the vehicle but it will

✽ NOTICEIf the EHPS motor pump malfunc-tions, the steering effort will greatlyincrease.

✽

NOTICEIf th hi l i k d f t d d

Tilt Steering/Telescope Steering

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-42

may still steer the vehicle, but it will

require increased steering effort.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, have the EHPSchecked by an authorized K900 Kiadealer.

If the vehicle is parked for extendedperiods outside in cold weather(below 14°F/-10°C), the power steer-ing may require increased effortwhen the engine is first started. Thisis caused by increased fluid viscositydue to the cold weather and does notindicate a malfunction.When this happens, increase theengine RPM by depressing accelera-

tor until the RPM reaches 1,500 rpmthen release or let the engine idle fortwo or three minutes to warm up thefluid.

Adjust the steering wheel angle (2)and position (3) with the knob (1) onthe steering column. Move the steer-

ing wheel, so it points toward yourchest, not toward your face. Makesure you can see the instrumentpanel warning lights and gauges.After adjusting, push the steeringwheel both up and down to be cer-tain it is locked in position. Alwaysadjust the position of the steeringwheel before driving.

Do not hold the steering wheelto the extreme right or left formore than five (5) seconds withthe engine running. This maycause damage to the EHPSmotor pump.

CAUTION

OKH043042N

Heated steering wheel(if equipped)

Steering wheel adjustment

Never adjust the angle andheight of the steering wheelwhile driving. You may lose

WARNING

Do not install any grip to oper-ate the steering wheel. Thiscauses damage to the heatedsteering wheel system.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-43

When the Engine Start/Stop Buttonis in the ON position, press the heat-

ed steering wheel button to warm thesteering wheel. The indicator on thebutton will illuminate.

To turn the heated steering wheel off,press the button once again. Theindicator on the button will turn offand notify you on the LCD display.

OKH043043N

steering control.

If the steering wheel becomestoo warm, turn the system off.The heated steering wheel maycause burns even at low tem-peratures, especially if used forlong periods of time.

WARNING


Horn

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-44

To sound the horn, press the hornsymbol on your steering wheel.Check the horn regularly to be sure it

operates properly.To sound the horn, press the areaindicated by the horn symbol on yoursteering wheel (see illustration). Thehorn will operate only when this areais pressed.

OKH043044N

MIRRORSInside rearview mirror

Adjust the rearview mirror so that thecenter view through the rear windowis seen. Make this adjustment beforeyou start driving.

Do not place objects in the rear seatwhich would interfere with your vision

Electric chromic mirror (ECM) with HomeLink ® system andcompass (if equipped)

Your vehicle may be equipped with aGentex Automatic-Dimming Mirrorwith a Z-Nav ® Electronic CompassDisplay and an Integrated HomeLink ®

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-45

y

through the rear window. Wireless Control System.During nighttime driving, this featurewill automatically detect and reducerearview mirror glare while the com-pass indicates the direction the vehi-cle is pointed. The HomeLink ®

Universal Transceiver allows you toactivate your garage door(s), electricgate, home lighting, etc.

(1) Channel 1 button


(3) Status indicator LED


(5) Rear light sensor(6) Dimming ON/OFF button

(7) Compass control button

(8) Compass display

OKH043505N

Mirror adjustment

Do not adjust the rearview mirrorwhile the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control.

WARNING


Automatic-Dimming Night VisionSafety ™ (NVS®) Mirror

The NVS ® Mirror in your vehicle isthe most advanced way to reduceannoying glare in the rearview mirrorduring any driving situation. For moreinformation regarding NVS ® mirrors

Automatic-dimming function

Your mirror will automatically dimupon detecting glare from the vehi-cles traveling behind you. The auto-dimming function can be controlledby the Dimming ON/OFF Button:

✽ NOTICEThe mirror defaults to the ON posi-tion each time the vehicle is started.

Z-Nav™ Compass Display

The NVS ® Mirror in your vehicle isalso equipped with a Z-NAV™

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-46

and other applications, please referto the Gentex website:

www.gentex.com

❈Night Vision Safety™ is a registeredtrademark of Gentex Corporation.

1.Pressing the button turns theauto-dimming function OFF whichis indicated by the green StatusIndicator LED turning off.

2.Pressing the button again turnsthe auto-dimming function ONwhich is indicated by the greenStatus Indicator LED turning on.

also equipped with a Z NAVCompass that shows the vehicleCompass heading in the DisplayWindow using the 8 basic cardinalheadings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).

❈ Z-Nav™ is a registered trademarkof Gentex Corporation.

The NVS ® Mirror automaticallyreduces glare during drivingconditions based upon light lev-els monitored in front of the vehi-cle and from the rear of the vehi-cle. These light sensors are visi-ble through openings in the frontand rear of the mirror case. Anyobject that obstructs either lightsensor will degrade the automat-ic dimming control feature.

CAUTION

Compass function

The Compass can be turned ON andOFF and will remember the last statewhen the ignition is cycled. To turnthe display feature ON/OFF:

1.Press and release the button toturn the display feature OFF.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-47

2.Press and release the buttonagain to turn the display back ON.

Additional options can be set withpress and hold sequences of thebutton and are detailed below.

There is a difference between mag-netic north and true north. The com-pass in the mirror can compensate

for this difference when it knows theMagnetic Zone in which it is operat-ing. This is set either by the dealer orby the user. The operating ZoneNumbers for North America areshown in the figure on the followingsection.

B520C05NF


To adjust the Zone setting:

1.Determine the desired ZoneNumber based upon your currentlocation on the Zone Map.

2.Press and hold the button formore than 3, but less than 6 sec-onds, the current Zone Number will

There are some conditions that cancause changes to the vehicle mag-nets, such as installing a ski rack or aCB antenna. Body repair work on thevehicle can also cause changes to thevehicle's magnetic field. In these situa-tions, the compass will need to be re-calibrated to quickly correct for these

Integrated HomeLink ®

Wireless Control System

The HomeLink ® Wireless ControlSystem provides a convenient way toreplace up to three hand-held radio-frequency (RF) transmitters with asingle built-in device. This innovative

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-48

appear on the display.3.Pressing and holding the button

again will cause the numbers toincrement (Note: they will repeat…13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …). Releasingthe button when the desired ZoneNumber appears on the display willset the new Zone.

4.Within about 5 seconds, the com-

pass will start displaying a com-pass heading again.

q ychanges. To re-calibrate the compass:1.Press and hold the button for

more than 6 seconds. When thecompass memory is cleared, a "C"will appear in the display.

2.To calibrate the compass, drive thevehicle in 2 complete circles at lessthan 5 mph (8 km/h).

feature will learn the radio frequencycodes of most current transmitters tooperate devices such as gate opera-tors, garage door openers, entrydoor locks, security systems, evenhome lighting. Both standard androlling code-equipped transmitterscan be programmed by following theoutlined procedures. AdditionalHomeLink ® information can be found

at: www.homelink.com or by calling1-800-355-3515.

❈HomeLink ® is a registered trade-mark of Johnson Controls, Inc.

Retain the original transmitter of theRF device you are programming foruse in other vehicles as well as forfuture HomeLink ® programming. It isalso suggested that upon the sale ofthe vehicle, the programmedHomeLink ® buttons be erased forsecurity purposes.

Programming HomeLink ®

✽

NOTICE• When programming a garage

door opener, it is advised to park the vehicle outside of the garage.

• It is recommended that a new bat-tery be placed in the hand-held

Before programming HomeLink ®

to a garage door opener or gateoperator, make sure that peopleand objects are out of the way ofthe device to prevent potential

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

o

f y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-49

\

y p ptransmitter of the device being pro-grammed to HomeLink ® for quick-er training and accurate transaxleof the radio-frequency signal.

• Some vehicles may require theignition switch to be turned to thesecond (or "accessories") positionfor programming and/or opera-tion of HomeLink ®.

• In the event that there are still pro-

gramming difficulties or questionsafter following the programmingsteps listed below, contactHomeLink ® at: www.homelink.comor 1-800-355-3515.

harm or damage. Do not useHomeLink ® with any garage dooropener that lacks the safety stopand reverse features required byU.S. federal safety standards(this includes any garage dooropener model manufacturedbefore April 1, 1982). A garagedoor that cannot detect an object- signaling the door to stop andreverse - does not meet currentU.S. federal safety standards.Using a garage door openerwithout these features increasesthe risk of serious injury ordeath.


Standard programming

To train most devices, follow theseinstructions:

1.For first-time programming, pressand hold the two outside buttons,HomeLink ® Channel 1 andChannel 3 Buttons, until the indica-

5.Press and hold the just-trainedHomeLink ® button and observe thered Status Indicator LED. If theindicator light stays on constantly,programming is complete and yourdevice should activate when theHomeLink ® button is pressed andreleased.

Rolling code programming

Rolling code devices which are"code-protected" and manufacturedafter 1996 may be determined by thefollowing:

• Reference the device owner'smanual for verification.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-50

tor light begins to flash (after 20seconds). Release both buttons.Do not hold the buttons for longerthan 30 seconds.

2.Position the end of your hand-heldtransmitter 1-3 inches (2-8 cm) awayfrom the HomeLink ® buttons whilekeeping the indicator light in view.

3.Simultaneously press and hold

both the HomeLink ®

and hand-held transmitter button. DO NOTrelease the buttons until step 4 hasbeen completed.

4.While continuing to hold the but-tons the red Indicator Status LEDwill flash slowly and then rapidlyafter HomeLink ® successfullytrains to the frequency signal fromthe hand-held transmitter. Release

both buttons.

6.To program the remaining twoHomeLink ® buttons, follow steps 2through 5.

• The handheld transmitter appearsto program the HomeLink ®

Universal Transceiver but does notactivate the device.

• Press and hold the trainedHomeLink ® button. The device hasthe rolling code feature if the indi-cator light flashes rapidly and thenturns solid after 2 seconds.

To train rolling code devices, followthese instructions:

1.At the garage door opener receiver(motor-head unit) in the garage,locate the "learn" or "smart" button.This can usually be found where thehanging antenna wire is attached tothe motor-head unit. Exact location

3.Return to the vehicle, firmly pressand hold for two seconds the desiredHomeLink ® button then release.Repeat the "press/hold/release"sequence a second time to completethe programming. (Some devicesmay require you to repeat thissequence a third time to complete

Gate operator &Canadian programming

During programming, your handheldtransmitter may automatically stoptransmitting. Continue to press theIntegrated HomeLink ® WirelessControl System button (note steps 2through 4 in the Standard

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

o

f y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-51

and color of the button may vary bygarage door opener brand.

If there is difficulty locating the train-ing button, reference the deviceowner's manual or please visit ourWeb site at www.homelink.com.

2.Firmly press and release the"learn" or "smart" button (whichactivates the "training light").

✽ NOTICEThere are 30 seconds in which to ini-tiate step 3.

the programming.)4.Press and hold the just-trained

HomeLink ® button and observe thered Status Indicator LED. If theindicator light stays on constantly,programming is complete and yourdevice should activate.

5.To program the remaining twoHomeLink ® buttons, follow either

steps 1 through 4 above for otherRolling Code devices or steps 2through 5 in Standard Programmingfor standard devices.

gProgramming portion of this docu-ment) while you press and re-press("cycle") your handheld transmitterevery two seconds until the frequen-cy signal has been learned. The indi-cator light will flash slowly and thenrapidly after several seconds uponsuccessful training.


Operating HomeLink ®

To operate, simply press and releasethe programmed HomeLink ® button.Activation will now occur for thetrained device (i.e. garage dooropener, gate operator, security sys-tem, entry door lock, home/office

Reprogramming a singleHomeLink ® button

To program a new device to a previ-ously trained HomeLink ® button, fol-low these steps:

1.Press and hold the desiredHomeLink ® button. Do NOT release

Erasing HomeLink ® buttons

Individual buttons cannot be erased.However, to erase all three pro-grammed buttons:

1.Press and hold the two outerHomeLink ® buttons until the indi-cator light begins to flash-after 20

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-52

lighting, etc.). For convenience, thehand-held transmitter of the devicemay also be used at any time.

until step 4 has been completed.2.When the indicator light begins to

flash slowly (after 20 seconds),position the handheld transmitter 1to 3 inches away from theHomeLink ® surface.

3.Press and hold the handheld trans-mitter button. The HomeLink ® indi-cator light will flash, first slowly andthen rapidly.

4.When the indicator light begins toflash rapidly, release both buttons.

5.Press and hold the just-trainedHomeLink ® button and observe thered Status Indicator LED. If theindicator light stays on constantly,programming is complete and yournew device should activate.

seconds.2.Release both buttons. Do not hold

for longer than 30 seconds.

The Integrated HomeLink ® WirelessControl System is now in the training(learn) mode and can be pro-grammed at any time following theappropriate steps in the Programmingsections above.

FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3

IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3



di i

Outside rearview mirror

Be sure to adjust mirror angles beforedriving.

Your vehicle is equipped with bothleft-hand and right-hand outsiderearview mirrors. The mirrors can beadjusted remotely with the remote

i h Th i h d b f ld

The transceiver has been testedand complies with FCC andIndustry Canada rules. Changesor modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsi-

bl f li ld id

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

o

f y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-53

two conditions:1.This device may not cause harmful

interference, and

2.This device must accept any inter-ference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesiredoperation.

NVS ® and Z-NAV™ are registeredtrademarks. Nav ® are of GentexCorporation, Zeeland, Michigan.

HomeLink ® is a registered trade-mark owned by Johnson Controls

Technology Company, Holland,Michigan.

switch. The mirror heads can be fold-ed to prevent damage during an auto-matic car wash or when passingthrough a narrow street.

The right outside rearview mirror isconvex. Objects seen in the mirrorare closer than they appear.

Use your interior rearview mirror ordirect observation to determine the

actual distance of following vehicleswhen changing lanes.

ble for compliance could voidthe user's authority to operatethe device.


Adjusting outside rearview mirror

Rearview mirror

Do not scrape ice off the mirrorface; this may damage the sur-face of the glass. If ice shouldrestrict movement of the mirror,d t f th i f

CAUTION

Outside mirror

• The mirrors stop movingwhen they reach the maxi-mum adjusting angles, but themotor continues to operate

hil th it h i d

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-54

Adjusting the rearview mirrors:

Press either the L (driver’s side) or R(passenger’s side) button (1) to

select the rearview mirror you wouldlike to adjust.

Use the mirror adjustment control (2)to position the selected mirror up,down, left or right.

After adjustment, press the L or Rbutton (1) again to prevent inadver-tent adjustment.

OKH043048N

do not force the mirror foradjustment. To remove ice, usea deicer spray, or a sponge orsoft cloth with very warm water.

while the switch is pressed.Do not press the switchlonger than necessary, themotor may be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust theoutside rearview mirror byhand. Doing so may damagethe parts.

Mirror adjustment

Do not adjust or fold the outsiderearview mirrors while the vehi-cle is moving. This could resultin loss of control.

WARNING

Reverse parking aid function(if equipped)

L/R :When the remote control out-side rearview mirror switch isselected to the L (left) or R(right) position, both outsiderearview mirrors will movedownward.

Neutral : When the remote controloutside rearview mirrors itch is placed in the mid

Folding the outside rearview mirror

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

o

f y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-55

While the vehicle is moving rear-ward, the outside rearview mirror(s)

will move downward to aid reverseparking. According to the position ofthe outside rearview mirror switch(1), the outside rearview mirror(s) willoperate as follows:

switch is placed in the mid-dle, the outside rearviewmirrors will not operatewhile the vehicle is movingrearward.

The outside rearview mirrors will auto-matically revert to their original posi-tions under the following conditions:

1.The ignition switch is in the OFFposition.

2.Shift lever is moved to any positionexcept R (Reverse).

3.Remote control outside rearviewmirror switch is placed in the mid-dle.

The outside rearview mirror can befolded or unfolded by pressing theswitch as below.

Left (1) : The mirror will unfold.Right (2) : The mirror will fold.

OKH043040N

OKH043049N


Center (AUTO, 3) :

The mirror will fold or unfold auto-matically as follows:

• The mirror will fold or unfold whenthe door is locked or unlocked bythe smart key.

• The mirror will fold or unfold when

the door is locked or unlocked by the

Electric chromic mirror (ECM)

The electric chromic mirror automati-cally controls the glare from the head-lights of the car behind you in night-time or low light driving conditions. Thesensor mounted in the mirror sensesthe light level around the vehicle, andautomatically controls the headlightglare from vehicles behind you

Electric type outsiderearview mirror

The electric type outside rearviewmirror operates even though theengine start/stopo button is in theOFF position However to prevent

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-56

the door is locked or unlocked by thebutton on the outside door handle.

• The mirror will unfold when youapproach the vehicle (all doorsclosed and locked) with a smartkey in possession.

glare from vehicles behind you.

When the engine is running, the glareis automatically controlled by the sen-sor mounted in the rearview mirror.

Whenever the shift lever is shiftedinto R (Reverse), the mirror will auto-matically go to the brightest setting inorder to improve the drivers viewbehind the vehicle. If the ECM of

inside rear view mirror operates, itwill be working.

OFF position. However, to preventunnecessary battery discharge,do not adjust the mirrors longerthan necessary while the engineis not running.

In case it is an electric type out-side rearview mirror, don’t fold itby hand. It could cause motorfailure.

When cleaning the mirror, use apaper towel or similar materialdampened with glass cleaner.Do not spray glass cleaner

directly on the mirror as thatmay cause the liquid cleaner toenter the mirror housing.

CAUTION

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Type A

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

o

f y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-57

1. Tachometer

2. Speedometer

3. Engine coolant temperature gauge

4. Fuel gauge

5. LCD display

6. Warning and indicator lights

OKH043050N/OKH043051N

❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differfrom the illustration.For more details, refer to the "Gauges" in

this chapter.

Type B


Instrument Cluster Control

Adjusting Instrument Cluster Illumination

LCD Display Control■ Type A ■ Type B

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-58

The brightness of the instrument

panel illumination can be adjusted bypressing the illumination control but-tons (“+” or “-”) when the EngineStart/Stop Button is ON or the talelights are turned on.

• If you hold the illumination controlbutton ("+" or "-"), the brightnesswill be changed continuously.

• If the brightness reaches to themaximum or minimum level, an

alarm will sound.

The LCD display modes can bechanged by using the control buttonson the steering wheel.

(1) < , > : MODE button for changingmodes.

(2) , : MOVE button for chang-ing items

(3) OK : SELECT/RESET button forsetting or resetting theselected item

❈For the LCD modes, refer to “LCDDisplay” in this chapter.

OKH043052N

OKH043901N

OKH043087N

Gauges

Speedometer

The unit of the speedometer (Type B)can be changed from km/h to MPH orfrom MPH to km/h on the LCD display.

❈From more details, refer to "LCDDisplay."

Tachometer

■ Type A

■ Type A

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

o

f y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-59

The speedometer indicates thespeed of the vehicle and is calibratedin miles per hour (mph) and/or kilo-meters per hour (km/h).

The tachometer indicates theapproximate number of engine revo-lutions per minute (rpm).

Use the tachometer to select the cor-rect shift points and to prevent lug-ging and/or over-revving the engine.

OKH043055N

OKH043056N

■ Type B

OKH043053N

OKH043054N

■ Type B


Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

■ Type ADo not operate the engine with-in the tachometer's RED ZONE.This may cause severe enginedamage.

CAUTION

If the gauge pointer movesbeyond the normal range areatoward the “H” position, it indi-cates overheating that maydamage the engine.

Do not continue driving with anh d i If hi

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-60

This gauge indicates the tempera-ture of the engine coolant when theengine is running.

OKH043057N

■ Type BDo not continue driving with anoverheated engine. If your vehi-cle overheats, refer to “If theEngine Overheats” in chapter 6.

Never remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. The

engine coolant is under pressureand could severely burn. Waituntil the engine is cool beforeadding coolant to the reservoir.

WARNING

Fuel Gauge ✽ NOTICE• The fuel tank capacity is given in

chapter 8.• The fuel gauge is supplemented by

a low fuel warning light, whichwill illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly empty.

• On inclines or curves, the fuelgauge pointer may fluctuate or the

■ Type A

■ Type B

Avoid driving with a extremelylow fuel level. Running out offuel could cause the engine tomisfire damaging the catalyticconverter.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

o

f y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-61

This gauge indicates the approxi-mate amount of fuel remaining in thefuel tank.

gauge pointer may fluctuate or thelow fuel warning light may comeon earlier than usual due to themovement of fuel in the tank.

✽ NOTICEFuel display may not be accurate if you are filling in sloping places.

OKH043058N

Fuel Gauge

Running out of fuel can exposevehicle occupants to danger.

You must stop and obtain addi-tional fuel as soon as possibleafter the warning light comeson or when the gauge indicatorcomes close to the “E (Empty)”level.

WARNING


Odometer Outside Temperature Gauge Transaxle Shift Indicator

Automatic Transaxle Shift Indicator

■ Type A

■ Type B

■ Type A

■ Type B

■ Type A

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-62

The odometer Indicates the total dis-tance that the vehicle has been driv-en and should be used to determinewhen periodic maintenance shouldbe performed.

- Odometer range : 0 ~ 999999 milesor kilometers.

This gauge indicates the current out-side air temperatures by 1°F (1°C).

- Temperature range : -40°F ~ 140°F(-40°C ~ 60°C)

The outside temperature on the dis-play may not change immediatelylike a general thermometer to pre-vent the driver from being inattentive.

The temperature unit (from °C to °For from °F to °C) can be changed bypressing the OFF button and AUTObutton on the front climate controlpanel for 3 seconds simultaneously.

This indicator displays which auto-

matic transaxle shift lever is selected.• Park : P

• Reverse : R

• Neutral : N

• Drive : D

• Sports Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8

OKH043124N OKH043059N

OKH043060N

■ Type B

LCD ModesLCD DISPLAY

Modes Symbol Explanation

Trip ComputerThis mode displays driving information like the tripmeter, fuel economy,

and so on. For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter.

Turn By Turn This mode displays the state of the navigation.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-63

y p y g

ASCC/LDWS(if equipped)

This mode displays the state of the Advanced Smart Cruise Control system (ASCC)

and Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS).For more details, refer to "Advanced Smart Cruise Control system (ASCC)" or

"Lane Departurn Warning System (LDWS)" in chapter 5.

A/V This mode displays the state of the A/V system.

Information This mode informs of service interval (mileage or days) and pressure status of each tire.

User Settings On this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps and so on.

❈ For controlling the LCD modes, refer to "LCD Display Control" in this chapter.


Trip Computer Mode Turn By Turn (TBT) Mode ASCC/LDWS Mode(if equipped)


ASCC LDWS

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-64

This mode displays driving informa-tion like the tripmeter, fuel economy,and so on.

❈For more details, refer to “TripComputer” in this chapter.

This mode displays the state of thenavigation. This mode displays the state of the

Advanced Smart Cruise Control(ASCC) or Lane Departure WarningSystem (LDWS).

❈ For more details, refer to "AdvancedSmart Cruise Control (ASCC)" and"Lane Departure Warning System(LDWS)" in chapter 5.


OKH043411N

A/V Mode Information Mode

This mode shows the service interval(mileage and days) and pressure ofeach tire.

To change the information mode,Press the , (MOVE) button.

❈ For the setting of the service inter-val refer to "User Settings Mode"

Service Interval


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-65

This mode displays the state of theA/V system.

val, refer to "User Settings Mode"of the LCD display.

Service required

It calculates and displays when youneed a scheduled maintenance

service (mileage or days).If the remaining mileage or timereaches 900 miles (1,500 km) or 30days, "Service required" message isdisplayed for several seconds eachtime you set the Engine Start/StopButton to the ON position.

OKH043404N OKH043412N


Service required Service interval OFF Tire Pressure

■ Type A ■ Type B■ Type A ■ Type B

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-66

If you do not have your vehicle serv-iced according to the already inputtedservice interval, "Service required"

message is displayed for several sec-onds each time you set the EngineStart/Stop Button to the ON position.

To reset the service interval to themileage and days you inputted before:

- Press the OK button for more than1 second.

If the service interval is not set,"Service interval OFF" message isdisplayed on the LCD display.

✽

NOTICEIf any of the following conditionsoccurs, the mileage and days may beincorrect.- The battery cable is disconnected.- The fuse switch is turned off.- The battery is discharged.

This mode displays the pressure sta-tus of each tire.

You can change the tire pressure unitin "User settings" mode.

❈For more details, refer to "UserSettings mode" in this chapter.

OKH043403NOKH043405NOKH043413N

User Settings Mode

Items Explanation

Display Height Adjust the height of the HUD image on the windshield glass.

Brightness Adjust the intensity of the HUD brightness

Activate or deactivate each contents of the HUD


Head-Up Display (HUD) (if equipped)

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-67

On this mode, you can change set-ting of the doors, lights, and so on.

ContentsSelection

Activate or deactivate each contents of the HUD(TBT*, ASCC*, LDWS*, BSD*).

❈ TBT : Turn By Turn

ASCC : Advanced Smart Cruise Control

LDWS : Lane Departure Warning System

BSD : Blind Spot Detection

* : if equipped

SpeedometerSize

Choose the size of the HUD speedometer (Small, Medium, Large).

SpeedometerColor

Choose the color of the HUD speedometer (White, Orange, Green).

✽

NOTICEIf you select the Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation information as HUD con-tents, the Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation information will not be displayed

on the LCD.

OKH043401N


Door

Items Explanation

Automatically Lock

• Off : The auto door lock operation will be deactivated.

• Enable on Speed : All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds9.3mph (15km/h)

• Enable on Shift : All doors will be automatically locked if the automatic transmission shift lever isshifted from the P (Park) position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-68

Automatically Unlock

• Off: The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.

• Vehicle Off : All doors will be automatically unlocked when the Engine Star/Stop Button is set tothe OFF position.

• Driver Door Unlock : All doors will be automatically unlocked if the driver's door is unlocked

• On Shift to P : All doors will be automatically unlocked if the automatic transmission shift lever isshifted to the P (Park) position.

Two Press Unlock

• Off (Unchecked) : The two press unlock function will be deactivated.Therefore, all doors willunlock if the door is unlocked.

• On: (checked) : The driver’s door will unlock if the door is unlocked.When the door is unlockedagain within 4 seconds, all doors will unlock.

Door Lock Sound Activate or deactivate door lock confirm sound.

Display (for Type B Cluster)

Items Explanation

Theme Choose the instrument cluster theme. (Default or Retro)

Auto Theme change• On (checked) : The instrument cluster theme is automatically changed.

• Off : The automatic change function of the instrument cluster theme will be deactivated

Traffic Alerts• On(checked) : The LCD display will show traffic information.

Off( h k d) Th LCD di l ill h ffi i f i

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-69

• Off(unchecked) : The LCD display will not show traffic information.

Speedometer Size Choose the size of the number in the speedometer (Small, Medium, Large).

Speedometer Unit Choose the main unit of the speedometer (MPH or km/h).


Lights

Items Explanation

One Touch Turn Signal

• Off: The one touch turn lamp function will be deactivated.

• 3, 5, 7 Flashing : The lane change signals will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever ismoved slightly.

❈ For more details, refer to “Lighting” in this chapter.

Activate or deactivate the head lamp delay function

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-70

Head Lamp DelayActivate or deactivate the head lamp delay function.

❈ For more details, refer to “Lighting” in this chapter.

Welcome LightActivate or deactivate the welcome light function.

❈ For more details, refer to “Welcome system” in this chapter.

Seat/Steering

Items Explanation

Seat Easy Access

• None : The seat easy access function will be deactivated.

• Normal/Enhanced:

- When you turn off the engine, the driver’s seat will automatically move rearward by 2inches (Normal) or 3 inches (Enhanced) for you to enter or exit the vehicle more com-

fortably.- If you change the Engine Start/Stop Button from OFF position to the ACC ON or

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-71

If you change the Engine Start/Stop Button from OFF position to the ACC, ON, orSTART position, the driver’s seat will return to the original position.

❈ For more details, refer to “Driver Position Memory System” in chapter 3.

Steering Easy Access

• On (checked) : The steering wheel will automatically move forward or rearward for the driver toenter or exit the vehicle comfortably.

• Off (unchecked) : The steering easy access function will be deactivated.

❈ For more details, refer to “Driver Position Memory System” in chapter 3.


Additional Features

Items Explanation

Advance Vehicle SafetyManagement (AVSM)

(if equipped)

• On (checked) : The AVSM system will be activated.

• Off (unchecked) : The AVSM system will be deactivated.

❈ For more details, refer to “Advanced Vehicle Safety Management (AVSM) System” in chapter 5.

❈ AVSM : Advanced Vehicle Safety Management

Fuel Economy Auto Reset The average fuel economy will reset automatically when refueling.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-72

Fuel Economy Auto Reset The average fuel economy will reset automatically when refueling.

Tire Pressure Unit Choose the tire pressure unit. (psi, kPa, bar)

Service Interval Warning Messages

Shift to "P" position

Low Key Battery


■ Type A ■ Type B ■ Type A ■ Type B

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-73

On this mode, you can activate theservice interval function with mileage(km or mi.) and period (months).

• Off : The service interval functionwill be deactivated.

• On : You can set the service inter-val (mileage and months).

• This warning message illuminates ifyou try to turn off the engine without

the shift lever in P (Park) position.• At this time, the Engine Start/Stop

Button turns to the ACC position (Ifyou press the Engine Start/StopButton once more, it will turn to theON position).

• This warning message illuminatesif the battery of the smart key isdischarged when the EngineStart/Stop Button changes to the

OFF position.

OKH043921N

OKH043512N OKH043922N


Check headlamp LED (if equipped) Check headlamp FAN (if equipped) Check battery voltage

■ Type A ■ Type B ■ Type A ■ Type B ■ Type A ■ Type B

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-74

• This warning message illuminatesif the headlamp does not turned onnormally when you turn the headlamp on.

In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized K900Kia dealer.

• This warning message illuminatesif the headlamp is overheated.

It means, the headlamp fan doesnot work normally.

In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized K900Kia dealer as soon as possible.

• This warning message illuminatesif the battery voltage is abnormallylow, or the battery has poor per-formance. In this case, have your

vehicle inspected by an authorizedK900 Kia dealer.

OKH043514N OKH043513N OKH043515N

Press brake pedal to start engine Key not in vehicle Key not detected


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-75

• This warning message illuminatesif the Engine Start/Stop Buttonchanges to the ACC position twiceby pressing the button repeatedly

without depressing the brake pedal.• It means that you should depress

the brake pedal to start the engine.

• This warning message illuminatesif the smart key is not in the vehiclewhile the door is opened or closedwith the ignition switch in the ACC

position or engine is running.• It means that you should always

have the smart key with you.

• This warning message illuminatesif the smart key is not detectedwhen you press the EngineStart/Stop Button.

OKH043927N OKH043928N OKH043929N


Press start button again Press start button with smart key Check fuse "BRAKE SWITCH"


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-76

• This warning message illuminatesif you can not operate the EngineStart/Stop Button when there is aproblem with the Engine Start/Stop

Button system.• It means that you could start the

engine by pressing the EngineStart/ Stop Button once more.

• If the warning illuminates eachtime you press the EngineStart/Stop Button, have your vehi-cle inspected by an authorizedK900 Kia dealer.

• This warning message illuminatesif you press the Engine Start/StopButton while the warning message“Key not detected” is illuminating.

• At this time, the immobilizer indica-tor light blinks.

• This warning message illuminatesif the brake switch fuse is discon-nected.

• It means that you should replacethe fuse with a new one. If that isnot possible, you can start theengine by pressing the EngineStart/Stop Button for 10 seconds inthe ACC position.

OKH043930N OKH043931N OKH043932N

Shift to "P" or "N" to start engine✽ NOTICEYou can start the engine with theshift lever in the N (Neutral) position.But, for your safety, we recommendthat you start the engine with theshift lever in the P (Park) position.

Press Start Button and Shift to "P"


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-77

• This warning message illuminatesif you try to start the engine withthe shift lever not in the P (Park) orN (Neutral) position.

• This warning message illuminatesif you try to turn off the engine with-out the shift lever in P (Park) posi-tion.

• At this time, the Engine Start/StopButton turns to the ACC position (Ifyou press the Engine Start/StopButton once more, it will turn to theON position).

• Set the Engine Start/Stop Button tothe ON position, then shift to P(Park) by pressing the P button onthe top of the shift lever.

OKH043933N OKH043924N


Door / Hood / Trunk Open Sunroof Open (if equipped) Align steering wheel


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-78

• It means that any door, hood, ortrunk is open.

• The warning message illuminatesif you turn off the engine when thesunroof is open.

• This warning message illuminatesif you start the engine when thesteering wheel is turned to morethan 90 degrees to the left or right.

• It means that you should turn thesteering wheel and make the angleof the steering wheel be less than30 degrees.

OKH043934N OKH043402N OKH043937N

Turn on "FUSE SWITCH"


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-79

• This warning message illuminatesif the fuse switch on the fuse box isOFF.

• It means that you should turn thefuse switch on.

For more details, refer to “Fuses” inchapter 7.

OKH043938N


Overview

Description

The trip computer is a microcomput-er-controlled driver information sys-tem that displays information relatedto driving.

✽

NOTICESome driving information stored inthe trip computer (for example

Trip Modes Fuel EconomyTRIP COMPUTER

TRIP A

• Range

• Average Fuel Economy

• Instant Fuel Economy

FUEL ECONOMY ■ Type A ■ Type B

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-80

the trip computer (for exampleAverage Vehicle Speed) resets if thebattery is disconnected.

Range (1)

• The range is the estimated dis-tance the vehicle can be drivenwith the remaining fuel.

- Distance range : 30 ~ 990 mi or50 ~ 990 km.

• If the estimated distance is below30 mi. (50 km), the trip computer willdisplay “---” as range.

• Tripmeter [A]

• Average Vehicle Speed [A]

• Elapsed Time [A]

• Tripmeter [B]

• Average Vehicle Speed [B]

• Elapsed Time [B]

TRIP B

To change the trip mode, press the, (MOVE) button.

OKH043407N

✽ NOTICE• If the vehicle is not on level ground

or the battery power has beeninterrupted, the range functionmay not operate correctly.

• The range may differ from theactual driving distance as it is anestimate of the available driving

distance.• The trip computer may not register

additional fuel if less than 1.6 gal-

Average Fuel Economy (2)

• The average fuel economy is calcu-lated by the total driving distanceand fuel consumption since the lastaverage fuel economy reset.

- Fuel economy range: 0.0 ~ 99.9MPG or L/100km

• The average fuel economy can bereset both manually and automati-cally.

Automatic reset

To make the average fuel economybe reset automatically whenever refu-eling, select the “Auto Reset” mode inUser Setting menu of the LCD display(Refer to “LCD Display”).

Under “Auto Reset” mode, the aver-age fuel economy will be cleared to

zero (---) when the vehicle speedexceeds 1 km/h after refueling morethan 1 6 gallons (6 liters)

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-81

additional fuel if less than 1.6 gallons (6 liters) of fuel are added tothe vehicle.

• The fuel economy and range mayvary significantly based on drivingconditions, driving habits, and con-dition of the vehicle.

Manual reset

To clear the average fuel economymanually, press the OK (RESET) but-ton on the steering wheel for morethan 1 second when the average fueleconomy is displayed.

than 1.6 gallons (6 liters).

✽ NOTICEThe average fuel economy is not dis-played for more accurate calculationif the vehicle does not drive morethan 0.19 miles (300 meters) since

the Engine Start/Stop button isturned to ON.


Instant Fuel Economy (3)

• This mode displays the instant fueleconomy during the last few sec-onds when the vehicle speed ismore than 6.2 MPH (10 km/h).

- Fuel economy range: 0 ~ 50MPG or 0 ~ 20 L/100km

Trip A/B

Tripmeter (1)

Average Vehicle Speed (2)

• The average vehicle speed is cal-culated by the total driving dis-tance and driving time since thelast average vehicle speed reset.

- Speed range: 0 ~ 999 MPH or km/h

• To reset the average vehicle speed,press the OK (RESET) button on

the steering wheel for more than 1second when the average vehiclespeed is displayed


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-82

• The tripmeter is the total driving dis-tance since the last tripmeter reset.

- Distance range: 0.0 ~ 9999.9 mi. orkm

• To reset the tripmeter, press theOK (RESET) button on the steeringwheel for more than 1 secondwhen the tripmeter is displayed.

speed is displayed.

✽

NOTICE• The average vehicle speed is not dis-

played if the driving distance is lessthan 0.19 miles (300 meters) sincethe Engine Start/Stop button isturned to ON.

• Even if the vehicle is not in motion,the average vehicle speed keepsgoing while the engine is running.

OKH043408N

4

Elapsed Time (3)

• The elapsed time is the total driv-ing time since the last elapsed timereset.

- Time range (hh:mm): 00:00 ~ 99:59

• To reset the elapsed time, press theOK (RESET) button on the steeringwheel for more than 1 second when

the elapsed time is displayed.

NOTICE

One time driving information mode


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-83

✽

NOTICEEven if the vehicle is not in motion,the elapsed time keeps going whilethe engine is running. This display shows trip distance (1)

and the vehicle can be driven withthe remaining fuel (2).

This information is displayed for a

few seconds when you turn off theengine and then goes off automati-cally. The information provided is cal-culated according to each trip.

If the estimated distance is below 30mi. (50km), the distance to empty (2)will display as "---" and a refuel mes-sage will appear (3).

OKH043406N


Warning lights

✽

NOTICE - Warning lights

Make sure that all warning lightsare OFF after starting the engine. If any light is still ON, this indicates asituation that needs attention.

Air bag Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the ignition switch orEngine Start/Stop Button to the ONposition.

- It illuminates for approximately 6seconds and then goes off.

• When there is a malfunction with

Seat Belt Warning Light

This warning light informs the driverthat the seat belt is not fastened.

For more details, refer to the “SeatBelts” in chapter 3.

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-84

the SRS.


4

Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light



- It illuminates for approximately 3seconds

- It remains on if the parking brakei li d

If the brake fluid level in the reservoiris low:

1.Drive carefully to the nearest safelocation and stop your vehicle.

2.With the engine stopped, check thebrake fluid level immediately andadd fluid as required (For moredetails, refer to “Brake Fluid” in

chapter 7).Then check all brake componentsfor fluid leaks. If any leaks in the

Dual-diagonal braking system

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diagonal braking systems. Thismeans you still have braking on twowheels even if one of the dual sys-tems should fail.

With only one of the dual systemsworking, more than normal pedal

travel and greater pedal pressure arerequired to stop the vehicle.

Also, the vehicle will not stop in as

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-85

is applied.

• When the parking brake is applied.

• When the brake fluid level in thereservoir is low.

- If the warning light illuminateswith the parking brake released, it

indicates the brake fluid level inreservoir is low.

o u d ea s a y ea s t ebrake system is still found, thewarning light remains on, or thebrakes do not operate properly, donot drive the vehicle.

In this case, have your vehicletowed to an authorized K900 Kia

dealer and inspected.

so, t e e c e ot stop asshort a distance with only a portionof the brake system working.

If the brakes fail while you are driv-ing, shift to a lower gear for addition-al engine braking and stop the vehi-cle as soon as it is safe to do so.


Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light




• When there is a malfunction withthe ABS (The normal braking s s

Electronic Brake force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light

These two warning lights illuminate atthe same time while driving:

• When the ABS and regular brake

system may not work normally.In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized K900

Parking Brake & BrakeFluid Warning Light

Driving the vehicle with a warn-ing light ON is dangerous. If theParking Brake & Brake Fluid

Warning Light illuminates withthe parking brake released, itindicates that the brake fluidlevel is low

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-86

the ABS (The normal braking sys-tem will still be operational withoutthe assistance of the anti-lockbrake system).


inspected by an authorized K900Kia dealer.

level is low.

In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorizedK900 Kia dealer.

4

✽ NOTICE - Electronic Brakeforce Distribution(EBD) SystemWarning Light

When the ABS Warning Light is onor both ABS and Parking Brake &Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on,the speedometer, odometer, or trip-

meter may not work. Also, the EPSWarning Light may illuminate andthe steering effort may increase ord

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)



- It remains on until the engine isstarted.


Electronic Brake forceDistribution (EBD) SystemWarning Light

When both ABS and ParkingBrake & Brake Fluid Warning

Lights are on, the brake systemwill not work normally and youmay experience an unexpectedand dangerous situation during

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-87

decrease.In this case, have your vehicle inspect-ed by an authorized K900 Kia dealeras soon as possible.

• When there is a malfunction withthe emission control system.


and dangerous situation duringsudden braking.

In this case, avoid high speeddriving and abrupt braking.

Have your vehicle inspected byan authorized K900 Kia dealer

as soon as possible.


Charging System Warning Light




• When there is a malfunction witheither the alternator or electrical

If there is a malfunction with eitherthe alternator or electrical chargingsystem:


2.Turn the engine off and check thealternator drive belt for loosenessor breakage.

If the belt is adjusted properly,there may be a problem in the elec-trical charging system.

Malfunction IndicatorLamp (MIL)

Driving with the MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (MIL) on maycause damage to the emission

control systems which couldeffect drivability and/or fueleconomy.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-88

either the alternator or electricalcharging system. In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized K900Kia dealer as soon as possible.

Gasoline Engine

If the Malfunction IndicatorLamp (MIL) illuminates, potentialcatalytic converter damage ispossible which could result inloss of engine power.

In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized K900Kia dealer as soon as possible.

CAUTION

4

Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light


• When the engine coolant tempera-ture is above 248°F (120°C). Thismeans that the engine is overheat-

ed and may be damaged.If your vehicle is overheated, referto “Overheating” in chapter 6.

Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light




• When the engine oil pressure is low.

Engine Oil PressureWarning Light

• If the engine does not stopimmediately after the EngineOil Pressure Warning Light is

illuminated, severe damagecould result.

• If the warning light stays onwhile the engine is running it

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-89

to O e eat g c apte 6

• When your vehicle is overheated,the color of the engine coolanttemperature symbol will change(white → red). (for type B cluster)

If the engine oil pressure is low:


2.Turn the engine off and check theengine oil level (For more details,

refer to “Engine Oil” in chapter 7). Ifthe level is low, add oil as required.

If the warning light remains on afteradding oil or if oil is not available,have your vehicle inspected by anauthorized K900 Kia dealer assoon as possible.

Engine Overheating

Do not continue driving with theengine overheated. Otherwiseengine may be damaged.

CAUTION

while the engine is running, itindicates that there may beserious engine damage ormalfunction. In this case,

1. Stop the vehicle as soon asit is safe to do so.

2. Turn off the engine andcheck the oil level. If the oillevel is low, fill the engineoil to the proper level.

3. Start the engine again. If thewarning light stays on afterthe engine is started, turnthe engine off immediately.In this case, have your vehi-cle inspected by an author-

ized K900 Kia dealer.


Low Fuel Level Warning Light


• When the fuel tank is nearly empty.

• When the fuel tank is nearly empty,

the color of the fuel level symbolwill change (white → orange). (fortype B cluster)

Low Tire Pressure Warning Light




• When one or more of your tires aresignificantly underinflated (The

This warning light remains on afterblinking for approximately 60 secondsor repeats blinking on and off at theintervals of approximately 3 seconds:

• When there is a malfunction withthe TPMS.

In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized K900

Kia dealer as soon as possible.For more details, refer to “TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” in chapter 6

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-90

If the fuel tank is nearly empty:

Add fuel as soon as possible.

significantly underinflated (Thelocation of the underinflated tiresare displayed on the LCD display).

For more details, refer to “TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” in chapter 6.

(TPMS)” in chapter 6.

Low Fuel Level

Driving with the Low Fuel Levelwarning light on or with the fuellevel below “E” can cause theengine to misfire and damagethe catalytic converter(if equipped).

CAUTION

4

Door Ajar Warning Light


When a door is not closed securely.

Trunk Open Warning

Light


Adaptive Front Lighting System (AFLS) Warning Light (if equipped)

This warning light blinks:

• Once you set the EngineStart/Stop Button to the ON posi-tion.



Low tire pressure

• Significantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstableand can contribute to loss ofvehicle control and increased

braking distances.• Continued driving or low pres-sure tires will cause the tires tooverheat and fail

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4

4-91

g g

When the trunk is not closed securely. the AFLS.

If there is a malfunction with the AFLS:


2.Turn the engine off and restart theengine. If the warning light remainson, have your vehicle inspected byan authorized K900 Kia dealer.

overheat and fail.

Safe Stopping

• The TPMS cannot alert you tosevere and sudden tire damagecaused by external factors.

• If you notice any vehicle insta-bility, immediately take yourfoot off the accelerator pedal,apply the brakes gradually withlight force, and slowly move toa safe position off the road.

WARNING


LED Headlamp Warning Light (if equipped)


• Once you set the Engine Start/StopButton to the ON position.


• When there is a malfunction withthe LED headlamp.

In this case, we recommend that you

Electric Parking Brake (EPB) Warning Light




• When there is a malfunction withthe EPB.

✽ NOTICE - Electric ParkingBrake (EPB)Warning Light

The Electric Parking Brake (EPB)Warning Light may illuminate whenthe Electronic Stability control(ESC) Indicator Light comes on toindicates that the ESC is not work-

ing properly (This does not indicatemalfunction of the EPB).

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-92

, yhave the vehicle inspected by anauthorized K900 Kia dealer.

This warning light blinks:

• When there is a malfunction with aLED headlamp related part.

In this case, we recommend that youhave the vehicle inspected by anauthorized K900 Kia dealer.


LED Headlamp Warning Light

Continuous driving with theLED Headlamp Warning Light

on or blinking can reduce LEDheadlamp (low beam) life.

CAUTION

4

Advanced Smart Cruise Control (ASCC) Warning Light (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates :

• When there is a malfunction withthe advanced smart cruise controlsystem.

In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized K900 Kia

dealer.

Advanced Smart Cruise Control (ASCC) Radar Warning Light (if equipped)


• When the radar of the advancedsmart cruise control system or its

cover is stained.Remove the stains with a soft cloth

Indicator Lights

Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:




8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y

o ur

v eh i c l e

4-93

❈For more details, refer to"Advanced Smart Cruise ControlSystem" in chapter 5.

❈For more details, refer to“Advanced Smart Cruise Control(ASCC) System” in chapter 5.

When there is a malfunction withthe ESC system.


This indicator light blinks:While the ESC is operating.

For more details, refer to “ElectronicStability Control (ESC)” in chapter 5.


Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF Indicator Light




• When you deactivate the ESC sys-t b i th ESC OFF b t

AUTO HOLD Indicator Light


• [White] When you activate the auto

hold system by pressing the AUTOHOLD button.

• [Green] When you stop the vehiclecompletely by depressing the

Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS) Indicator Light (if equipped)


• [Green] When you activate the lanedeparture warning system bypressing the LDWS button.

• [Yellow] When there is a malfunc-

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-94

tem by pressing the ESC OFF but-ton.

For more details, refer to “ElectronicStability Control (ESC)” in chapter 5.

completely by depressing thebrake pedal with the auto hold sys-tem activated.

• [Yellow] When there is a malfunc-tion with the auto hold system.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized K900Kia dealer.

❈For more details, refer to “AutoHold” in chapter 5.

[Yellow] When there is a malfunction with the lane departure warn-ing system.


❈For more details, refer to “LaneDeparture Warning System(LDWS)” in chapter 5.

4

Advanced Vehicle Safety Management (AVSM) OFF Indicator Light(if equipped)


• Once you set the Engine Start/StopButton to the ON position.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.• When you deactivate the AVSM sys-

tem by setting on the LCD display.

SPORT/SNOW Mode Indicator Light


• When you select "SPORT/SNOW"

ECO Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates :

• When the Active ECO system is

activated by pressing the DRIVEmode button.

• The ECO indicator (green) will illu-minate to show that the Active



8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y

o ur

v eh i c l e

4-95

❈For more details, refer to “LCDDisplay” in this chapter.

If this indicator stays on when AVSM

OFF is not selected, the AVSM mayhave malfunctioned.

In this case, have your vehicle inspect-ed by an authorized K900 Kia dealer.

❈For more details, refer to “AdvancedVehicle Safety Management(AVSM) System” in chapter 5.

ymode as drive mode.

❈For more details, refer to "Drivemode integrated control system" inchapter 5.

minate to show that the ActiveECO is operating.

❈For more detailed information,refer to “Drive Mode IntegratedControl System" in chapter 5.


Immobilizer Indicator Light (With Smart Key)

This indicator light illuminates for upto 30 seconds:

• When the vehicle detects thesmart key in the vehicle properlywhile the Engine Start/Stop Button

is ACC or ON.- At this time, you can start the

engine.

- The indicator light goes off after

This indicator light illuminates for 2seconds and goes off:

• When the vehicle can not detectthe smart key which is in the vehi-cle while the Engine Start/StopButton is ON.

In this case, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized K900

Kia dealer.

This indicator light blinks:

• When the battery of the smart key

Turn Signal Indicator Light

This indicator light blinks:

• When you turn the turn signal lighton.

If any of the following occurs, theremay be a malfunction with the turnsignal system. In this case, have your

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-96

- The indicator light goes off afterstarting the engine.

This indicator light blinks for a fewseconds:

• When the smart key is not in thevehicle.

- At this time, you can not start theengine.

• When the battery of the smart keyis weak.

- At this time, you can not start theengine. However, you can startthe engine if you press the EngineStart/Stop Button with the smart

key. (For more details, refer to“Starting the Engine” in chapter5).

• When there is a malfunction withthe immobilizer system.


vehicle inspected by an authorizedK900 Kia dealer.

- The indicator light does not blinkbut illuminates.

- The indicator light blinks more

rapidly.- The indicator light does not illu-minate at all.

4

High Beam Indicator Light


• When the headlights are on and inthe high beam position.

• When the turn signal lever is pulledinto the Flash-to-Pass position.

Light ON Indicator Light


• When the tail lights or headlightsare on.

Front Fog Indicator Light

Cruise Indicator Light


• When the cruise control system isenabled.

For more details, refer to “CruiseControl System” in chapter 5.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y

o ur

v eh i c l e

4-97


• When the front fog lights are on.


Cruise SET Indicator Light


• When the cruise control speed is set.

For more details, refer to “CruiseControl System” in chapter 5.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-98

4

Description • The head up display image on thewindshield glass may be invisiblewhen:

- Sitting posture is bad.

- Wearing polarized sunglasses.

- There is an object on the dashcovering the Heads Up Display.

- Driving on a wet road.

- A light is turned on inside thevehicle.

- Light reflecting off the windshieldin the area of the Head Up

HEAD UP DISPLAY (HUD) (IF EQUIPPED)

Head Up Display

• Do not make the front wind-shield glass have window tintor other types of metalliccoating. Otherwise, the headup display image may beinvisible.

• Do not place any accessorieson the clash pad or attach anyobjects on the windshield

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y

o ur

v eh i c l e

4-99

The head up display is a transparentdisplay which projects a shadow ofsome information of the instrumentcluster and navigation on the wind-

shield glass.

in the area of the Head UpDisplay.

• If the head up display image is notshown well, adjust the height orillumination of the head up displayin the LCD display.

❈For more details, refer to “LCDDisplay” in this chapter.

• When the head up display needsinspection or repair, we recom-mend that you consult an author-

ized Kia dealer.

OKH043164Nobjects on the windshieldglass.

• As the Blind Spot Detection(BSD) system is a supplemen-tal device that may help youdrive safe, it may be danger-

ous to rely on only the BSDinformation of the head updisplay image when changingthe lane. Always pay attentionto drive safely.


Head Up Display ON/OFF Head Up Display Information

When replacing the front wind-shield glass of the vehiclesequipped with the head up dis-play, replace it with a wind-shield glass designed for thehead up display operation.

Otherwise, duplicated imagesmay be displayed on the wind-shield glass.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-100

To activate the head up display,press the HUD button.

If you press the HUD button again, thehead up display will be deactivated.

1.Turn By Turn navigation information

2.Road signs

3.Speedometer

4.Cruise setting speed5.Advanced Smart Cruise Control(ASCC) information (if equipped)

6.Lane Departure Warning System(LDWS) information (if equipped)

7.Blind Spot Detection (BSD) systeminformation (if equipped)

8.Warning lights (Low fuel)

OKH043165N OKH043167N

4

Head Up Display Setting

On the LCD display, you can changethe head up display settings as fol-lows.

1. Display height

2. Brightness

3. Contents selection

4. Speedometer size5. Speedometer color

❈For more details, refer to “LCD

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y

o ur

v eh i c l e

4-101

o o e deta s, e e to CDisplay” in this chapter.


The parking assist system assists thedriver during movement of the vehicleby chiming if any object is sensedwithin the distance of 39 in (100 cm)in front or behind the vehicle.

This system is a supplemental sys-tem and it is not intended to nor doesit replace the need for extreme careand attention of the driver.

The sensing range and objectsdetectable by the sensors are limit-ed. When the vehicle moving, payattention to your surroundings.

Operation of the parkingassist system

Operating condition

PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM

OKH043168NSensor

■ Front

■ Rear

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-102

The Parking Assist System is not asubstitute for proper and safe parkingand backing-up procedures. Alwaysdrive safely and use caution whenparking. The Parking Assist Systemmay not detect every object behind or

in front of the vehicle.

attention to your surroundings.

• This system activates when theparking assist button is pressed with

the Engine Start/Stop Button ON.• The parking assist button turns on

automatically and activates theparking assist system when youshift the gear to the R (Reverse)position.

OKH043169N

Sensor

OKH043170N

The parking assist system is asupplementary function only.

The operation of the parkingassist system can be affectedby several factors (includingenvironmental conditions). It isthe responsibility of the driverto always check the area in frontof and behind the vehicle beforeand while moving.

WARNING

4

• The sensing distance while backingup is approximately 39 in. (100 cm)when you are driving less than 6.2mph (10 km/h).

• The sensing distance while movingforward is approximately 39 in. (100cm) when you are driving less than6.2 mph (10 km/h).

• When more than two objects aresensed at the same time, the clos-est one will be recognized first.

NOTICE

Types of warning sound and indicator

Distance

from object

Warning indicator

Warning soundWhen driving

forwardWhen driving

rearward

39 in. ~ 24 in.

(100cm~60cm)

Front -Buzzer beepsintermittently

Rear - Buzzer beepsintermittently

24 in ~ 12 inFront

Buzzer beepsfrequently

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y

o ur

v eh i c l e

4-103

✽

NOTICEThe system may not detect andobject if the distance from the objectis already less than approximately10 in. (25 cm) when the system is

turned ON.

24 in. ~ 12 in.(60cm~30cm)

frequently

Rear -Buzzer beeps

frequently

12 in.

(30cm)

FrontBuzzer sounds

continuously

Rear -Buzzer soundscontinuously

✽

NOTICEThe indicator may differ from the illustration as objects or sensors status.If the indicator blinks, the system should be checked by an authorized K900Kia dealer.


Non-operational conditions ofparking assist system

Parking assist system may not operate normally when:

1.Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (Itwill operate normally when mois-ture melts.)

2.Sensor is covered with foreign mat-

ter, such as snow or water, or thesensor cover is blocked. (It willoperate normally when the materi-al is removed or the sensor is nolonger blocked )

There is a possibility of parking assist system malfunction when:

1.Driving on uneven road surfacessuch as unpaved roads, gravel,bumps, or gradient.

2.Objects generating excessive noisesuch as vehicle horns, loud motor-cycle engines, or truck air brakescan interfere with the sensor.

3.Heavy rain or water spray.

4.Wireless transmitters or mobilephones present near the sensor.

Detecting range may decrease when:

1.Outside air temperature isextremely hot or cold.

2.Undetectable objects smaller than39 in (1 m) and narrower than 5.5in (14 cm) in diameter.

The following objects may not be recognized by the sensor:

1.Sharp or slim objects such asropes, chains or small poles.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-104

longer blocked.)

3.Sensor is stained with foreign mat-ter such as snow or water.(Sensing range will return to nor-mal when removed.)

4.The parking assist button is off.

5.Sensor is covered with snow.p p

2.Objects, which tend to absorb sen-sor frequency such as clothes,spongy material or snow.

4

✽ NOTICE1. The warning may not sound

sequentially depending on thespeed and shapes of the objectsdetected.

2. The parking assist system maymalfunction if the vehicle bumperheight or sensor installation hasbeen modified. Any non-factoryinstalled equipment or accessoriesmay also interfere with the sensorperformance.

3. Sensor may not recognize objectsl th 12 i (30 ) f th

✽ NOTICEThis system can only sense objectswithin the range and location of thesensors, it can not detect objects inother areas where sensors are notinstalled. Also, small or slim objects,or objects located between sensorsmay not be detected.Always visually check in front andbehind the vehicle when driving.Be sure to inform any drivers in thevehicle that may be unfamiliar withthe system regarding the system’s

biliti d li it ti

Pay close attention when thevehicle is driven close toobjects on the road, particularlypedestrians, and especiallychildren. Be aware that someobjects may not be detected by

the sensors, due to the objectsdistance, size or material, all ofwhich can limit the effective-ness of the sensor. Always per-form a visual inspection to

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y

o ur

v eh i c l e

4-105

less than 12 in (30 cm) from thesensor, or it may sense an incor-rect distance. Use with caution.

4. When the sensor is frozen orstained with snow or water, the

sensor may be inoperative untilthe stains are removed using asoft cloth.

5. Do not push, scratch or strike thesensor with any hard objects thatcould damage the surface of thesensor. Sensor damage could occur.

capabilities and limitations.p

make sure the vehicle is clear ofall obstructions before movingthe vehicle in any direction.


Self-diagnosis

If you don’t hear an audible warningsound or if the buzzer sounds inter-mittently when shifting the shift leverinto the R (Reverse) position, thismay indicate a malfunction in theparking assist system. If this occurs,have the system checked by anauthorized K900 Kia dealer.

Your new vehicle warranty doesid d

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-106

not cover any accidents or dam-age to the vehicle or injuries toits occupants related to a park-ing assist system. Always drivesafely and cautiously.

F

4

The Rear-Camera Display is not asubstitute for proper and safe back-ing-up procedures. The Rear-CameraDisplay may not display every objectbehind the vehicle. Always drive safe-ly and use caution when backing up.

The rear camera display will activatewhen the back-up light is ON with theEngine Start/Stop Button ON and the

shift lever in the R (Reverse) position.This system is a supplemental systemthat shows behind the vehicle throughthe navigation display while backing-

REAR CAMERA DISPLAY (IF EQUIPPED)

OKH043175N

■ Type A

Relying on the Rear-Camera Display

Never rely solely on the rear cam-era display when backing-up.

WARNING

• This system is a supplemen-tary function only. It is theresponsibility of the driver to

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y

o ur

v eh i c l e

4-107

up.

Always keep the camera lens clean. Ifthe lens is covered with foreign matter,the camera may not operate normally.

OKH043174N

■ Type B

OKH043263N

Rear camera display

The rear camera display is not asafety device. It only serves toassist the driver in identifyingobjects directly behind the mid-dle of the vehicle. The cameradoes NOT cover the complete

area behind the vehicle.

WARNING

responsibility of the driver toalways check the area behindthe vehicle before and whilebacking up.

• Always keep the camera lens

clean. If the lens is coveredwith foreign matter, the cam-era may not operate normally.


The Parking Guide System is not asubstitute for proper and safe park-ing procedures. The Parking GuideSystem may not detect every objectsurrounding the vehicle. Always drivesafely and use caution when parking.

The Parking Guide System (PGS)will activate when the back-up light isON with the Engine Start/Stop

Button ON and the shift lever in the R(Reverse) position.

Parking guide system (PGS)display

PARKING GUIDE SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OKH043175N

■ Type A

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-108

1.Changing rear view angle(Top/Normal)

Changes the view angle of the rear

camera.2. Parking guide line

According to steering angle, theparking guide line displays to helpparking.

OKH043174N

■ Type B

OKH043263N

OKH043304N

This is a supplementary sys-tem. It is the responsibility ofthe driver to always check thearea around the vehicle when

parking the vehicle.

F

4

Changing rear view angle

1. Top view

When Top View is selected, the rear

view angle is displayed as if lookingdown from above.

OKH043305N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4-109

2. Normal view

When Normal View is selected, therear view angle is displayed in a cus-tomary view with a normal rear viewperspective.

OKH043306N


Front blind spot monitoring system isa supplemental system that showsblind spot in front of the vehiclethrough the AV monitor.

The front blind spot monitoring sys-tem will operate when you press thebutton and shift the shift lever intoN(Neutral) or D(Drive) while drivingless then 6.2mph (10km/h).

✽ NOTICEThe front blind spot monitoring sys-tem may not operate normally, whenyou drive in the extremely high or lowtemperature area. (operating temper-ature: -4°F ~ 149°F (-20°C~65°C))

FRONT BLIND SPOT MONITORING SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OKH043172N

This is a supplementary sys-tem It is the responsibility of

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-110

The Blind Spot Detection System isnot a substitute for proper and safelane changing procedures. Alwaysdrive safely and use caution whenchanging lanes. The Blind SpotDetection System may not detectevery object alongside the vehicle.

OKH043173N

tem. It is the responsibility ofthe driver to always check thearea around the vehicle beforedriving because there is a deadzone that can't be seen through

the camera.Always keep the camera lensclean. If the lens is covered withforeign matter, the camera maynot operate normally.

F e

4The Surround View MonitoringSystem (SVM) is not a substitute for

Operating conditions

- When the Engine Start/StopButton is ON position

- When the transaxle is on D, N or R

- When the vehicle speed is not over12.4 mph (20km/h)

• When the vehicle speed is over12.4mph (20km/h), the SVM sys-

tem is turned off. If the vehiclespeed is not over 12.4mph (20km/h)after turning off the SVM by overspeed, the SVM is not turned on. Tooperate again, push the button.

SURROUND VIEW MONITORING SYSTEM (SVM) (IF EQUIPPED)

OKH043184N

This system is a supplementaryfunction only. It is the responsi-bility of the driver to alwayscheck the area around the vehi-cle before and while moving.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


e a t ur e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4-111

System (SVM) is not a substitute forproper and safe parking procedures.The Surround View MonitoringSystem (SVM) may not detect everyobject surrounding the vehicle.

Always drive safely and use cautionwhen parking.

The Surround View MonitoringSystem (SVM) can assist in parkingby allowing the driver to see aroundthe vehicle. Push the button into the[ON] position to operate the system.To cancel the system, push the but-ton again.

• When the vehicle moves back-wards, regardless of On/Off of but-ton and vehicle speed, the SVM isoperated.

• When the trunk and driver/passen-ger door are opened and the out-side mirror is folded, the warning isilluminated in SVM system.

• If the SVM system is not operatingnormally, the system should bechecked by an authorized K900Kia dealer.


Puddle lamp Headlight

When the headlight(light switch in theheadlight or AUTO position) is on andall doors (and trunk) are locked andclosed, the position light and head-light will come on for 15 seconds ifany of the below is performed.

- When the door unlock button ispressed on the smart key.

At this time, if you press the door lockor unlock button, the position light andheadlight will turn off immediately.

Interior light

When the interior light switch is in theDOOR position and all doors (andtrunk) are locked and closed, theroom lamp will come on for 30 sec-onds if any of the below is performed.


- When the button of the outsidedoor handle is pressed.

At this time, if you press the door lockor unlock button, the room lamp will

WELCOME SYSTEM

OKH043285N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-112

When all the doors (and trunk) arelocked and closed, the puddle lampwill come on for about 15 seconds ifany of the below is performed.


- When the button of the outsidedoor handle is pressed.

- When the vehicle is approachedwith the smart key in possession.

Also, if the outside rearview mirrorfolding switch is in the AUTO posi-tion, the outside rearview mirror will

unfold automatically.

g y or unlock button, the room lamp willturn off immediately.

F e

4

LIGHTINGBattery saver function

• The purpose of this feature is toprevent the battery from being dis-charged. The system automaticallyturns off the parking lights whenthe driver turns off the engine andopens the driver-side door.

• With this feature, the parking lightswill be turned off automatically ifthe driver parks on the side of theroad at night.

If necessary, to keep the lights onwhen the engine is turned OFF,perform the following:

Headlight escort function

If you turn the Engine Start/StopButton to the ACC or OFF positionwith the headlights ON, the head-lights (and/or tail lights) remain on forabout 5 minutes. However, if the dri-ver’s door is opened and closed, theheadlights are turned off after 15seconds.

The headlights can be turned off bypressing the lock button on the smartkey twice or turning the light switch tothe OFF or Auto position.

However if you turn the light switch

If the driver gets out of the vehi-cle through other doors (exceptdriver's door), the battery saverfunction does not operate andthe headlight escort functiondoes not turn off automatically.Therefore, It causes the batteryto be discharged. In this case,make sure to turn off the lampbefore getting out of the vehicle.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


e a t ur e s

of

y o

ur

v eh i c l e

4-113

perform the following:

1) Open the driver-side door.

2) Turn the parking lights OFF andON again using the light switchon the steering column.

However, if you turn the light switchto the Auto position when it is darkoutside, the headlights will not beturned off.


Daytime running light(if equipped)

Daytime Running Lights (DRL) canmake it easier for others to see thefront of your vehicle during the day.DRL can be helpful in many differentdriving conditions, and it is especiallyhelpful after dawn and before sunset.

The DRL system turns OFF when:

1. The headlights(Front position lamp,Low beam, High beam) are ON.

2. The parking brake is applied.

3. Engine stops.

Lighting control (1) OFF or DRL OFF position

(2) Auto light position

(3) Parking light position

(4) Headlight position

OKH043189N

■ Type A

■ Type B

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-114

g p

4. The front fog light is ON.

5. The light switch is in the DRL offposition. (USA only)

The light switch has a Headlight anda Parking light position.

To operate the lights, turn the knob atthe end of the control lever to one ofthe following positions:

OKH043509N

F e

4

Parking light position ( )

When the light switch is in the park

Headlight position ( )

Wh th li ht it h i i th h d

Auto light/AFLS position

When the light switch is in the AUTO

OKH043192N OKH043190NOKH043191N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


a t ur e s

of

y o

ur

v eh i c l e

4-115

When the light switch is in the park-ing light position, the tail and licenselights will turn ON.

When the light switch is in the head-light position, the head, tail andlicense lights will turn ON.

✽ NOTICEThe Engine Start/Stop Button mustbe in the ON position to turn on theheadlights.

When the light switch is in the AUTOlight position, the taillights and head-lights will be turned ON or OFF auto-matically depending on the amountof light outside the vehicle.


If your vehicle is equipped with theadaptive front lighting system(AFLS), it will also operate when theheadlamp is ON.

AFLS (Adaptive Front Lighting System) (if equipped)

If the AFLS malfunction indicatorcomes on, the AFLS is not working

OKH043188N


OKH043187N

• Never place anything over thesensor (1) located on the

instrument panel, this willensure better auto-light sys-tem control.

• Don’t clean the sensor using awindow cleaner, the cleaner

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-116

Adaptive front lighting system usesthe steering angle and vehicle speed,to keep your field of vision wide by

swiveling and leveling the headlamp.Change the switch to the AUTO posi-tion when the engine is running. Theadaptive front lighting system willoperate when the headlamp is ON. Toturn off the AFLS, change the switchto other positions. After turning theAFLS off, headlamp swiveling nolonger occurs, but leveling operatescontinuously.

properly. Drive to the nearest safelocation and restart the engine. If theindicator remains on, have the sys-tem checked by an authorized K900Kia dealer.

OKH043187N,may leave a light film whichcould interfere with sensoroperation.

• If your vehicle has window tint

or other types of coating onthe front windshield, the Autolight system may not workproperly.

F e a

4

High beam operation

To turn on the high beam headlights

To flash the headlights, pull the levertowards you. It will return to the nor-

l (l b ) i i h

OKH043193N

OKH043194N

Do not use high beam whenthere are other vehicles. Usinghigh beam could obstruct theother driver’s vision.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


a t ur e s

of

y o

ur

v eh i c l e

4-117

To turn on the high beam headlights,push the lever away from you. Pull itback for low beams.

The high beam indicator will illumi-nate when the headlight high beamsare switched on.

To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, do not leave the lightson for a prolonged time while theengine is not running.

mal (low beam) position whenreleased. The headlight switch doesnot need to be on to use this flashingfeature.


Turn signals and lane changesignals

They will self-cancel after a turn iscompleted. If the indicator continuesto flash after a turn, manually returnthe lever to the OFF position.

To signal a lane change, move theturn signal lever slightly and hold it inposition (B). The lever will return tothe OFF position when released.

If an indicator stays on and does not

flash or if it flashes abnormally, one ofthe turn signal bulbs may be burnedout and will require replacement.

One-touch lane change function

To activate an one-touch lanechange function, move the turn sig-nal lever slightly and then release it.The lane change signals will blink 3,5 or 7 times.

You can choose one-touch lanechange blinking function in “Onetouch turn lamp” of “User setting”.

Refer to “User setting” in chapter 4.

✽

NOTICEIf an indicator flash is abnormallyquick or slow a bulb may be burnedOKH043196N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-118

The Engine Start/Stop Button mustbe ON position for the turn signals tofunction. To turn on the turn signals,move the lever up or down (A). Thegreen arrow indicators on the instru-ment panel indicate which turn signalis operating.

quick or slow, a bulb may be burnedout or have a poor electrical connec-tion in the circuit.

F e a

4

Front fog light

Fog lights are used to provide

Headlight leveling device(if equipped)

Automatic type

It is automatically adjusted the head-light beam level according to thenumber of the passengers and theloading weight in the luggage area.

And it offers the proper headlight

beam under the various conditions.

OKH043197N

When in operation, the foglights consume large amountsof vehicle electrical power. Onlyuse the fog lights when visibili-ty is poor or unnecessary bat-tery and generator drain couldoccur.

CAUTION

If it is not working properly eventhough your car is inclined

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


a t ur e s

of

y o

ur

v eh i c l e

4-119

Fog lights are used to provideimproved visibility when visibility ispoor due to fog, rain or snow, etc.

1. Turn on the head light.

2. Turn the light switch (1) to the frontfog light position.

3. To turn off the front fog light, turnthe light switch to the front fog lightposition again or turn off the headlight.

though your car is inclinedbackward according to passen-ger's posture, or the headlightbeam is irradiated to the high orlow position, have your vehicleinspected by an authorizedK900 Kia dealer.

Don't attempt to inspect orreplace the wiring yourself toprevent malfunction.


Windshield wiper/washer

A : Wiper speed control

Windshield wipers

Operates as follows when the Engine

AUTO : The rain sensor located onthe upper end of the wind-shield glass senses theamount of rainfall and con-trols the wiping cycle for theproper interval. The more itrains, the faster the wiperoperates. When the rainstops, the wiper stops. Tovary the speed setting, turnthe speed control knob (B).

LO : Normal wiper speed

HI : Fast wiper speed

O C

WIPERS AND WASHERS

OKH043516N OKH043198N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-120

A : Wiper speed control

· MIST – Single wipe

· OFF – Off

· AUTO – AUTO control wipe

· LO – Low wiper speed· HI – High wiper speed

B : Auto control wipe time adjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes

Operates as follows when the EngineStart/Stop Button is turned ON.

MIST : For a single wiping cycle,

push the lever upward andrelease it with the lever in theOFF position. The wipers willoperate continuously if thelever is pushed upward andheld.

OFF : Wiper is not in operation

✽ NOTICEIf there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield, defrostthe windshield for about 10 minutes,

or until the snow and/or ice isremoved before using the windshieldwipers to ensure proper operation.

F e a t

4

Auto control (if equipped)

The rain sensor located on the upper

When the Engine Start/StopButton is ON and the wind-shield wiper switch is placed inthe AUTO mode, use caution inthe following situations to avoidany injury to the hands or otherparts of the body:

• Do not touch the upper end ofthe windshield glass facingthe rain sensor.

• Do not wipe the upper end ofthe windshield glass with a

CAUTION

When washing the vehicle, setthe wiper switch to the OFF posi-tion so the auto wiper will notoperate.

The wiper may operate and bedamaged if the switch is set inthe AUTO mode while washingthe vehicle.

Do not remove the sensor coverlocated on the upper end of thepassenger side windshieldglass. Damage to system parts

CAUTION

OKH043517N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


t ur e s

of

y o

ur

v eh i c l e

4-121

ppend of the windshield glass sensesthe amount of rainfall and controls thewiping cycle for the proper interval.

The more it rains, the faster the wiper

operates. When the rain stops, thewiper stops.

To vary the speed setting, turn thespeed control knob (1).

If the wiper switch is set in AUTOmode when the Engine Start/StopButton is ON, the wiper will operateonce to perform a self-check of thesystem. Set the wiper to OFF posi-

tion when the wiper is not in use.

gdamp or wet cloth.

• Do not put pressure on thewindshield glass.

g g y pcould occur and may not be cov-ered by your vehicle warranty.

When starting the vehicle in win-ter, set the wiper switch in the

OFF position. Otherwise, wipersmay operate and ice may dam-age the windshield wiper blades.Always remove all snow and iceand defrost the windshield prop-erly prior to operating the wind-shield wipers.


Windshield washers

In the OFF position, pull the lever

The reservoir filler neck is located inthe front of the engine compartmenton the passenger side.

To prevent possible damage tothe washer pump, do not oper-ate the washer when the fluid

reservoir is empty.

CAUTION

• To prevent possible damageto the wipers or windshield,do not operate the wiperswhen the windshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to thewiper blades, do not usegasoline, kerosene, paint thin-

ner, or other solvents on ornear them.

• To prevent damage to thewiper arms and other compo-nents, do not attempt to movethe wipers manually.

CAUTION

Do not use the washer in freez-i i h fi

WARNINGOKH043199N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-122

p pgently toward you to spray washerfluid on the windshield and to run thewipers 1-3 cycles.

Use this function when the wind-

shield is dirty.The spray and wiper operation willcontinue until you release the lever.

If the washer does not work, checkthe washer fluid level. If the fluid levelis not sufficient, you will need to addappropriate non-abrasive windshieldwasher fluid to the washer reservoir.

p ying temperatures without firstwarming the windshield withthe defrosters; the washer solu-tion could freeze on contact

with the windshield andobscure your vision.

F e a t

4

Automatic turn off function(if equipped)

The interior lights automatically turnoff approximately 20 minutes afterthe engine is turned off.

If your vehicle is equipped with thetheft alarm system, the interior lightsautomatically turns off several sec-onds after the system is armed.

Front lamp switch

• : Press the button to turn the

INTERIOR LIGHT

OKH043200N

Do not use the interior lights forextended periods when theengine is not running.

It may cause battery discharge.

CAUTION

Do not use the interior lightswhen driving in the dark.Accidents could happenbecause the view may beobscured by interior lights

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


t ur e s

of

y o

ur

v eh i c l e

4-123

• : Press the button to turn thelamp on. This light producesa spot beam for convenientuse as a map lamp at night

or as a personal lamp forthe driver and the front pas-senger. To turn the lamp off,press the button again.

• ROOM : Press the button to turnthe front and rear lamp on.To turn the lamp off, pressthe button again.

obscured by interior lights.


• REAR ROOM : Press the button toturn the rear lampon. To turn the lampoff, press the but-ton again.

• DOOR :

Press the button to operate the doormode. The indicator on the button willilluminate and lamps will turn on or off

as follows:- The front and rear lamp comes

on when a door is opened. If thedoor is closed, the lamps will goout in 30 seconds.

The front and rear lamp comes

- The front and rear lamp will goout immediately if the enginestart/stop button is changed tothe ON position or all doors arelocked.

To turn off the door mode, press thebutton again. The indicator on thebutton will turn off.

• PRIVACY :Press the button to operate the pri-vacy mode. The indicator on the but-ton will illuminate and lamps will turnon or off as follows:

If d h l f

Rear lamp switchType A

OKH043201N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-124

- The front and rear lamp comeson for approximately 30 secondswhen doors are unlocked withthe smart key as long as the

doors are not opened.- The front and rear lamp will stay

on for approximately 20 minutesif a door is opened with theengine start/stop button in theACC or OFF position.

- The front and rear lamp will stayon continuously if the door isopened with the enginestart/stop button in the ON posi-tion.

- If you open any door, the lamp forthe open door will illuminate.

To turn off the privacy mode, pressthe button again. The indicator on the

button will turn off.

• : Press the button to turn thelamp on. This light producesa spot beam for convenientuse as a map lamp at nightor as a personal lamp forthe driver and the front pas-senger. To turn the lamp off,press the button again.

• ROOM : Press the button to turnthe rear lamp on. To turnthe lamp off, press the but-ton again.

F e a t u

4Type B

Press the button to turn the rearlamp on To turn the lamp off press

Trunk room lamp

The trunk room lamp comes onh h k i d

Door courtesy lamp

The door courtesy lamp comes ONh h d i d i

OKH043307N


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


ur e s

of

y o

ur

v eh i c l e

4-125

lamp on. To turn the lamp off, pressthe button again. when the trunk is opened. when the door is opened to assist

entering or exiting the vehicle. It alsoserves as a warning to passing vehi-cles that the vehicle door is open.

To prevent unnecessary charg-ing system drain, close thetrunk lid securely after usingthe trunk room.

CAUTION


Glove box lamp

The glove box lamp comes on whenth l b i d

Vanity mirror lamp

Opening the lid of the vanity mirrorill t ti ll t th i

Vanity mirror lamp(if equipped)

Always have the switch in theoff position when the vanitymirror lamp is not in use. If thesunvisor is closed without the

lamp off, it may discharge thebattery or damage the sunvisor.

CAUTION

OKH043204N OKH043205N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-126

the glove box is opened. will automatically turn on the mirrorlight.

To prevent unnecessary charg-ing system drain, close the glovebox securely after using theglove box.

CAUTION

F e a t u

4✽

NOTICEIf you want to defrost and defog thefront windshield, refer to“Wi d hi ld D f ti d

Rear window defroster

The defroster heats the window toremove frost fog and thin ice from

If there is heavy accumulation ofsnow on the rear window, brush it offbefore operating the rear defroster.

The rear window defroster automati-cally turns off after approximately 20minutes or when the EngineStart/Stop Button is turned off. Toturn off the defroster, press the rearwindow defroster button again.

Outside rearview mirror defroster(if equipped)

If your vehicle is equipped with theoutside rearview mirror defrosters,they will operate at the same time you

DEFROSTER

OKH043207N

Conductors

To prevent damage to the con-ductors bonded to the insidesurface of the rear window,never use sharp instruments orwindow cleaners containing

abrasives to clean the window.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


ur e s

of

y o

ur

v eh i c l e

4-127

“Windshield Defrosting andDefogging” in this section.

remove frost, fog and thin ice fromthe rear window, while the engine isrunning.

To activate the rear windowdefroster, press the rear windowdefroster button located in the centerfacia switch panel.

The indicator on the rear windowdefroster button illuminates when thedefroster is ON.

they will operate at the same time youturn on the rear window defroster.

Wiper deicer (if equipped)

If your vehicle is equipped with thewiper deicer, it will be operating at thesame time you turn on the rear win-dow defroster.


AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

1. Driver’s temperature control button

2. AUTO (automatic control) button

3. OFF button

4. Fan speed control button5. Air conditioning button

6. Mode selection button

7. Front windshield defrost button

8. Air intake control button

9. Synchronize (Driver, passenger and rear

■ Front

■ Rear

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-128

side) temperature control button

10. Passenger’s temperature control button

11. Rear window defrost button

12. Climate information screen selection button

13. Fan speed control button (Rear)

14. OFF button (Rear)

15. LCD display

16. Rear side temperature control knob

17. AUTO (automatic control) button

OKH043208N/OKH043209N

F e a t ur

4

Automatic heating and air con-ditioning

1 Press the AUTO button

2.Press the TEMP button to set thedesired temperature.

✽ NOTICE• To turn the automatic operation off,

select any of the following buttons:- Mode selection button- Air conditioning button- Front windshield defroster button- Air intake control button- Fan speed control buttonThe selected function will be con-

trolled manually while other func-tions operate automatically.• For your convenience and to

improve the effectiveness of theclimate control, use the AUTObutton and set the temperature to73°F (23°C).

OKH043210N

■ Front ■ Rear

OKH043286N

■ Front

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


r e s

of

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4-129

1.Press the AUTO button.

The modes, fan speeds, air intakeand air-conditioning will be controlledautomatically according to the tem-perature setting.

73 F (23 C).


✽ NOTICENever place anything over the sen-sor located on the instrument panelt b tt t l f th h t

Manual heating and air condi-tioning

The heating and cooling system canbe controlled manually by pushingbuttons other than the AUTO button.In this case, the system workssequentially according to the order ofbuttons selected. When pressing anybutton except the AUTO button while

using automatic operation, the func-tions not selected will be controlledautomatically.

1.Start the engine.

2.Set the mode to the desired posi-tion.

3.Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4.Set the air intake control to the out-side (fresh) air position.

5.Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6.If air conditioning is desired, turnthe air conditioning system on.

Press the AUTO button in order toconvert to full automatic control ofthe system.OKH043211N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-130

to ensure better control of the heat-ing and cooling system.

For improving the effectiveness ofheating and cooling;

- Heating:

- Cooling:

F e a t ur

4

❈ Rear outlet vents (F)• The air flow of the Rear outlet

vents is controlled by the front cli-mate control system and deliveredthrough the inside air duct of thefront doors. If the door is open ornot closed completely, the air flowof the Rear outlet vent is not deliv-ered properly. Make sure the frontdoors are closed completely.

• The air flow of the Rear outletvents may be weaker than theinstrument panel vents for the longair duct in the front doors.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


r e s

of

y o ur v eh i c l e

4-131

OKH043213N


Mode selection

The mode selection button controlsthe direction of the air flow through

Face-Level (B, C, D, E, F, G)

Air flow is directed toward the upperbody and face. Additionally, eachoutlet can be controlled to direct theair discharged from the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F, G)

Air flow is directed towards the faceand the floor.

Floor & Defrost(A, C, D, E, F, G)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor and the windshield with a smallamount directed to the side windowdefrosters.

Floor-Level (A, C, D, E, F, G)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the airbeing directed to the windshield andid i d d f t

OKH043212N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-132

gthe ventilation system.

The air flow outlet port is convertedas follows:

side window defrosters.

F e a t ur e

4Defrost-Level (A)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters

Instrument panel vents

The outlet vents can be opened orclosed separately using the horizon-tal thumbwheel To close the vent

Temperature control

OKH043214N OKH043215N OKH043216N

■ Front

■ Rear

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


e s

of

y o u

r v eh i c l e

4-133

directed to the side window defrosters. tal thumbwheel. To close the vent,rotate it left to the maximum position.To open the vent, rotate it right to thedesired position.

Also, you can adjust the direction ofair delivery from these vents usingthe vent control lever as shown.

The temperature will increase to themaximum (HI) by pushing the up ( )button (for front) or turn the knob to theright (for rear).

OKH043217N


The temperature will decrease to theminimum (Lo) by pushing the down( ) button (for front) or turn the knobto the left (for rear).

When pushing the button (for front) orturning the knob (for rear), the tem-perature will increase or decrease by0.5°C/1°F. When set to the lowesttemperature setting, the air condition-ing will operate continuously.

Adjusting the driver, passenger andrear side temperature equally

1. Press the SYNC button to activateSYNC mode The passenger and

Adjusting the driver, passenger andrear side temperature individually

• Press the SYNC button again tooperate the driver, passenger andrear side temperature individually.

• Pressing the passenger side tem-perature control button will auto-matically cancel the SYNC mode.At this time, rear side temperature

will be set to the same temperatureas the driver side.

• Turning the rear temperature con-trol knob will automatically cancelthe SYNC mode. At this time, pas-senger side temperature will be setto the same temperature as the

OKH043300N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-134

SYNC mode. The passenger andrear side temperature will be set tothe same temperature as the driv-er side temperature.

2. Press the driver side temperaturecontrol button. The driver, passen-ger and rear side temperature willbe adjusted equally.

to the same temperature as thedriver side.

F e a t ur e

4

Temperature conversionYou can switch the temperaturemode from Centigrade to Fahrenheitas follows:

While pressing the OFF button,press the AUTO button for 3 secondsor more.

The display will change fromCentigrade to Fahrenheit, or from

Fahrenheit to Centigrade.If the battery has been discharged ordisconnected, the temperature modedisplay will reset to Fahrenheit.

Air intake control

This is used to select the outside(fresh) air position or recirculated airposition

Recirculated air positionWith the recirculated airposition selected, air fromthe passenger compart-ment will be drawn throughthe heating system andheated or cooled accordingto the function selected.When driving at highspeed, the outside air maycome in to circulate the airinside the vehicle.

To block the air from enter-ing, press the air intakecontrol button for about 2seconds. The outside air

OKH043219N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


e s

of

y o u

r v eh i c l e

4-135

position.

To change the air intake control posi-tion, push the control button.

will be blocked from comingin for 3 minutes.

Outside (fresh) air position

With the outside (fresh) airposition selected, airenters the vehicle from out-side and is heated orcooled according to thefunction selected.


✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater inthe recirculated air position (with-out air conditioning selected) maycause fogging of the windshield andside windows and the air within thepassenger compartment maybecome stale.In addition, prolonged use of the air

conditioning with the recirculatedair position selected will result inexcessively dry air in the passengercompartment.

Fan speed control

The fan speed can be set to thedesired speed by pressing the fanspeed control button(for front) or

OKH043221N

■ Front ■ Rear

• Continue using the climatecontrol system operation inthe recirculated air positionmay allow humidity toincrease inside the vehiclewhich may fog the glass andobscure visibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle withthe air conditioning or heatingsystem on. It may cause seri-ous harm or death due to adrop in the oxygen leveland/or body temperature.

• Continuous use of the climate

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-136

speed control button(for front) orturning the fan speed control knob(for rear).

To change the fan speed, press the( ) part of the button for higherspeed or press the ( ) part of thebutton for lower speed. (for front)

To change the fan speed, turn theknob to the right for higher speed, orleft for lower speed. (for rear)

To turn the fan speed control off,press the OFF button.

• Continuous use of the climatecontrol system operation inthe recirculated air position

can cause drowsiness orsleepiness, and loss of vehi-cle control. Set the air intakecontrol to the outside (fresh)air position as much as possi-ble while driving.

F e a t ur e s

4

Air conditioning

Press the A/C button to turn the airconditioning system on (indicatorlight will illuminate)

OFF mode

• Press the front OFF button to turnoff the air climate control system.However you can still operate the

Climate information screen selection (if equipped)

Press the climate information screen

OKH043222N

OKH043224N

OKH043223N

■ Front ■ Rear

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


s

of

y o u

r v eh i c l e

4-137

light will illuminate).

Press the button again to turn the airconditioning system off.

However, you can still operate themode and air intake buttons aslong as the Engine Start/Stop

Button is in the ON position.• Press the rear OFF button to turnoff the air coming out of the rearconsole vent.

selection button to display climateinformation on the screen.


Rear control lock

You can activate or deactivate therear seat control, rear audio controland climate control by using the

System operationVentilation

1.Set the mode to the position.



4.Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating



Operation Tips• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes

from entering the vehicle throughthe ventilation system, temporarilyset the air intake control to therecirculated air position. Be sure toreturn the control to the fresh airposition when the irritation haspassed to keep fresh air in thevehicle. This will help keep the driv-er alert and comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling systemis drawn in through the grilles justahead of the windshield. Careshould be taken that these are notblocked by leaves, snow, ice orother obstructions

OKH033040N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-138

and climate control by using theREAR LOCK button on the rear arm-rest or “System Settings” in the AVN

(Audio, Video, and Navigation).Detailed information for the “SystemSettings” is described in a separatelysupplied manual.

If the rear control button has deacti-vated through AVN, you can reacti-vate the rear control button onlythrough AVN.


4.Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

5.If dehumidified heating is desired,turn the air conditioning system (ifequipped) on.

• If the windshield fogs up, set themode to the or position.

other obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control to

the fresh air position and fan speedto the desired position, turn on theair conditioning system, and adjustthe temperature control to desiredtemperature.

F e a t ur e s

4

Air conditioning (if equipped)All Kia Air Conditioning Systems arefilled with R-134a refrigerant.

1.Start the engine. Press the air con-ditioning button.


3.Set the air intake control to the out-side air or recirculated air position.

4.Adjust the fan speed control andtemperature control to maintainmaximum comfort.

Air conditioning system operation tips• If the vehicle has been parked in

direct sunlight during hot weather,open the windows for a short timeto let the hot air inside the vehicleescape.

• To help reduce moisture inside ofthe windows on rainy or humiddays, decrease the humidity inside

the vehicle by operating the airconditioning system.

• During air conditioning systemoperation, you may occasionallynotice a slight change in enginespeed as the air conditioning com-pressor cycles. This is a normal

t ti h t i ti

• When using the air conditioningsystem, you may notice clear waterdripping (or even puddling) on theground under the passenger sideof the vehicle. This is a normal sys-tem operation characteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning sys-tem in the recirculated air positionprovides maximum cooling, how-ever, continual operation in thismode may cause the air inside thevehicle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you mayoccasionally notice a misty air flowbecause of rapid cooling andhumid air intake. This is a normalsystem operation characteristic

Excessive A/C

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


s

of

y o u

r v eh i c l e

4-139

system operation characteristic.

• Use the air conditioning systemevery month only for a few minutesto ensure maximum system per-formance.

system operation characteristic.When using the air conditioningsystem, monitor the enginecoolant closely while driving uphills or in heavy traffic when out-side temperatures are high. Airconditioning system operationmay cause engine overheatingand potential engine damage.Continue to use the blower fanbut turn the air conditioning sys-tem off if the engine coolant tem-perature gauge indicates engine

overheating.


Climate control air filter(if equipped)

The climate control air filter installedbehind the glove box filters the dust or

✽ NOTICE• Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is being driven insevere conditions such as dusty orrough roads, more frequent airconditioner filter inspections andchanges are required.

• When the air flow rate suddenlydecreases, the system should bechecked at an authorized K900Kia dealer.

Checking the amount of airconditioner refrigerant andcompressor lubricant

When the amount of refrigerant islow, the performance of the air con-ditioning is reduced. Overfilling alsohas a negative impact on the air con-ditioning system.

Therefore, if abnormal operation is

found, have the system inspected byan authorized K900 Kia dealer.

1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core

Because the refriger-ant is at very high

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-140

gother pollutants that come into thevehicle from the outside through theheating and air conditioning system. If

dust or other pollutants accumulate inthe filter over a period of time, the airflow from the air vents may decrease,resulting in moisture accumulation onthe inside of the windshield evenwhen the outside (fresh) air position isselected. If this happens, have the cli-mate control air filter replaced by anauthorized K900 Kia dealer.

ant is at very highpressure, the air con-ditioning system

should only be serv-iced by trained and certifiedtechnicians. It is important thatthe correct type and amount ofoil and refrigerant is used, oth-erwise damage to the vehicleand personal injury may occur.

F e a t ur e s

4

Air Conditioning refrigerantlabel

❈ The actual Air Conditioning refrigerantlabel in the vehicle may differ from theillustration.

Each symbols and specification onair conditioning refrigerant labelmeans as below ;

1. Classification of refrigerant

2. Amount of refrigerant

3. Classification of Compressor lubri-cant

Refer to chapter 8 for more detaillocation of air conditioning refrigerantlabel.OXM063009

■ Example

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


of

y o u

r v eh i c l e

4-141


• For maximum defrosting, set thetemperature control to the extremeright/hot position and the fan speedcontrol to the highest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desiredwhile defrosting or defogging, setthe mode to the floor-defrost posi-tion.

• Before driving, clear all snow andice from the windshield, rear win-dow, outside rear view mirrors, andall side windows.

• Clear all snow and ice from thehood and air inlet in the cowl grill toimprove heater and defroster effi-ciency and to reduce the probabili-ty of fogging up the inside of the

To defog inside windshield

1.Set the fan speed to the desiredposition.

2 Select desired temperature

OKH043225N

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

Windshield heating

Do not use the or posi-tion during cooling operation inextremely humid weather. Thedifference between the temper-ature of the outside air and thatof the windshield could causethe outer surface of the wind-shield to fog up, causing loss ofvisibility. In this case, set themode selection knob or buttonto the position and fanspeed control knob or button tothe lower speed.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-142

ty of fogging up the inside of thewindshield.

2.Select desired temperature.

3.Press the defrost button ( ).

4.The air conditioning will be turnedon according to the detected ambi-ent temperature and outside (fresh)air position will be selected auto-matically.

p

F e a t ur e s

4

If the air conditioning and outside(fresh) air position are not selectedautomatically, adjust the correspon-ding button manually. If the posi-tion is selected, lower fan speed isadjusted to a higher fan speed.

To defrost outside windshield

1.Set the fan speed to the highestposition.

2 Set the temperature to the extreme

Defogging logicTo reduce the probability of foggingup the inside of the windshield, theair intake or air conditioning are con-trolled automatically according tocertain conditions such as orposition. To cancel or return thedefogging logic, do the following.

OKH043226N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


of

y o u

r v eh i c l e

4-143

2.Set the temperature to the extremehot (HI) position.

3.Press the defrost button ( ).

4.The air conditioning will be turnedon according to the detected ambi-ent temperature and outside(fresh) air position will be selectedautomatically.

If the position is selected, lowerfan speed is adjusted to a higher fanspeed.


1. Turn the Engine Start/Stop Buttonto the ON position.

2. Press the defroster button ( ).

3. While pressing the air conditioningbutton (A/C) press the air intake

Auto Defogging System

Auto Defogging reduces the proba-bility of fogging up the inside of thewindshield by automatically sensing

This indicator illuminateswhen the Auto DefoggingSystem senses moistureinside the windshield andthe Auto DefoggingSystem starts to operate.

If more moisture is in the vehicle, thehigher steps operate as follow. Forexample if auto defogging does notdefog inside the windshield at step 1Outside air position, it tries to defogagain at step 2 Blowing air towardthe windshield.

Step 1 :Outside air position

S 2 O i h i di i

OKH043228N

OKH043227N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-144

button (A/C), press the air intakecontrol button at least 5 times with-in 3 seconds.

The indicator on the air intake buttonblinks 3 times with 0.5 seconds ofinterval. It indicates that the defog-ging logic is canceled or returned tothe programmed status.

If the battery has been discharged ordisconnected, it resets to the defoglogic status.

the moisture of inside the windshield.

The Auto Defogging System oper-

ates when the heater or air condi-tioning is on.

Step 2 :Operating the air condition-ing

Step 3 :Blowing air toward the wind-shield

Step 4 : Increasing air flow towardthe windshield

F e a t ur e s

o

4

If your vehicle is equipped with theauto defogging system, it is automat-ically activated when the conditionsare met. However, if you would like tocancel the auto defogging system,press the front defroster button 4times within 2 seconds while press-ing the AUTO button. The indicatorwill blink 3 times to notify you that thesystem is cancelled. To use the auto

defogging system again, follow theprocedures mentioned above.

If the battery has been disconnectedor discharged, it resets to the autodefogging status.

✽ NOTICEIf the A/C off or recirculated airposition is manually selected whilethe auto defogging system is on, theauto defogging indicator will blink 3times to give notice that manualoperation is canceled.

Do not remove the sensor coverlocated on the upper end of thedriver side windshield glass.Damage to the system partscould occur and may not be cov-ered by your vehicle warranty.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


of

y o u

r v eh i c l e

4-145


These compartments can be used tostore small items required by thedriver or passengers.

Center console storage

To open the center console storage,pull up the lever.

Rear seat storage

To open the rear seat storage, pull upthe lever.

STORAGE COMPARTMENTS


• To avoid possible theft, do notleave valuables in the storagecompartments.

• Always keep the storage com-

partment covers closed whiledriving. Do not attempt toplace so many items in thestorage compartment that thestorage compartment covercannot close securely.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-146

Flammable materials

Do not store cigarette lighters,propane cylinders, or otherflammable/explosive materialsin the vehicle. These items maycatch fire and/or explode if thevehicle is exposed to hot tem-peratures for extended periods.

WARNING

F e a t ur e s

o

4

Glove box

The glove box can be locked andunlocked with the mechanical key ofthe smartkey (1).

T th l b h th b t

Sunglass holder

To open the sunglass holder, pressthe cover and the holder will slowlyopen. Place your sunglasses with thelenses facing o t

OKH043232N OKH043233N

To help reduce the risk of injuryin an accident or sudden stop,always keep the glove box doorclosed while driving.

WARNING

Do not keep food in the glovebox for a long time.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


of

y o u

r v eh i c l e

4-147

To open the glove box, push the but-ton (2) and the glove box will auto-

matically open. Close the glove boxafter use.

lenses facing out.

To close the sunglass holder push it

up.


Seatback pocket

The seatback pocket is provided onthe back of the front passenger’s anddriver’s seatbacks.

OKH033016N

• Do not keep objects exceptsunglasses inside the sun-glass holder. Such objectscan be thrown from the holderin the event of a sudden stopor an accident, possibly injur-ing the passengers in thevehicle.

• Do not open the sunglassholder while the vehicle ismoving. The rear view mirrorof the vehicle can be blockedby an open sunglass holder.

• Do not put the glassesforcibly into a sunglass holder

WARNING

Seatback pocket

Do not put heavy or sharpobjects in the seatback pocket.An occupant could contact suchobjects in a crash. Heavy objectsin the front passenger seatbackcould also interfere with the air

bag sensing system.

WARNING

Be careful not to nip fingerswhen using the pocket.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-148

forcibly into a sunglass holderto prevent breakage or defor-mation of glasses. It maycause personal injury if youtry to open it forcibly when theglasses are jammed in holder.

F e a t ur e s

of

4

Map pocket

The map pocket is provided on thedoors.

OKH043292N

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


f

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4-149

Be careful not to nip fingerswhen using the pocket.

CAUTION


Cup holder Sunvisor

Use the sunvisor to shield direct lightthrough the front or side windows.

To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.

INTERIOR FEATURES

OKH043236N

■ Type A

■ Type B

OKH043238N

Hot liquids

• Do not place uncovered cupsof hot liquid in the cup holderwhile the vehicle is in motion.If the hot liquid spills, you

could be burned. Such a burnto the driver could lead to lossof control of the vehicle.

• To help reduce the risk of per-sonal injury in the event ofsudden stop or collision, donot place uncovered or unse-cured bottles, glasses, cans,

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-150

Cups or small beverage cans may beplaced in the cup holders.

To use the sunvisor for the side win-dow, pull it downward, unsnap it from

the bracket (1) and swing it to theside (2).

To use the vanity mirror, pull down thevisor and slide the mirror cover (3).

Adjust the sunvisor extension for-ward or backward (4).

The ticket holder (5) is provided forholding a tollgate ticket.

OKH043237N

, g , ,etc., in the cup holder whilethe vehicle is in motion.

Keep cans or bottles out ofdirect sun light and do not putthem in a vehicle that is heatedup. It may explode.

WARNING

F e a t ur e s

of

4

Power outletThe power outlets provide power formobile telephones or other devicesdesigned to operate with the vehi-cle's electrical systems. Thesedevices should draw less than 10amps while the engine is running.

OKH043301N■ Center

■ Front

For your safety, do not obstructyour vision when using the sun-visor.

WARNING

Vanity mirror lamp

If you use the vanity mirrorlamp, turn off the lamp beforereturning the sunvisor to itsoriginal position. It could resultin battery discharge and possi-ble sunvisor damage.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


f

y o ur

v eh i c l e

4-151

OKH043239N■ Rear

OKH043240N


Seat warmer

OKH033013N

■ Rear seat (Type A)

■ Front seat

Do not put a finger or a foreignelement (pin, etc.) into a poweroutlet and do not touch with awet hand. You may get an elec-tric shock.

WARNING

• Use the power outlet onlywhen the engine is runningand remove the accessoryplug after use. Using theaccessory plug for prolongedperiods of time with theengine off could cause thebattery to discharge.

• Only use 12V electric acces-sories which are less than10A in electric capacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner orheater to the lowest operatinglevel when using the poweroutlet.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-152

OKH033034N

■ Rear seat (Type B)

OKH033042N

• Close the cover when not inuse.

• Some electronic devices cancause electronic interferencewhen plugged into a vehicle’spower outlet. These devicesmay cause excessive audiostatic and malfunctions inother electronic systems ordevices used in your vehicle.

F e a t ur e s

of

4

The seat warmer is provided to warmthe seats during cold weather. Withthe engine start/stop button in theON position, push the switch to warmthe seat.

During mild weather or under condi-tions where the operation of the seatwarmer is not needed, keep theswitches in the OFF position.

With the seat warmer switch in theON position, the heating system inthe seat turns off or on automaticallydepending on the seat temperature.

• Each time you push the button, thetemperature setting of the seat is

changed as follows :

• When pressing the switch for morethan 1.5 seconds with the seatwarmer operating, the seat warmer

• You can activate or deactivate therear seat warmer button by usingthe REAR LOCK button on the reararmrest or “System Settings” inAVN (Audio, Video, and Navigation).Detailed information for “SystemSettings” is described in a separate-ly supplied manual. If the REARLOCK button activated (LED “ON”),you can not activate the rear seat

warmer button.After deactivating (LED “OFF”) theREAR LOCK button, you can acti-vate the rear seat warmer button.

If the REAR LOCK button has acti-vated through AVN, you can deac-tivate the REAR LOCK button onlythrough AVN.

OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )

→

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


y o ur

v eh i c l e

4-153

warmer operating, the seat warmerwill turn OFF.

• The seat warmer defaults to theOFF position whenever the enginestart/stop button is turned on.

t oug

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


F e a t ur e s

of

y

4

When the operation of the air ventila-tion is not needed, keep the switchesin the OFF position.

• Each time you press the switch,the airflow will change as follows:

• When pressing the switch for more

than 1.5 seconds with the seatcooler operating, the seat coolerwill turn OFF.

• When the air ventilation seat isturned on, the seat may get coolerafter about 5 minutes.

• Because the air ventilation usesthe air in the vehicle cooling effi-

• You can activate or deactivate therear air ventilation button by usingthe REAR LOCK button on the reararmrest or “System Settings” inAVN (Audio, Video, andNavigation). Detailed informationfor “System Settings” is describedin a separately supplied manual. Ifthe REAR LOCK button activated(LED “ON”), you can not activate

the rear air ventilation button.After deactivating (LED “OFF”) theREAR LOCK button, you can acti-vate the rear air ventilation button.

If the REAR LOCK button has acti-vated through AVN, you can deacti-vate the REAR LOCK button onlythrough AVN.

OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )

→

• The air ventilation seat is asupplementary cooling/heat-ing system. Use the air venti-lation seat when the climatecontrol system is on. Usingthe air ventilation seat for pro-longed periods of time withthe climate control system offcould cause the air ventilationseat performance to impair.

• When cleaning the seats, donot use an organic solventsuch as paint thinner, ben-zene, alcohol and gasoline.Doing so may damage thesurface of the seats

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


y o ur

v eh i c l e

4-155

the air in the vehicle, cooling efficiency depends on the tempera-

ture of the air. In order to improvecooling efficiency, use the air con-ditioning system together.

• The air ventilation seat defaults tothe OFF position whenever theEngine Start/Stop Button is turnedto the ON position.

surface of the seats.

• Do not spill liquid such as

water or beverages on thesurface of the front seats andseatbacks, or the air ventholes may be blocked andprevented from working prop-erly.

(Continued)


Clock

Whenever the battery terminals orrelated fuses are disconnected, youmust reset the time.

(Continued)• Do not place materials such

as plastic bags or newspa-pers under the seats. The airvent may not work properly asthe air intake can be blocked.

• When the air vent does notoperate, restart the vehicle. Ifthere is no change, have your

vehicle inspected by anauthorized K900 Kia dealer.

Air intake

There is an air intake for therear air ventilation at the lowerpart of the rear center seatback.If the air intake is blocked, effi-ciency of the rear air ventilation

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-156

ciency of the rear air ventilationwill be lower. Be careful not to

block the air intake.

F e a t ur e s

of

y

4You can set the clock by using theAVN (Audio or Navigation)

For the details, refer to the AVN man-ual.

Clothes hanger (if equipped)

To use the hanger, pull down theupper portion of hanger.

Floor mat anchor(s)

When using a floor mat on the floorcarpet, make sure it attaches to thefloor mat anchor(s) in your vehicle.This keeps the floor mat from slidingforward

OKH043511N OKH043510N

OKH043241N

WARNING CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


y o ur

v eh i c l e

4-157

forward.

Do not adjust the clock whiledriving. You may lose yoursteering control and cause anaccident that results in severepersonal injury or death.

Hanging colothingDo not hang heavy clothes, sincethose may damage the hook.

After market floor mat

Do not install aftermarket floormats that are not capable ofbeing securely attached to thevehicle's floor mat anchors.Unsecured floor mats can inter-fere with pedal operation.

WARNING


The following must be observedwhen installing ANY floor mat in thevehicle.

• Ensure that the floor mats aresecurely attached to the vehicle'sfloor mat anchor(s) before drivingthe vehicle.

• Do not use ANY floor mat that can-not be firmly attached to the vehi-cle's floor mat anchors.

• Do not stack floor mats on top ofone another (e.g. ,all-weather rub-ber mat on top of a carpeted floormat). Only a single floor mat shouldbe installed in each position.

IMPORTANT - Your vehicle wasmanufactured with driver's side floormat anchors that are designed to

Rear vanity mirror (if equipped)

To use the rear vanity mirror, pressthe cover and it will slowly open andthe mirror lamp will turn on.

Bag hanger (if equipped)

Pull the strap (1) to hang a bag onthe hook (2).

When you are not using the hook,fold the hook.

OKH043289N OKH043242N

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-158

mat anchors that are designed tosecurely hold the floor mat in place.

To avoid any interference with pedaloperation, Kia recommends that onlythe Kia floor mat designed for use inyour vehicle be installed.

Close the mirror cover securely.If the mirror cover is not closed,the lamp will stay on and couldresult in battery discharge andpossible mirror damage.

CAUTION

Do not hang heavy things, sincethose may damage the hook.

CAUTION

F e a t ur e s

of

y

4

Luggage net (holder)(if equipped)

To keep items from shifting in thecargo area, you can use the holderslocated in the cargo area to attachthe luggage net

Rear curtain (if equipped)

OKH043243N■ Rear

■ Front

OKH043269N

To prevent damage to the goodsor the vehicle, care should betaken when carrying fragile orbulky objects in the luggagecompartment.

CAUTION

To avoid eye injury, DO NOToverstretch the luggage net.ALWAYS keep your face andbody out of the luggage net’srecoil path. DO NOT use the lug-gage net when the strap has vis-ible signs of wear or damage.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


o ur

v eh i c l e

4-159

the luggage net.

OKH043244N

OKH043267N


To raise the rear curtain, depress thebutton. To lower the rear curtain,depress the button again.

The rear curtain will be lowered auto-matically when you shift the shiftlever into R (Reverse) and raisedautomatically when you shift the shiftlever from R (Reverse) into P (Park).

After the rear curtain is lowered byshifting the shift lever into R

(Reverse), if you drive more than12mph (20km/h) with the shift leverin D (Drive), the rear curtain will beraised automatically.

You can activate or deactivate therear curtain button on the rear arm-rest by using the REAR LOCK buttonon the rear armrest or “SystemS tti ” i AVN (A di Vid d

Detailed information for “SystemSettings” is described in a separatelysupplied manual.

If the REAR LOCK button activated(LED “ON”), you can not activate therear curtain button.

After deactivating (LED “OFF”) theREAR LOCK button, you can acti-vate the rear curtain button.

If the REAR LOCK button has acti-vated through AVN, you can deacti-vate the REAR LOCK button onlythrough AVN.

Side curtain (if equipped)

To use the side curtain:

1.Lift the curtain by the hook (1).

2.Hang the curtain on both sides ofthe hook.

OKH043268N

Do not lower or raise the rearcurtain by hand. It could cause

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-160

Settings” in AVN (Audio, Video, and

Navigation).

3.Pull the curtain backward by the

hook (2).4.Hang the curtain on the hook.

motor failure.

F e a t ur e s

of

y o

4

Aux, USB and iPod ® port✽ NOTICEWhen using a portable audio deviceconnected to the power outlet, noisemay occur during playback. If thishappens, use the power source of theportable audio device.

* iPod ® is a Registered trademark ofApple Inc.

USB charger

The USB charger is designed torecharge batteries of small size elec-trical devices using a USB cable. Theelectrical devices can be rechargedwhen the Engine Start/Stop button is

MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM

OKH043302N

OKH043248N

■ Type A

■ Type B

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


o ur

v eh i c l e

4-161

If your vehicle has an aux and/orUSB(universal serial bus) port oriPod ® port, you can use an aux portto connect audio devices and a USBport to plug in a USB, and an iPod ®

port to plug in an iPod ® .

when the Engine Start/Stop button isin ACC/ON/START position.

The battery charging state may bemonitored on the electrical device.

Disconnect the USB cable from theUSB port after use.

OKH043276N


• Some devices are not supported

for fast charging but will becharged with normal speed.

• Use the USB charger when theengine is running to prevent bat-tery discharge.

• Only devices that fits the USB portcan be used.

• The USB charger can be used onlyfor battery charging purposes.

• Battery chargers cannot becharged.

Audio / Video / Navigation sys-tem (AVN)

Detailed information for the AVN sys-tem is described in a separately sup-plied manual.

Driver Information System(DIS)

Detailed information for the DIS sys-tem is described in a separately sup-plied manual.


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-162

p p

F e a t ur e s

of

y o

4

Bluetooth ® WirelessTechnology hands-free

You can use the phone wirelessly by

using the Bluetooth ® WirelessTechnology.

1. Call / Answer lever

2. Call end lever

3. Microphone

Detailed information for the

Bluetooth ® Wireless Technologyhands-free is described in the manu-al supplied separately.

The Bluetooth ® word mark and logosare registered trademarks owned byBluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use ofsuch marks by Kia is under license.Other trademarks and trade namesare those of their respective owners

Antenna

When the radio power switch isturned on while the EngineStart/Stop Button is in either the“ON” or “ACC” position, your car willreceive both AM and FM broadcast


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


o ur

v eh i c l e

4-163

are those of their respective owners.

A compatibleBluetooth ®

enabled cellphone is required to use Bluetooth ®

Wireless Technology.

signals through the antenna in the

rear window glass.

OKH043303N


Shark fin antenna (if equipped)

The shark fin antenna will receive thetransmit data.

Steering wheel audio control

The steering wheel audio control but-ton is installed to promote safe driving.

OKH043246N

• Do not clean the inside of therear window glass with a clean-er or use a scraper to removeforeign deposits as this maycause damage to the antennaelements.

• Avoid adding metallic coatingssuch as Ni, Cd, and so on. Thesecan disturb receiving AM andFM broadcast signals.

• To prevent damage to the rearglass antenna, never use sharpinstruments or window cleanerscontaining abrasives to cleanthe window. Clean the insidesurface of the rear glass window

ith i f ft l th

CAUTION

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-164

with a piece of soft cloth.

• When putting a sticker on theinside surface of the rear win-dow, be careful not to damage tothe rear glass antenna.

• Do not put sharp instrumentsnearby the rear glass antenna.

• Tinted rear window may affectthe proper functioning of theantenna.

Do not operate audio remotecontrol buttons simultaneously.

F e a t ur e s

of

y o u

4

VOLUME (VOL + / VOL -) (1)

• Press the up button (VOL+) toincrease volume.

• Press the down button (VOL-) todecrease volume.

SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)

The SEEK/PRESET button has dif-ferent functions based on the system

mode. For the following functions thebutton should be pressed for 0.8 sec-onds or more.

RADIO mode

It will function as the AUTO SEEKselect button.

CD/USB/iPod mode

It will function as the FF/REW button.

If the SEEK/PRESET button ispressed for less than 0.8 seconds, it

will work as follows in each mode.

RADIO mode

It will function as the PRESET STA-TION buttons.

CD/USB/iPod mode

It will function as TRACK UP/DOWN

MODE (3)

Press the MODE button to selectRadio, DISC, USB or AUX.

When the AV is OFF and the MODEbutton is pressed for less than 0.8second, the AV will turn on.

When the AV is ON and the MODEbutton is press for more than 0.8 sec-ond, the AV will turn off.

MUTE (4)

• Move the MUTE lever up to cancelthe sound.

• Move the MUTE lever up again toactivate the sound.

Detailed information is described in aseparately supplied manual

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


ur

v eh i c l e

4-165

It will function as TRACK UP/DOWN

button.

separately supplied manual.

D r i vi n g

y

5

D r i vi n g

y

5

Driving your vehicle

Before driving......................................................5-4• Before entering vehicle............................................5-4

• Necessary inspections ..........................................5-4• Before starting ........................................................5-4

Engine START/STOP button...............................5-6• Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP button ..............5-6• ENGINE START/STOP button position ...................5-6

Starting the engine .............................................5-9• Starting the engine with a smart key ......................5-9

Automatic transmission (shift by cable) ............5-11• Automatic transmission operation .........................5-11• Good driving practices ..........................................5-15

Automatic transmission (shift by wire) ..............5-16• Automatic transmission operation .........................5-16• Good driving practices ..........................................5-26

Brake system ....................................................5-27• Power brakes ......................................................5-27

• Electric parking brake (EPB) 5-30

Advanced Vehicle Safety Management (AVSM).5-48Drive mode integrated control system..............5-52

• DRIVE mode / SNOW mode.................................5-52

Cruise control system .......................................5-55• Cruise control switch .............................................5-56• To set cruise control speed...................................5-56

• To increase cruise control set speed ....................5-57• To decrease the cruising speed ............................5-57

• To temporarily accelerate with

the cruise control on ...........................................5-57• To cancel cruise control, do one of the following ..5-58

• To resume cruising speed at more thanapproximately 20 mph (30 km/h) ........................5-58

• To turn cruise control off, do one of the following ..5-59

Advanced Smart Cruise Control System..........5-60• Speed setting (ASCC)...........................................5-61

• Vehicle to vehicle distance setting (ASCC)...........5-65• To convert to cruise control mode.........................5-69

5

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


y o

ur v eh i c l e

y o

ur v eh i c l e

Electric parking brake (EPB).................................5 30

• AUTO HOLD..........................................................5-36• Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ...............................5-40

• Electronic stability control (ESC)...........................5-42• Hill-start assist control (HAC)................................5-46

• Good braking practices .........................................5-46

• Limitations of the system ......................................5-69

Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS)........5-75• Warning indicator .................................................5-77

• The LDWS does not operate when.......................5-77

Blind Spot Detection System (BSD) .................5-79• BSD (Blind Spot Detection) /

LCA (Lane Change Assist) .................................5-80• RCTA (Rear cross traffic alert)..............................5-83• Non-operating condition ........................................5-85

• Pursuant to Code of Federal Regulations, Title 47,Part 15 ("FCC Rules").........................................5-86

Economical operation .......................................5-87

Special driving conditions .................................5-89

• Hazardous driving conditions................................5-89• Rocking the vehicle ...............................................5-89• Smooth cornering..................................................5-90

• Driving at night ......................................................5-90• Driving in the rain ..................................................5-91• Driving in flooded areas ........................................5-91

• Driving off-road......................................................5-92• Highway driving .....................................................5-92

Winter driving....................................................5-93• Snowy or Icy conditions ........................................5-93

• Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant...............5-95• Check battery and cables .....................................5-95• Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary............5-96

• Check spark plugs and ignition system ................5-96• To keep locks from freezing ..................................5-96

• Use approved window washer anti-freeze in system .5-96• Don't let your parking brake freeze.......................5-96

• Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath....5-96• Carry emergency equipment.................................5-97

Trailer Towing ....................................................5-97

Vehicle load limit ...............................................5-98• Tire and loading information label.........................5-98• Certification label.................................................5-101

Vehicle weight .................................................5-103

5

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


D r i vi n g

y

5

Be sure the exhaust system

does not leak.The exhaust system should bechecked whenever the vehicle israised to change the oil or for anyother purpose. If you

hear a change in the sound of theexhaust or if you drive over some-thing that strikes the underneath sideof the vehicle, have the exhaust sys-

tem checked as soon as possible byan authorized K900 Kia dealer.

Engine exhaust

Do not inhale exhaust fumes orleave your engine running in an

WARNING

Open trunk

Do not drive with the trunkopen.

Poisonous exhaust gases canenter the passenger compart-ment. If you must drive with thetrunk open proceed as follows:

1.Close all windows.2.Open side vents.

3.Set the air intake control at"Fresh", the air flow control at"Floor" or "Face" and the fanat the highest speed.

WARNING

California proposition 65

Engine exhaust and a wide vari-ety of automobile componentsand parts, including compo-nents found in the interior fur-nishings in a vehicle, contain oremit chemicals known to the

State of California to cause can-cer and birth defects and repro-ductive harm. In addition, cer-tain fluids contained in vehiclesand certain products of compo-nent wear contain or emit chem-icals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproduc-tive harm

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


y o ur v eh i c l e

5-3

enclosed area for a prolongedtime.

Exhaust fumes contain carbonmonoxide, a colorless, odorlessgas that can cause unconscious-ness and death by asphyxiation.

tive harm.


Before entering vehicle

• Be sure that all windows, outsidemirror(s), and outside lights areclean.

• Check the condition of the tires.

• Check under the vehicle for anysign of leaks.

• Be sure there are no obstaclesbehind you if you intend to back up.

Necessary inspections

Fluid levels, such as engine oil,engine coolant, brake fluid, andwasher fluid should be checked on aregular basis, with the exact intervaldepending on the fluid. Furtherdetails are provided in Section 7,“Maintenance”.

Before starting

• Close and lock all doors.

• Position the seat so that all con-trols are easily reached.

• Buckle your seat belt.

• Adjust the inside and outsiderearview mirrors.

• Be sure that all lights work.

• Check all gauges.

• Check the operation of warninglights when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position.

• Release the parking brake andmake sure the brake warning lightgoes off.

For safe operation, be sure you arefamiliar with your vehicle and itsequipment

BEFORE DRIVING

Distracted driving

Focus on the road while driving.

The driver's primary responsi-bility is in the safe and legaloperation of the vehicle. Use ofany hand held devices, otherequipment or vehicle systemsthat distract the driver should

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-4

equipment.that distract the driver should

not be used during vehicleoperation.

Check surrounding

Always check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for peo-ple, especially children, beforeputting a vehicle into D (Drive)or R (Reverse).

WARNING

D r i vi n g

y o

5

Driving while intoxicated

Do not drive while intoxicated.Drinking and driving is danger-ous. Even a small amount ofalcohol will affect your reflexes,perceptions and judgment.Driving while under the influ-

ence of drugs is as dangerousas or more dangerous than driv-ing drunk.

WARNING

Loose object

Securely store items in yourhi l Wh k d

WARNING

Fire risk

When you intend to park or stopthe vehicle with the engine on,be careful not to depress theaccelerator pedal for a longperiod of time. It may overheatthe engine or exhaust system

and cause a fire.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


o ur v eh i c l e

5-5

vehicle. When you make a sud-den stop or turn the steeringwheel rapidly, loose objectsmay drop on the floor and itcould interfere with the opera-tion of the foot pedals, possiblycausing an accident.


Illuminated ENGINE

START/STOP button

Whenever the front door is opened,the ENGINE START/STOP buttonwill illuminate for your convenience.The light will go off after about 30seconds after the door is closed

ENGINE START/STOP button

positionOFF

To turn off the engine (START/STOPposition) or vehicle power (ON posi-tion), press the ENGINE START/STOPbutton with the shift lever in the P(Park) position. When you press theENGINE START/STOP button withoutthe shift lever in the P (Park) position,the ENGINE START/STOP button willnot change to the OFF position but tothe ACC position

In an emergency situation while the

vehicle is in motion, you are able toturn the engine off and to the ACCposition by pressing the ENGINESTART/STOP button for more than 2seconds or 3 times successively within3 seconds. If the vehicle is still moving,you can restart the engine withoutdepressing the brake pedal by press-ing the ENGINE START/STOP buttonwith the shift lever in the N (Neutral)

position.

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON

OKH053001N

White

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-6

seconds after the door is closed. the ACC position.

D r i vi n g

y o

5

ACC(Accessory)

Press the ENGINE START/STOPbutton while it is in the OFF positionwithout depressing the brake pedal.

The steering wheel unlocks andelectrical accessories are opera-tional.

If the ENGINE START/STOP buttonis in the ACC position for more than1 hour, the button is turned off auto-matically to prevent battery dis-charge.

ON

Press the ENGINE START/STOPbutton while it is in the ACC positionwithout depressing the brake pedal.

The warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. Do notleave the ENGINE START/STOPbutton in the ON position for a longtime. The battery may discharge,because the engine is not running.

START/RUN

To start the engine, depress thebrake pedal and press the ENGINESTART/STOP button with the shift

lever in the P (Park) or the N(Neutral) position. For your safety,start the engine with the shift lever inthe P (Park) position.

If you press the ENGINESTART/STOP button withoutdepressing the brake pedal, theengine will not start and the buttonwill change as follows:

Orange Red Not illuminated

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


o ur v eh i c l e

5-7

OFF ➔ ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF


If you leave the ENGINE START/

STOP button in the ACC or ON posi-tion for a long time, the battery willdischarge.

Starting vehicle

Never press the ENGINESTART/STOP button while thevehicle is in motion. This wouldresult in loss of directional con-trol and braking function, whichcould cause an accident.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-8

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf



• If the battery is weak or the smartkey does not work correctly, youcan start the engine by pressingthe engine start/stop button withthe smart key.

The side with the lock buttonshould contact the enginestart/stop button directly

• When the stop lamp fuse is blown,

you can't start the engine normally.Replace the fuse with a new one. Ifit is not possible, you can start theengine by pressing the ENGINESTART/STOP button for 10 sec-onds while it is in the ACC position.The engine can start withoutdepressing the brake pedal. But foryour safety always depress thebrake pedal before starting the

engine.Do not press the ENGINE START/ STOP button for more than 10 sec-onds except when the stop lamp fuseis blown.

OKH053003

Unintended vehicle move-ment

Never leave the smart key in thevehicle with children or vehicleoccupants who are unfamiliarwith the vehicle operation.Pushing the ENGINE

START/STOP button while thesmart key is in the vehicle mayresult in unintended engineactivation and/or unintendedvehicle movement.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-10

start/stop button directly.

When you press the enginestart/stop button directly with thesmart key, the smart key shouldcontact the button at a right angle.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf



For smooth operation, depress the

brake pedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to a forward or reverse gear.

When stopped on an incline, do nothold the vehicle with engine power.Use the service brake or the parkingbrake.

Transmission ranges

The indicator in the instrument clus-ter displays the shift lever positionwhen the Engine Start/Stop Button isin the ON position.

P (Park)

Always come to a complete stopbefore shifting into P (Park). Thisposition locks the transmission and

prevents the drive wheels from rotat-ing.

Shifting into P (Park) while the vehi-cle is in motion will cause the drivewheels to lock which will cause youto lose control of the vehicle.

Transmission

To avoid damage to your trans-mission, do not accelerate theengine in R (Reverse) or any for-ward gear position with thebrakes on. The transmissionmay be damaged if you shiftinto P (Park) while the vehicle isin motion.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-12

D r i vi n g

y o u

5

R (Reverse)

Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

N (Neutral)

The wheels and transmission are notengaged. The vehicle will roll freelyeven on the slightest incline unless

D (Drive)

This is the normal forward drivingposition. The transmission will auto-matically shift through a 8-gearsequence, providing the best fueleconomy and power.

For extra power when passing anoth-er vehicle or climbing grades,depress the accelerator fully, at

which time the transmission willautomatically downshift to the nextlower gear. Manual mode

Whether the vehicle is stationary orin motion, sports mode is selected bypushing the shift lever from the D(Drive) position into the manual gate.To return to D (Drive) range opera-tion, push the shift lever back into themain gate.

OKH053008N

+ (UP)

- (DOWN)Manual mode

Always come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransmission if you shift into R

(Reverse) while the vehicle is inmotion, except as explained in“Rocking the vehicle” in thissection.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


u

r v eh i c l e

5-13

even on the slightest incline unlessthe parking brake or service brakesare applied.

g

In manual mode, moving the shiftlever backwards and forwards willallow you to make gearshifts rapidly.

Up (+) : Push the lever forward onceto shift up one gear.

Down (-) : Pull the lever backwardsonce to shift down onegear.


NOTICE

• In manual mode, the driver mustexecute upshifts in accordancewith road conditions, taking careto keep the engine speed below thered zone.

• In manual mode, only the 8 for-ward gears can be selected. Toreverse or park the vehicle, movethe shift lever to the R (Reverse)or P (Park) position as required.

• In manual mode, downshifts aremade automatically when thevehicle slows down. When thevehicle stops, 1st gear is automati-cally selected.

• In manual mode, when the enginerpm approaches the red zone shiftpoints are varied to upshift auto-matically.

(Continued)

• When driving on a slippery road,push the shift lever forward intothe +(up) position. This causes thetransmission to shift into the 2ndgear which is better for smoothdriving on a slippery road. Pushthe shift lever to the -(down) sideto shift back to the 1st gear.

Shift lock system

For your safety, the automatic trans-mission has a shift lock systemwhich prevents shifting the transmis-sion from P (Park) into R (Reverse)unless the brake pedal is depressed.

To shift the transmission from P(Park) into R (Reverse):

1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.

2. Start the engine or set the Engine

Start/Stop Button to the ON posi-tion.

3. Move the shift lever.

If the brake pedal is repeatedlydepressed and released with theshift lever in the P (Park) position, achattering noise near the shift levermay be heard. This is a normal con-dition.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-14

• To maintain the required levels of vehicle performance and safety,the system may not execute cer-tain gearshifts when the shift leveris operated.

(Continued)Shifting from park

Always fully depress the brakepedal before and while shiftingout of the P (Park) position intoanother position to help avoidinadvertent motion of the vehicle.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf



Automatic transmission opera-

tionThe automatic transmission has 8forward speeds and one reversespeed. The individual speeds areselected automatically, depending onthe position of the shift lever.

NOTICE

The first few shifts on a new vehicle,if the battery has been disconnected,may be somewhat abrupt. This is anormal condition, and the shiftingsequence will adjust after shifts arecycled a few times by the TCM(Transmission Control Module) orPCM (Powertrain Control Module).

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (SHIFT BY WIRE)

UNLOCK

button

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-16

OKH053010N

❈When you shift the transmission, depress the brake pedal with pressing [UNLOCK] button.

D r i vi n g

y o u

5

For smooth operation, depress the

brake pedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to a forward or reverse gear.

When stopped on an incline, do nothold the vehicle with engine power.Use the service brake or the parkingbrake.

Transmission ranges

The indicator in the instrument clus-ter and shift lever displays the shiftlever position when the EngineStart/Stop Button is in the OFF/ ACC/ON position.

Transmission

To avoid damage to your trans-mission, do not accelerate theengine in R (Reverse) or any for-ward gear position with thebrakes on. The transmissionmay be damaged if you shiftinto P (Park) while the vehicle isin motion.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


r v eh i c l e

5-17


P (Park)

Always come to a complete stopbefore shifting into P (Park). Thisposition locks the transmission andprevents the drive wheels from rotat-ing.

To shift the gear from [R], [N], [D] or[M] to [P], press the [P] button on thehif l

If you press the [P] button when the

shifting is on [M] or if you turn theengine off when the shifting is on [M],the shift lever is automatically movedto right side and the shifting ischanged to [P].

When the shift lever is automaticallymoved to right side, if you hold theshift lever by force, the warning mes-sage will be illuminated in cluster.Move the shift lever to right side

manually.When you park the vehicle, press the[P] button of shift lever with applyingbrake pedal and apply the parkingbrake.

Shifting into P (Park) while the vehi-cle is in motion will cause the drivewheels to lock which will cause youto lose control of the vehicle.

OKH053011N

OKH053013N

OKH053014N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-18

shift lever.

If you turn off the engine in [D], [R] or[M], the shifting automaticallychanges to [P].

R (Reverse)

Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

To shift the gear to [R] press the[UNLOCK] button of shift lever withdepressing brake pedal and movethe shift lever forward.

OKH053014N

D r i vi n g

y o u

r

5

N (Neutral)

The wheels and transmission are notengaged. The vehicle will roll freelyeven on the slightest incline unlessthe parking brake or service brakesare applied.

In neutral range if you turn off theengine, the range will be on [N] andth i t t/ t b tt iti

To turn off engine :

1.Press the engine start/stop buttonagain to the ON position.

2.Press the [P] button on the shiftlever.

3.Press the engine start/stop buttonagain, the engine start/stop buttonwill change to the OFF position.

However, when you open the doorwith the shift lever in N (Neutral) and

the engine start/stop button in theACC position, the shift lever will auto-matically move to P (Park) and theengine start/stop button will changeto the OFF position.

OKH053015N

Always come to a completestop before shifting into or outof R (Reverse); you may dam-age the transmission if you shiftinto R (Reverse) while the vehi-cle is in motion, except asexplained in “Rocking the vehi-cle” in this section.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


rv eh i c l e

5-19

the engine start/stop button positionwill be on ACC.


D (Drive)

This is the normal forward drivingposition. The transmission will auto-matically shift through a 8-gearsequence, providing the best fueleconomy and power.

For extra power when passing anoth-er vehicle or climbing grades,depress the accelerator fully, at

which time the transmission willautomatically downshift to the nextlower gear.

To shift into [D], depress the brakepedal and press the [UNLOCK] but-ton of shift lever. And then move theshift lever to backward.

To shift into [D], from [N] you mustdepress the brake pedal.

Manual mode

Whether the vehicle is stationary orin motion, manual mode is selectedby pushing the shift lever from the D(Drive) position into the manual gate.To return to D (Drive) range opera-tion, push the shift lever back into themain gate.

In manual mode, moving the shift

lever backwards and forwards willallow you to make gearshifts rapidly.

Up (+) : Push the lever forwardonce to shift up one gear.

Down (-) : Pull the lever backwardsonce to shift down onegear.

OKH053018N

+ (UP)

- (DOWN)

Manual mode

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-20

NOTICEAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into D (Drive).

D r i vi n g

y o u

r v

5

NOTICE

• In manual mode, the driver mustexecute upshifts in accordancewith road conditions, taking careto keep the engine speed below thered zone.

• In manual mode, only the 8 for-ward gears can be selected. Toreverse or park the vehicle, movethe shift lever to the R (Reverse)or P (Park) position as required.

• In manual mode, downshifts aremade automatically when thevehicle slows down. When thevehicle stops, 1st gear is automati-cally selected.

• In manual mode, when the enginerpm approaches the red zone shiftpoints are varied to upshift auto-matically.

• To maintain the required levels of vehicle performance and safety

(Continued)

• When driving on a slippery road,push the shift lever forward intothe +(up) position. This causes thetransmission to shift into the 2ndgear which is better for smoothdriving on a slippery road. Pushthe shift lever to the -(down) sideto shift back to the 1st gear.

Shift lock system (if equipped)

For your safety, the automatic trans-mission has a shift lock systemwhich prevents shifting the transmis-sion from P (Park) into R (Reverse)unless the brake pedal is depressed.

To shift the transmission from P(Park) into R (Reverse) or D (Drive) :

1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.

2. Start the engine or turn the Engine

Start / Stop Button to the ON posi-tion.

3. Move the shift lever to R (Reverse) orD (Drive) with pressing [UNLOCK]button.

If the brake pedal is repeatedlydepressed and released with theshift lever in the P (Park) position, achattering noise near the shift lever

may be heard This is a normal con

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


rv eh i c l e

5-21

vehicle performance and safety,the system may not execute cer-tain gearshifts when the shift leveris operated.

(Continued)

may be heard. This is a normal con-dition.


When the battery is dis-

charged:When the battery is discharged, theautomatic transmission (shift by wire)is not shifted.

In emergency, if you want to shift into[N], follow actions

You can shift into [N] by using thedriver if the jump starting is impossi-ble to do.

1) Open the storage cover.

2) Remove the rubber on bottom ofstorage box.

3) Insert the driver (-) to service hole

as direction of clockwise 10 timesThe shifting is changed to [N]

OKH053045N

Shifting from park

Always fully depress the brakepedal before and while shiftingout of the P (Park) position intoanother position to help avoidinadvertent motion of the vehicle.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-22

as direction of clockwise 10 times.The shifting is changed to [N]from [P] position. If you want toshift to [P] position, turn the drivercounter-clockwise.

D r i vi n g

y o ur v

5

1.If the transmission is not operatedas normal, the warning will be illu-minated. Have your vehicleinspected by an authorized K900Kia dealer.

2.If the shift lever has some problemwith main system, the warning willbe illuminated. Have your vehicleinspected by an authorized K900Kia dealer.

OKH053020N


OKH053019N


If the electric parking brake isnot released, we recommendthat the vehicle is towed as flat-bed towing.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


v eh i c l e

5-23


3.If the shifting condition is notmatched by high engine RPM orhigh vehicle speed, the warningwill be illuminated. When youreduce the engine RPM or vehiclespeed, the shifting will be operat-ed.

4.When you shift the transmission, ifyou do not depress the brakepedal, the warning will be illuminat-ed.

5.When you shift into [P], if the vehi-cle speed is high, warning will beilluminated. Stop the vehicle atsafe area and shift into [P].

OKH053023N


OKH053022N


OKH053021N


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-24

D r i vi n g

y o ur v e

5

6.When the transmission is fixed on[M], the warning will be illuminated.

7.While stopping in [D], [R] and [M],when you get off the vehicle, thewarning will be illuminated for yoursafety and the shifting is automati-cally changed to [P].

If you do not press [UNLOCK] but-ton, the warning will be illuminated.

OKH053102N


OKH053024N


OKH053025N


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


eh i c l e

5-25


Good driving practices

• Never move the shift lever from P(Park) or N (Neutral) to any otherposition with the accelerator pedaldepressed.

• Never move the shift lever into P(Park) when the vehicle is inmotion.

• Be sure the car is completelystopped before you attempt to shift

into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).• Do not "ride" the brakes. This can

cause them to overheat and mal-function. Instead, when you aredriving down a long hill, slow downand shift to a lower gear. When youdo this, engine braking will helpslow the car.

• Slow down before shifting to a

lower gear. Otherwise, the lowergear may not be engaged

• Always use the parking brake. Do

not depend on placing the trans-mission in P (Park) to keep the carfrom moving.

• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing theaccelerator pedal.

Moving up a steep grade from a

standing start To move up a steep grade from astanding start, depress the brakepedal, shift the shift lever to D (Drive)or [1st] gear of [M] mode. Select theappropriate gear depending on loadweight and steepness of the grade,and release the parking brake.Depress the accelerator graduallywhile releasing the service brakes.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-26

lower gear. Otherwise, the lowergear may not be engaged.

D r i vi n g

y o ur v e

5

Power brakes

Your vehicle has power-assistedbrakes that adjust automaticallythrough normal usage.

In the event that the power-assistedbrakes lose power because of astalled engine or some other reason,you can still stop your vehicle byapplying greater force to the brakepedal than you normally would. Thestopping distance, however, will belonger.

When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partiallydepleted each time the brake pedalis applied. Do not pump the brakepedal when the power assist hasbeen interrupted.

Pump the brake pedal only whennecessary to maintain steering con-

trol on slippery surfaces.

Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’sability to safely slow down; the vehi-cle may also pull to one side whenthe brakes are applied. Applying thebrakes lightly will indicate whetherthey have been affected in this way.

To dry the brakes, apply them lightlywhile maintaining a safe forwardspeed until brake performancereturns to normal.

Always, confirm the position of the

brake and accelerator pedal beforedriving. If you don’t check the posi-tion of the accelerator and brakepedal before driving, you maydepress the accelerator instead ofthe brake pedal. It may cause a seri-ous accident.

BRAKE SYSTEM

Brake pedal

Do not drive with your foot rest-ing on the brake pedal. This willcreate abnormally high braketemperatures which can causeexcessive brake lining and padwear.

CAUTION

Steep hill braking

Avoid continuous application ofthe brakes when descending along or steep hill by shifting to alower gear. Continuous brakeapplication will cause the

brakes to overheat and couldresult in a temporary loss of

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


eh i c l e

5-27

trol on slippery surfaces. brakes to overheat and couldresult in a temporary loss ofbraking performance.

In the event of brake failure

If service brakes fail to operate whilethe vehicle is in motion, you canmake an emergency stop with theparking brake. The stopping dis-tance, however, will be much greaterthan normal.

Disc brakes wear indicator

When your brake pads are worn andnew pads are required, you will heara high-pitched warning sound fromyour front brakes or rear brakes (ifequipped). You may hear this soundcome and go or it may occur when-ever you depress the brake pedal.

Please remember that some drivingconditions or climates may cause abrake squeal when you first apply (or

lightly apply) the brakes. This is nor-mal and does not indicate a problemwith your brakes.

Always replace the front or rearbrake pads as pairs.


Parking brakeAvoid applying the parkingbrake to stop the vehicle while itis moving except in an emer-gency situation. Applying theparking brake while the vehicleis moving at normal speeds cancause a sudden loss of controlof the vehicle. If you must usethe parking brake to stop the

vehicle, use great caution in

WARNING

Replace brake padsDo not continue to drive with

CAUTION

Brake wear

Do not ignore high pitched wearsounds from your brakes. If youignore this audible warning, youwill eventually lose braking per-formance, which could lead to aserious accident.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-28

, gapplying the brake.

Replace brake padsDo not continue to drive withworn brake pads. Continuing todrive with worn brake pads candamage the braking system andresult in costly brake repairs.

Check the brake warning light byturning the ignition switch ON (do notstart the engine). This light will beilluminated when the parking brake isapplied with the ignition switch in theSTART or ON position.

Before driving, be sure the parkingbrake is fully released and the brake

warning light is off.If th b k i li ht i

If at all possible, cease driving thevehicle immediately. If that is not pos-sible, use extreme caution whileoperating the vehicle and only con-tinue to drive the vehicle until youcan reach a safe location or repairshop.

D r i vi n g

y o ur

v e

5

WKH-002

• To prevent unintentional move-ment when stopped and leav-ing the vehicle, do not use thegearshift lever in place of theparking brake. Set the parkingbrake AND make sure thegearshift lever is securely posi-tioned in P (Park) for automatictransmission equipped vehi-cles.

• Never allow anyone who isunfamiliar with the vehicle totouch the parking brake. If theparking brake is releasedunintentionally, serious injurymay occur.

• All vehicles should alwayshave the parking brake fully

engaged when parking toid i d t t t

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


g gIf the brake warning light remains onafter the parking brake is releasedwhile engine is running, there maybe a malfunction in the brake sys-tem. Immediate attention is neces-sary.

hi c l e

5-29

g g p gavoid inadvertent movementof the vehicle which can injureoccupants or pedestrians.


Electric parking brake (EPB)

Applying the parking brake

Make sure the warning light comeson.

Also, the EPB is applied automatical-ly if the Auto Hold button is on whenthe Engine Start/Stop Button is OFFposition. (for shift by cable)

Also, the EPB is applied automatical-ly when the Engine Start/Stop Button

is OFF position.(for shift by wire)

However, if you press the EPB switchafter the engine is turned off, theEPB will not be applied.

Releasing the parking brake

OKH053031N

OKH053029N

Do not operate the parking

brake / EPB while the vehicle ismoving except in an emergency

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-30

To apply the EPB (electric parkingbrake):

1.Depress the brake pedal.

2.Pull up the EPB switch.

To release the EPB (electric parkingbrake), press the EPB switch in thefollowing condition:

• Set the Engine Start/Stop Button inthe ON position.

OKH053032N

OKH053030N

moving except in an emergencysituation.

D r i vi n g

y o ur

v eh

5

• Depress the brake pedal.

Make sure the brake warning lightgoes off.

To release EPB (electric parkingbrake) automatically:

• Shift lever in P (Park)

With the engine running depressthe brake pedal and shift out of P(Park) to R (Rear), N (Neutral) or D(Drive).

• Shift lever in N (Neutral)

With the engine running depressthe brake pedal and shift out of N

(Neutral) to R (Rear) or D (Drive).• Automatic transaxle vehicle

1. Start the engine.

2. Fasten the driver's seat belt.

3. Close the driver's door, enginehood and trunk.

4. Depress the accelerator pedalwhile the shift lever is in R(Rear), D (Drive) or M (Manual)

mode.

NOTICE

• For your safety, you can engagethe EPB even though the EngineStart/Stop Button is in the OFFposition, but you cannot release it.

• For your safety, depress the brakepedal and release the parkingbrake manually with the EPBswitch when you drive downhill orwhen backing up the vehicle.

• If the parking brake warninglight is still on even thoughthe EPB has been released,have the system checked byan authorized K900 Kia dealer.

• Do not drive your vehicle withthe EPB applied. It may cause

excessive brake pad andbrake rotor wear.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


hi c l e

5-31

Make sure the brake warning lightgoes off.

brake rotor wear.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


D r i vi n g

y o ur

v eh

5

System warning

When the conversion from Auto Holdto EPB is not working properly awarning will sound and a messagewill appear.

System warning

If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold isactivated because of ESC (ElectronicStability Control) signal, a warning willsound and a message will appear.

OKH053042N OKH053040N

■ Type A■ Type A ■ Type B ■ Type B

• A click sound may be heardwhile operating or releasingthe EPB, but these conditionsare normal and indicate thatthe EPB is functioning proper-ly.

• When leaving your keys with aparking lot attendant or valet,

make sure to inform him/herhow to operate the EPB.

• The EPB may malfunction ifyou drive with the EPBapplied.

• When you automaticallyrelease EPB by depressingthe accelerator pedal, depressit slowly.

CAUTION

Depress the brake pedal when

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


hi c l e

5-33

the above message appears forthe Auto Hold and EPB may notactivate.


EPB malfunction indicator(if equipped)

This warning light illuminates if theengine start/stop button is changedto the ON position and goes off inapproximately 3 seconds if the sys-tem is operation normally.

If the EPB malfunction indicatorremains on, comes on while driving,

If this occurs, have your vehiclechecked by an authorized K900 Kiadealer as soon as possible.

The EPB malfunction indicator mayilluminate when the ESC indicatorcomes on to indicate that the ESC isnot working properly, but it does notindicate a malfunction of the EPB.

OKH053034N

■ Type A ■ Type B • The EPB warning light mayilluminate if the EPB switchoperates abnormally. Shut theengine off and turn it on againafter a few minutes. The warn-ing light will go off and theEPB switch will operate nor-mally. However, if the EPBwarning light is still on, have

the system checked by anauthorized K900 Kia dealer.

• If the parking brake warninglight does not illuminate orblinks even though the EPBswitch was pulled up, the EPBis not applied.

• If the parking brake warninglight blinks when the EPB

warning light is on, press theswitch, then pull it up. Once

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-34

gor does not come on when theengine start/stop button is changedto the ON position, this indicates thatthe EPB may have malfunctioned.

switch, then pull it up. Oncemore press it back to its origi-nal position and pull it backup. If the EPB warning doesnot go off, have the systemchecked by an authorizedK900 Kia dealer.

D r i vi n g

y o ur

v eh i

5

Emergency braking

If there is a problem with the brakepedal while driving, emergency brak-ing is possible by pulling up andholding the EPB switch. Braking ispossible only while you are holdingthe EPB switch.

NOTICE

During emergency braking by theEPB, the parking brake warninglight will illuminate to indicate thatthe system is operating.

When the EPB (electric parking brake) is not released

If the EPB does not release normal-ly, take your vehicle to an authorizedK900 Kia dealer by loading the vehi-cle on a flatbed tow truck and havethe system checked.

Do not operate the electric park-ing brake while the vehicle ismoving except in an emergencysituation. Applying the electricparking brake while the vehicleis moving at normal speeds cancause a sudden loss of controlof the vehicle. If you must usethe electric parking brake tostop the vehicle, use great cau-

tion in applying the brake.

WARNING

If you notice a continuous noiseor burning smell when the EPBis used for emergency braking,have your vehicle checked byan authorized K900 Kia dealer.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


i c l e

5-35


AUTO HOLD (if equipped)

The Auto Hold maintains the vehiclein a standstill even though the brakepedal is not depressed after the driv-er brings the vehicle to a completestop by depressing the brake pedal.

Set up The driver's door, engine hood andtrunk closed and the driver's seat

belt must be fastened before EPBwill work.

OKH053035N

OKH053036N

■ Type A

■ Type B

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-36

1.Depress the brake pedal and thenpress the Auto Hold button. Thewhite AUTO HOLD indicator willcome on and the system will be inthe standby position.

OKH053036N

D r i vi n g

y o ur

v eh i c

5

2.When you stop the vehicle com-pletely by depressing the brakepedal, the AUTO HOLD indicatorchanges from white to green.

3.The vehicle will remain stationaryeven if you release the brakepedal.

4.If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be

released.

Leaving

If you press the accelerator pedalwith the shift lever in R (Reverse), D(Drive) or M (Manual) mode, the AutoHold will be released automaticallyand the vehicle will start to move.The indicator changes from green towhite.

Cancel

To cancel the Auto Hold operation,press the Auto Hold switch. TheAUTO HOLD indicator will go out.

To cancel the Auto Hold operationwhen the vehicle is at a standstill,press the Auto Hold switch whiledepressing the brake pedal.

OKH053037N When driving off from AutoHold by depressing the acceler-ator pedal, always check thesurrounding area near yourvehicle.

Slowly depress the acceleratorpedal for a smooth launch.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


cl e

5-37


NOTICE• The Auto Hold does not operate

when:- The driver's seat belt is unfas-

tened and driver's door isopened

- The engine hood is opened- The trunk is opened- The shift lever is in P (Park)- The EPB is applied

• For your safety, the Auto Hold

automatically switches to EPB insuch cases:- The driver's seat belt is unfas-

tened and driver's door isopened

- The engine hood is opened- The trunk is opened- The vehicle is in a standstill for

more than 10 minutes- The vehicle is standing on a

steep slope- The vehicle moved several times

(Continued)In these cases, the brake warning

light comes on, the AUTO HOLDindicator changes from green towhite, and a warning sounds and amessage will appear to inform youthat EPB has been automaticallyengaged. Before driving off again,press foot brake pedal, check thesurrounding area near your vehi-cle and release parking brakemanually with the EPB switch.

• If the AUTO HOLD indicatorlights up yellow, the Auto Hold isnot working properly. Take yourvehicle to an authorized K900 Kiadealer and have the systemchecked.

• While operating Auto Hold, youmay hear mechanical noise.However, it is normal operating

noise.

For your safety, cancel the AutoHold when you drive downhill orback up the vehicle or park thevehicle.

WARNING

If there is a malfunction with the

driver’s door, engine hood ortrunk open detection system,the Auto Hold may not workproperly.

Take your vehicle to an author-ized K900 Kia dealer and havethe system checked.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-38

(Continued)

D r i vi n g

y o ur

v eh i c

5

When the EPB is applied from AutoHold, the notice will illuminate on theLCD display. Also, warning chimesounds once.

If it is impossible to apply EPB fromAuto Hold, the notice will illuminateon the LCD display. Also, warningchime sounds once. In that time,apply the brake pedal.

If you did not apply the brake pedalwhen you release the Auto Hold bypressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch,the notice will illuminate on the LCDdisplay. Also, warning chime soundsonce.

OKH053042N


OKH053040N


OKH053041N


If this notice illuminates, theAuto Hold and EPB may notoperate For your safety apply

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


cl e

5-39

operate. For your safety, applythe brake pedal.


When you press the [AUTO HOLD]switch, if the driver door, enginehood and trunk are not closed or thedriver seat belt is not fastened, thenotice will illuminate on the LCD dis-play. Also warning chime soundsonce. In that time, press the [AUTOHOLD] button after closing the driverdoor, engine hood and trunk and fas-

tening the seat belt.

Anti-lock brake system (ABS)

ABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci-dents due to improper or dangerousdriving maneuvers. Even thoughvehicle control is improved duringemergency braking, always maintaina safe distance between you andobjects ahead. Vehicle speedsshould always be reduced duringextreme road conditions.

The vehicle should be driven at

reduced speeds in the following cir-cumstances:

• When driving on rough, gravel orsnow-covered roads

• When driving with tire chainsinstalled

• When driving on roads where theroad surface is pitted or has differ-ent surface heights.

Driving in these conditions increasesthe stopping distance for your vehi-

The ABS continuously senses thespeed of the wheels. If the wheels

are going to lock, the ABS systemrepeatedly modulates the hydraulicbrake pressure to the wheels.

When you apply your brakes underconditions which may lock thewheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’sound from the brakes, or feel a cor-responding sensation in the brakepedal. This is normal and it means

your ABS is active.In order to obtain the maximum ben-efit from your ABS in an emergencysituation, do not attempt to modulateyour brake pressure and do not try topump your brakes. Press your brakepedal as hard as possible or as hardas the situation allows the ABS tocontrol the force being delivered tothe brakes.

OKH053046N


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-40

the stopping distance for your vehicle.

D r i vi n g

y o ur

v eh i c l

5

NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehi-cle begins to move after the engine isstarted. These conditions are normaland indicate that the anti-lock brakesystem is functioning properly.

• Even with the anti-lock brake sys-tem, your vehicle still requires suf-ficient stopping distance. Always

maintain a safe distance from thevehicle in front of you.

• Always slow down when cornering.The anti-lock brake system cannotprevent accidents resulting fromexcessive speeds.

• On loose or uneven road surfaces,operation of the anti-lock brakesystem may result in a longer stop-ping distance than for vehiclesequipped with a conventionalbrake system.

The ABS warning light will stay on forapproximately 3 seconds after theignition switch is ON. During thattime, the ABS will go through self-diagnosis and the light will go off ifeverything is normal. If the light stayson, you may have a problem withyour ABS but your regular brakes willwork normally. Contact an authorized

K900 Kia dealer as soon as possible.

• When you drive on a road withpoor traction, such as an icy road,

and operated your brakes continu-ously, the ABS will be active con-tinuously and the ABS warninglight may illuminate. Pull your vehi-cle over to a safe place and stopthe engine.

• Restart the engine. If the ABSwarning light is off, then your ABSis normal. Otherwise, you may

have a problem with the ABS.Contact an authorized K900 Kiadealer as soon as possible.

WKH-014

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


l e

5-41

y


NOTICEWhen you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, theengine may not run as smoothly andthe ABS warning light may turn onat the same time. This happensbecause of the low battery voltage. Itdoes not mean your ABS has mal-functioned.• Do not pump your brakes!• Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

Electronic stability control(ESC)

The Electronic Stability control(ESC) system is designed to stabi-lize the vehicle during corneringmaneuvers. ESC checks where youare steering and where the vehicle isactually going. ESC applies the

brakes on individual wheels andintervenes with the engine manage-

t t t t bili th hi l

Electronic stability control (ESC) willnot prevent accidents. Excessive

speed in turns, abrupt maneuversand hydroplaning on wet surfacescan still result in serious accidents.Only a safe and attentive driver canprevent accidents by avoidingmaneuvers that cause the vehicle tolose traction. Even with ESCinstalled, always follow all the normalprecautions for driving - includingdriving at safe speeds for the condi-tions.

The Electronic Stability Control(ESC) system is an electronic sys-tem designed to help the driver main-tain vehicle control under adverseconditions. It is not a substitute forsafe driving practices. Factors includ-ing speed, road conditions and driv-er steering input can all affect

whether ESC will be effective in pre-venting a loss of control. It is still yourresponsibility to drive and corner at

OKH053043N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-42

ment system to stabilize the vehicle. responsibility to drive and corner atreasonable speeds and to leave asufficient margin of safety.

D r i vi n g

y o ur

v eh i c l e

5

When you apply your brakes underconditions which may lock the

wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’sound from the brakes, or feel a cor-responding sensation in the brakepedal. This is normal and it meansyour ESC is active.

ESC operation

ESC ON condition

• When the ignition isturned ON, ESC andESC OFF indicator lightsilluminate for approxi-mately 3 seconds, thenESC is turned on.

• Press the ESC OFF but-ton for at least half a sec-ond after turning the igni-

tion ON to turn ESC off.(ESC OFF indicator willilluminate). To turn theESC on, press the ESCOFF button (ESC OFFindicator light will go off).

• When starting theengine, you may hear aslight ticking sound. This

is the ESC performing anautomatic system self-check and does not indi-

When operating

When the ESC is in opera-tion, ESC indicator lightblinks.

• When the ElectronicStability Control is operat-ing properly, you can feela slight pulsation in thevehicle. This is only theeffect of brake controland indicates nothing

unusual.• When moving out of the

mud or slippery road,pressing the acceleratorpedal may not cause theengine rpm (revolutionsper minute) to increase.

-

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


e

5-43

check and does not indicate a problem.


ESC operation off

ESC OFF state

This car has 2 kinds ofESC off states.

If the engine stops whenESC is off, ESC remainsoff. Upon restarting theengine, the ESC will auto-matically turn on again.

• ESC off state 1

To cancel ESC operation, press theESC OFF button (ESC OFF )shortly (ESC OFF indicator light(ESC OFF ) illuminates). At thisstate, the engine control functiondoes not operate. It means the trac-tion control function does not oper-ate. Brake control function only oper-ates.

• ESC off state 2

To cancel ESC operation, press theESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) formore than 3 seconds. ESC OFF indi-cator light (ESC OFF ) illuminatesand ESC OFF warning chime willsound. At this state, the engine con-trol function and brake control func-tion do not operate. It means the carstability control function does notoperate any more.



8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-44

D r i vi n g

y o ur

v eh i c l e

5

Indicator light

When the ignition switch is turnedON, the indicator light illuminates,then goes off if ESC system is oper-ating normally.

The ESC indicator light blinks when-ever ESC is operating.

The ESC indicator light blinks when-ever ESC is operating or illuminateswhen ESC fails to operate.

Driving with varying tire or wheelsizes may cause the ESC system to

malfunction. When replacing tires,make sure they are the same size asyour original tires.

ESC OFF usage

When driving

• It’s a good idea to keep the ESCturned on for daily driving whenev-er possible.

• To turn ESC off while driving, pressthe ESC OFF button while drivingon a flat road surface.

Never press the ESC OFF buttonwhile ESC is operating (ESC indica-tor light blinks).

If ESC is turned off while ESC isoperating, the vehicle may slip out ofcontrol.

Electronic stability control

Drive carefully even though yourvehicle has Electronic StabilityControl. It can only assist you inmaintaining control under cer-tain circumstances.

WARNING

Operating ESC

Never press the ESC OFF but-

ton while ESC is operating.If the ESC is turned off whileESC is operating the vehicle

WARNING

■ ESC indicator light

■ ESC OFF indicator light

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


e

5-45

The ESC OFF indicator light comeson when the ESC is turned off withthe button.

ESC is operating, the vehiclemay go out of control.


Hill-start assist control (HAC)

Hill start Assist Control is a comfortfunction. The main intent is to pre-vent the vehicle from rolling back-wards while driving uphill on aninclined surface. HAC holds the brak-ing pressure builtup by driver duringstopping procedure for 2 secondsafter releasing brake pedal.

During the pressure-hold period, thedriver has enough time to press the

accelerator pedal to drive off.The braking pressure is reduced assoon as the system detects the dri-ver’s intention to drive off.

• The HAC does not operate whenthe transaxle shift lever is in the P

(Park) or N (Neutral) position.• The HAC activates even though

the ESC is off but it does not acti-vate when the ESC has malfunc-tioned.

Good braking practices

• Check to be sure the parking brakeis not engaged and that the park-ing brake indicator light is outbefore driving away.

• Driving through water may get thebrakes wet. They can also get wetwhen the vehicle is washed. Wetbrakes can be dangerous! Yourvehicle will not stop as quickly if thebrakes are wet. Wet brakes may

cause the vehicle to pull to oneside.

To dry the brakes, apply the brakeslightly until the braking actionreturns to normal, taking care tokeep the vehicle under control atall times. If the braking action doesnot return to normal, stop as soonas it is safe to do so and call anauthorized K900 Kia dealer forassistance.

• Don't coast down hills with the

Activating HAC

Drivers should pay close atten-tion when activating the HAC.The vehicle may roll backward

i id d

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-46

vehicle out of gear. This is extreme-ly hazardous. Keep the vehicle ingear at all times, use the brakes toslow down, then shift to a lowergear so that engine braking willhelp you maintain a safe speed.

causing an accident due toinsufficient brake hold pressure.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal.Resting your foot on the brake

pedal while driving can be danger-ous because the brakes mightoverheat and lose their effective-ness. It also increases the wear ofthe brake components.

• If a tire goes flat while you are driv-ing, apply the brakes gently andkeep the vehicle pointed straightahead while you slow down. Whenyou are moving slowly enough for itto be safe to do so, pull off the roadand stop in a safe place.

• If your vehicle is equipped with anautomatic transaxle, don't let yourvehicle creep forward. To avoidcreeping forward, keep your footfirmly on the brake pedal when thevehicle is stopped.

• Be cautious when parking on a hill.Firmly engage the parking brake

and place the shift lever in P(Park). If your vehicle is facingdownhill, turn the front wheels intothe curb to help keep the vehiclefrom rolling. If your vehicle is facinguphill, turn the front wheels awayfrom the curb to help keep the vehi-cle from rolling. If there is no curbor if it is required by other condi-tions to keep the vehicle from

rolling, block the wheels.• Under some conditions your park-

ing brake can freeze in the engagedposition. This is most likely to hap-pen when there is an accumulationof snow or ice around or near therear brakes or if the brakes are wet.If there is a risk that the parkingbrake may freeze, apply it only tem-

porarily while you put the shift leverin P (Park) and block the rearwheels so the vehicle cannot roll.

• Do not hold the vehicle on theupgrade with the accelerator

pedal. This can cause the transaxleto overheat. Always use the brakepedal or parking brake.

D r i vi n g

y o ur

v eh i c l e

5

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Then release the parking brake.

5-47


The AVSM assists the driver by pro-viding notification is the system

detects on object ahead that is tooclose to the vehicle and which mayrequire the dirver to apply the brakepedal or reduce vehicle speed. If theAVSM detects such an object, thesystem will issue a caution message,provide a warning sound, and theseat belt vibrate.

❈ The seat belt vibration is a option-al function. • If the AVSM senses the objectahead is too close to the vehiclethat the driver needs to operate thebrake pedal, the warning lightabove will illuminate.

Immediately reduce your speed.

• If the AVSM senses objects, thewarning sound also operates and

the seat belt vibrates.Immediately reduce your speed.

This system is only a supplementalsystem and it is not intended to, nor

does it replace the need for extremecare and attention of the driver. Thesensing range and objectsdetectable by the sensors are limit-ed. Pay attention to the road condi-tions at all times.

ADVANCED VEHICLE SAFETY MANAGEMENT (AVSM) (IF EQUIPPED)

OKH053049N


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-48

❈ The seat belt vibration is a option-al function.

D r i vi n g

y o ur v eh i c l e

5

Brake operation

• If the driver releases the accelera-

tor after the warning, the AVSMautomatically brakes the vehiclegently.

• If the driver hits the brake to reducevehicle speed, the brake assistantsystem operates to raise brakingefficiency.

• If the system detects that theobject is at a fair distance away

and the driver depresses the accel-erator or releases the brake pedal,braking will stop.

Seat belt operating (if equipped)

The seat belt may tighten if the sys-

tem detects that a vehicle of object isclose.

User setting mode

1.In user setting mode select theAVSM.

2.If you select [OFF], the warning forcollision or brake control is can-celled and [AVSM OFF] indicatorwill turn on. If you select [ON], thewarning for collision or brake con-

trol is operated and [AVSM OFF]indicator will turn off.

OKH053123N


The AVSM does not stop thevehicle completely and doesnot avoid collisions. Always

look ahead cautiously to pre-vent unexpected and suddensituations from occurring.

WARNING

The AVSM operates accordingto the distance to the vehicleahead, the relative velocity ofthe vehicles and the driver's

operation of the brake or accel-erator pedal. Always pay atten-tion to the road and road condi-tions.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-49


Malfunction indicator

• The AVSM OFF indicator will illu-minate when the Engine Start/StopButton is turned ON, but should gooff after approximately 3 seconds.If the indicator does not come on,or continuously remains on after

coming on for about 3 secondswhen you turn the EngineStart/Stop Button to the ON posi-tion or if the indicator comes on

• The AVSM OFF indicator may illu-minate when the ESC indicator or

SCC indicator comes on, but itdoes not indicate a malfunction ofthe AVSM.

OKH053118N


• When the AVSM system isturned off, make sure that thevehicle is stopped.

• When the engine is started,the AVSM is automaticallyturned on. To turn the AVSMsystem off, select the AVSMOFF in USM (User SettingsMode).

• If the AVSM ON is selected inUSM (User Settings Mode),and if the ESC is turned off bypressing the ESC OFF button,the AVSM function is automat-ically cancelled.

CAUTION

The AVSM is not a substitute forsafe driving practices. It is theresponsibility of the driver toalways check the speed and thedistance to the vehicle ahead.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-50

tion, or if the indicator comes onwhile driving, the AVSM is notworking properly. Take your vehicleto an authorized K900 Kia dealerand have the system checked.

D r i vi n g

y o ur v eh i c l e

5

• Even if there is a malfunctionto the brake operation of theAVSM, when you depress thebrake pedal, the brake oper-ates normally. AVSM brakeoperation does not operate incertain hazardous situations.

• The AVSM is designed tofunction above approximately

10 mph (15 km/h) and belowapproximately 110 mph (180km/h).

• The AVSM does not detect:

- Persons or animals.

- Oncoming vehicles in theopposite lane or a vehicle inan intersection.

- Stopped objects.

• The AVSM can not detect theobjects, when:

(Continued)

- There is interference byelectromagnetic waves.

- There are strong radarreflections.

- Driving in a curve.

- Driving uphill or downhill.

- Driving in areas under con-struction.

- A object ahead is very nar-row such as motorcycles orbicycles.

- A vehicle cuts in suddenly.

• The AVSM brake operationdoes not operate, if the driverdoes not release the accelera-tor pedal or does not operatethe brake pedal.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-51

- The sensors are stainedwith dirt or covered.

- There is heavy rain or heavysnow.

(Continued)

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


D r i vi n g

y o ur v eh i c l e

5

ECO mode (Active ECO)

Active ECO helps improve fuel effi-ciency by controlling certain engineand transaxle system operatingparameters. Fuel efficiency dependson the driver's driving habit and roadcondition.

• When the DRIVE MODE button ispressed and the ECO mode isselected, the ECO indicator(green) will illuminate to show thatthe Active ECO is operating.

• When the Active ECO is activated,and the engine start/stop button isturned off and on it will change toNORMAL mode. To turn on the

ECO mode press the DRIVEMODE button till it is selected.

When Active ECO is activated:

• The acceleration may slightly be

reduced eventhough you depressthe accelerator fully.

• The air conditioner performancemay be limited

• The shift pattern of the automatictransaxle may change.

• The engine noise may get louder.

The above situations are normalconditions when the active eco sys-tem is activated to improve fuel effi-ciency.

Limitation of Active ECO opera-tion:

If the following conditions occur whileActive ECO is operating, the systemoperation is limited even thoughthere is no change in the ECO indi-cator.

• When the coolant temperature islow:

The system will be limited untilengine performance becomes nor-

mal.• When driving up a hill:

The system will be limited to gainpower when driving uphill becausethe engine torque is restricted.

• When using manual mode:

The system will be limited accord-ing to the shift location.

• When the accelerator pedal isdeeply depressed for a few sec-onds:

The system will be limited judging

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-53

The system will be limited, judgingthat the driver wants to speed up.


SPORT mode

SPORT mode focuses on dynamicdriving by automatically controllingthe steering wheel, engine andtransaxle system.

• When the DRIVE MODE button ispressed and the SPORT mode isselected, the SPORT indicator (yel-low) will illuminate.

• When the SPORT mode is activat-ed, and the engine start/stop buttonis turned off and on it will change toNORMAL mode. To turn on theSPORT mode press DRIVE MODEbutton again.

• If the system is activated:

- After speeding, it maintains thegear and RPM for some timeeven though the accelerator

NOTICEIn Sport drive mode, the fuel effi-

ciency may decrease.

SNOW mode (if equipped)

Snow mode helps the driver to drivemore effectively on slippery roadssuch as snowy or muddy roads.

• If the SNOW MODE button ispressed, the SNOW mode will oper-

ate regardless of whichever DRIVEmode (NORMAL/SPORT/ECO) isoperating. If the button is pressedonce more, the DRIVE mode (NOR-MAL/SPORT/ECO) that was operat-ing previously will operate.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-54

even though the acceleratorpedal is not depressed.

- Up-shifting is delayed.

D r i vi n g

y o ur v

eh i c l e

5

The cruise control system allows youto program the vehicle to maintain aconstant speed without depressingthe accelerator pedal.

This system is designed to functionabove approximately 20 mph(30 km/h).

If the cruise control is left on,(CRUISE indicator light in the instru-ment cluster illuminated) the cruisecontrol can be switched on acciden-tally. Keep the cruise control system

Use the cruise control system onlywhen traveling on open highways in

good weather.Do not use the cruise control whendriving in heavy or varying traffic, oron slippery (rainy, icy or snow-cov-ered) or winding roads or over 6%up-hill or down-hill roads.

NOTICE• During normal cruise control

operation, when the SET switch isactivated or reactivated afterapplying the brakes, the cruisecontrol will energize after approx-imately 3 seconds. This delay isnormal.

• To activate cruise control, depressthe brake pedal at least once afterturning the ignition switch to theON position or starting the engine.This is to check if the brake switchwhich is important part to cancelcruise control is in normal condi-

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OKH053062N

Misuse of Cruise Controlor Cruise Control Misuse

Do not use cruise control if thetraffic situation does not allowyou to drive safely at a constantspeed and with sufficient dis-tance to the vehicle in front.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-55

y p yoff (CRUISE indicator light OFF)when the cruise control is not in use,to avoid inadvertently setting aspeed.

tion.


Cruise control switch

CRUISE : Turns cruise control sys-tem on or off.

CANCEL : Cancels cruise controloperation.

RES+: Resumes or increases cruisecontrol speed.

SET-: Sets or decreases cruise con-trol speed.

To set cruise control speed:

1.Move the lever up (to CRUISE), toturn the system on. The CRUISEindicator light will illuminate.

2.Accelerate to the desired speed,which must be more than 20 mph(30 km/h).

3.Lever must be moved down (toSET-) prior to setting any desiredspeed. The SET indicator light inthe instrument cluster will illumi-nate. Release the accelerator atthe same time. The desired speedwill automatically be maintained.

On a steep grade, the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly while

going uphill or downhill.

OKH053119N OKH053058N

OKH053059N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-56

D r i vi n g

y o ur v

eh i c l e

5

To increase cruise control setspeed:

Follow either of these procedures:

• Move the lever up (to RES+) andhold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.Release the lever at the speed youwant.

• Move the lever up (to RES+) andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will increase by 2.0 km/h or1 mph each time you move thel (t RES ) i thi

To decrease the cruisingspeed:


• Move the lever down (to SET-) andhold it. Your vehicle will graduallyslow down. Release the lever at thespeed you want to maintain.

• Move the lever down (to SET-) andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will decrease by 2.0 km/h or1 mph each time you move thel d (t SET ) i thi

To temporarily accelerate withthe cruise control on:

If you want to speed up temporarilywhen the cruise control is on,depress the accelerator pedal.Increased speed will not interferewith cruise control operation orchange the set speed.

To return to the set speed, take yourfoot off the accelerator pedal.

If you move the lever down (to SET-)

at increased speed, the cruisingspeed will be set again.

OKH053060N OKH053059N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-57

lever up (to RES+) in this manner. lever down (to SET-) in this man-ner.


To cancel cruise control, doone of the following:

• Depress the brake pedal.

• Shift into N (Neutral) with an auto-matic transaxle.

• Move up the lever (to CANCEL)located on the steering wheel.

• Decrease the vehicle speed lowerthan the memory speed by 12 mph(20 km/h).

• Decrease the vehicle speed to less

• The ESC is operating.

• Downshifting to the 2nd gear with

manual mode.• Operating the EPB switch. Do not

operate the parking brake whiledriving except in an emergency sit-uation.

Each of these actions will cancel cruise control operation (the SETindicator light in the instrument clus-

ter will go off), but it will not turn the system off. If you wish to resume cruise control operation, move up the lever (to RES+) located on your steering wheel. You will return to your previously preset speed.

To resume cruising speed atmore than approximately 20

mph (30 km/h):

If any method other than theCRUISE lever was used to cancelcruising speed and the system is stillactivated, the most recent set speedwill automatically resume when you

move the lever up (to RES+).It will not resume, however, if thevehicle speed has dropped belowapproximately 20 mph (30 km/h)

OKH053061N

OKH053060N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-58

Decrease the vehicle speed to lessthan approximately 20 mph (30km/h).

• Increasing the vehicle speed tomore than approximately 125 mph(200 km/h).

approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).

D r i vi n g

y o ur v

eh i c l e

5

NOTICEAlways check the road conditions

when you move the lever up (toRES+) to resume the speed.

To turn cruise control off, doone of the following:

• Move the lever up (to CRUISE).(the CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster will go off)

• Turn the Engine Start / Stop Buttonoff.

Both of these actions cancel cruise control operation. If you want to

resume cruise control operation,repeat the steps provided in “To set cruise control speed” on the previous page.

OKH053058N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-59


➀ Cruise indicator➁ SET indicator

➂ Set speed

The ASCC allows you to program thevehicle to maintain a set speed so

long as it is not limited by traffic.When traffic is encountered the vehi-cle will slow down to maintain a setdistance behind traffic withoutdepressing the accelerator or brakepedal.

ADVANCED SMART CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (ASCC) (IF EQUIPPED)

OKH053062N

OKH053063N

■ Type A ■ Type B• If the ASCC is left on, (CRUISE

indicator light in the instru-ment cluster illuminated) theASCC can be activated unin-tentionally. Keep the ASCC off(CRUISE indicator light OFF)when the ASCC is not in use,to avoid inadvertently settinga speed.

• Use the ASCC only when trav-

eling on open highways ingood weather.

(Continued)

(Continued)

• Do not use the ASCC when itmay not be safe to keep thecar at a constant speed, forinstance, driving in heavy orvarying traffic, or on slippery(rainy, icy or snow-covered) orwinding roads or over 6% up-hill or down-hill roads.

• Pay particular attention to thedriving conditions whenever

using the ASCC.• Be careful when driving down-

hill using the ASCC.

• The ASCC is not a substitutefor safe driving practices. It isthe responsibility of the driverto always check the speedand distance to the vehicleahead.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-60

p

➃ Vehicle-to-vehicle distance

D r i vi n g

y o ur v

eh i c l e

5

Speed setting (ASCC)

To set cruise control speed:

1.Move the lever up (to CRUISE), toturn the system on. The CRUISEindicator light in the instrumentcluster will illuminate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed.

• 20 mph (30 km/h) ~ 110 mph(180 km/h) : when there is novehicle in front

• 0 mph (0 km/h) ~ 110 mph (180

3.Lever must be moved down (toSET-) prior to setting any desiredspeed. The SET indicator light, setspeed and vehicle to vehicle dis-tance on the LCD screen will illu-minate.

4.Release the accelerator pedal. Thedesired speed will automatically bemaintained.

If there is a vehicle in front of you, the speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle ahead.

O t d th hi l

To increase cruise control set speed:


• Move the lever up (to RES+), andhold it. Your vehicle set speed willincrease by 5 mph (10 km/h).Release the lever at the speed youwant.

• Move the lever up (to RES+), andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will increase by 1 mph (1.0km/h) each time you move the

OKH053058N

OKH053059N

OKH053060N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-61

km/h) : when there is a vehicle infront

On a steep grade, the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly while going uphill or downhill.

km/h) each time you move thelever up (to RES+) in this manner.

• ASCC will operate to a maximumsetting of 110 mph (180 km/h).However all local speed limit lawsmust be followed.


To decrease the crusie control set speed:


• Move the lever down (to SET-), andhold it. Your vehicle set speed willdecrease by 5 mph (10 km/h).Release the lever at the speed youwant.

• Move the lever down (to SET-), andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will decrease by 1 mph (1.0km/h) each time you move the

To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on:

If you want to speed up temporarilywhen the cruise control is on,depress the accelerator pedal.Increased speed will not interferewith cruise control operation orchange the set speed.

To return to the set speed, take yourfoot off the accelerator.

If you move the lever down (to SET-)

at increased speed, the cruisingspeed will be set again.

NOTICEBe careful when accelerating tem-porarily, because the speed is notregulated automatically at this timeeven if there is a vehicle in front of you.

ASCC will be temporarily canceled when:

Cancelled manually

• The brake pedal is depressed.

• Move down the lever (to CANCEL)located on the steering wheel.

The ASCC turns off temporarilywhen the indicator on the LCD dis-play turns off.

The CRUISE indicator is illuminated

OKH053059N OKH053061N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-62

km/h) each time you move thelever down (to SET-) in this man-ner.

• You can set the cruise control to anyspeed above 20 mph (30 km/h).

The CRUISE indicator is illuminatedcontinuously.

D r i vi n g

y o ur v

eh i c l e

5

Cancelled automatically

• The driver's door is opened.

• The shift lever is shifted to N(Neutral), R (Reverse) or D (Drive).

• The EPB (electronic parking brake)is applied.

• The vehicle speed is over 110 mph(180 km/h)

• The vehicle stops on a steepincline.

• The ESC or ABS is operating.

• The ESC is turned off.

• The sensor or the cover is dirty orblocked with foreign matter.

• When the vehicle is stopped forover 5 minutes.

• The vehicle stops and go repeat-edly for a long period of time.

• The driver starts driving by

depressing the accelerator pedalor move up the lever (to RES+), if avehicle stops far away ahead of theyour vehicle.

• The accelerator pedal is continu-ously depressed for more than 1

minute.Each of these actions will cancelthe ASCC operation. (the SET indi-cator, set speed and vehicle tovehicle distance on the LCD dis-play will go off.)

In a condition the ASCC is can-celled automatically, the ASCC willnot resume even though the RES+

or SET- lever is moved. Also, theEPB (electronic parking brake) willbe applied when the vehicle isstopped.

If the system is cancelled, the warn-ing chime will sound and a messagewill appear for a few seconds.

You must adjust the vehicle speed bydepressing the accelerator or brakepedal according to the road conditionahead and driving condition.

Always check the road conditions.Do not rely on the warning chime.

If the ASCC is cancelled by otherthan the reasons mentioned,

have the system checked by anauthorized K900 Kia dealer.

CAUTION

OKH053068N


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-63

y


To resume cruise control set speed:

If any method other than theCRUISE lever was used to cancelcruising speed and the system is stillactivated, the cruising speed willautomatically resume when youmove the lever up/down (to RES+ or

SET-).If you move the lever up (to RES+),the speed will resume to the recentlyset speed. It will not resume if the

NOTICEAlways check the road conditions

when you move the lever up (toRES+) to resume speed.

To turn cruise control off:

Move the lever up (to CRUISE). (theCRUISE indicator light in the instru-ment cluster will go off).

OKH053060N

OKH053058N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-64

pvehicle speed has dropped belowapproximately 20 mph (30 km/h).

D r i vi n g

y o ur v eh i c l e

5

Vehicle to vehicle distancesetting (ASCC)

To set vehicle to vehicle distance:

This function allows you to programthe vehicle to maintain relative dis-tance to the vehicle ahead withoutdepressing the accelerator pedal orbrake pedal.

The vehicle to vehicle distance willautomatically activate when the

ASCC is on.Select the appropriate distanceaccording to road conditions andvehicle speed.

Each time the button is pressed, thevehicle to vehicle distance changesas follows:

For example, if you drive at 56 mph(90 km/h), the distance is maintainedas follows;

Distance 4 - approximately 172 feet

(52.5 m)Distance 3 - approximately 130 feet

(40 m)

Distance 2 - approximately 106 feet

NOTICEThe 'Distance 4' is always set when

the system is used for the first timeafter starting the engine.

OKH053069N

Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2

Distance 1

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-65

Distance 2 approximately 106 feet(32.5 m)

Distance 1 - approximately 82 feet(25 m)



Distance 4

Distance 2 Distance 1

Distance 3



• The vehicle will maintain the set speed, when the lane ahead is clear.• The vehicle will slow down or speed up within selected speed to maintain

the selected distance, when there is a vehicle ahead of you in the lane. (Avehicle will appear in front of your vehicle in the LCD display only when

OKH053070N/OKH053071N

• The warning chime soundsand malfunction indicatorblinks if it is hard to maintainthe selected distance to thevehicle ahead.

• If the warning chime sounds,actively adjust the vehiclespeed by depressing thebrake pedal according to the

road condition ahead anddriving condition.

• Even if the warning chime isnot activated, always payattention to the driving condi-tions to prevent dangeroussituations from occurring.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-66

vehicle will appear in front of your vehicle in the LCD display only whenthere is an actual vehicle in front of you)

• If the vehicle ahead speeds up, your vehicle will travel at a steady cruisingspeed after accelerating to the selected speed.

D r i vi n g

y o ur v eh i c l e

5

In traffic situation

In traffic, your vehicle will stop if thevehicle ahead of you stops. Also, ifthe vehicle ahead of you starts mov-ing, your vehicle will start as well.However, if the vehicle stops formore than 3 seconds, you mustdepress the accelerator pedal ormove the lever (to RES+ or SET-) to

start driving.

Sensor to detect distance to the vehicle ahead

The sensor detects distance to thevehicle ahead.

If the sensor is covered with dirt orother foreign matter, the vehicle tovehicle distance control may notoperate correctly.

Always keep the sensor clean.

OKH053072N

OKH053073N

OKH053074N



If the vehicle ahead (vehiclespeed: less than 20 mph (30km/h)) disappears to the nextlane, the warning chime willsound and a message willappear. Adjust your vehiclespeed for vehicles or objectsthat can suddenly appear infront of you by depressing thebrake pedal according to theroad condition ahead and driv-

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-67

oad co d t o a ead a d ding condition.


Sensor malfunction indicator

If the sensor or cover is

dirty or obscured with for-eign matter such as snow,the indicator will illuminate.Clean the sensor by usinga soft cloth.

ASCC malfunction indicator

The warning light illumi-

nates when the vehicle tovehicle distance controlsystem is not functioningnormally.

Take your vehicle to anauthorized K900 Kia dealerand have the systemchecked.

• Do not install accessoriesaround the sensor and do notreplace the bumper by your-self. It may interfere with thesensor performance.

• Always keep the sensor andbumper clean.

• To prevent sensor cover dam-age from occurring, wash the

car with a soft cloth.• Do not damage the sensor or

sensor area by a strongimpact. If the sensor movesslightly off position, the ASCCwill not operate correctly.

If this occurs, have your vehi-cle checked by an authorizedK900 Kia dealer as soon as

possible.• Use only a genuine Kia sensor

cover for your vehicle.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-68

D r i vi n g

y o ur v eh i c l e

5

To convert to cruise controlmode:

The driver may choose to only use

1.Turn the ASCC on (the cruise indi-cator light will be on but the systemwill not be activated).

2.Push the distance to distanceswitch for more than 2 seconds.

3.Choose between "Smart cruisecontrol(SCC) mode" and "Cruisecontrol(CC) mode".

Limitations of the system

The ASCC may have limits to its abil-ity to detect distance to the vehicleahead due to road and traffic condi-tions.

On curves

• On curves, the ASCC may not

detect a moving vehicle in yourlane, and then your vehicle couldaccelerate to the set speed. Also,the vehicle speed will rapidly slowd h th hi l h d i


OKH053107N

■ Type A

■ Type A

■ Type B

■ Type BWhen using the cruise controlmode, you must manuallyassess the distance to othervehicles as the system will notautomatically brake to slowdown for other vehicles.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-69

y ythe cruise control mode (speed con-trol function) by doing as follows:

down when the vehicle ahead isrecognized suddenly.


• Select the appropriate set speedon curves and adjust your vehiclespeed by depressing the accelera-tor or brake pedal according to theroad condition ahead and drivingcondition.

• Your vehicle speed can be reduceddue to a vehicle in the adjacentlane. Adjust your vehicle speed bydepressing the brake pedalaccording to the road conditionahead and driving condition. Applythe accelerator pedal and selectthe appropriate set speed. Checkto be sure that the road conditions

permit safe operation of the ASCC.

On inclines

• During uphill or downhill driving,the ASCC may not detect a movingvehicle in your lane, and causeyour vehicle to accelerate to theset speed. Also, the vehicle speedwill rapidly slow down when thevehicle ahead is recognized sud-denly.

• Select the appropriate set speedon inclines and adjust your vehiclespeed by depressing the accelera-tor or brake pedal according to the

OKH053202N

OKH053201N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-70

p groad condition ahead and drivingcondition.

D r i vi n g

y o ur v e

h i c l e

5

Lane changing

• A vehicle which moves into yourlane from an adjacent lane cannotbe recognized by the sensor until itis in the sensor's detection range.

• The sensor may not detect imme-diately when a vehicle cuts in sud-denly. Always pay attention to thetraffic, road and driving conditions.

• If a vehicle which moves into yourlane is slower than your vehicle,your speed may decrease to main-tain the distance to the vehicle

• If a vehicle which moves into yourlane is faster than your vehicle,your vehicle will accelerate to theselected speed.

• Your vehicle may accelerate whena vehicle ahead of you disappears.

• When you are warned that thevehicle ahead of you is not detect-ed, drive with caution.

OKH053203N

OKH053204N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-71

a s aahead.


Vehicle recognition

Some vehicles ahead in your lanecannot be recognized by the sensoras follows:

- Narrow vehicles such as motorcy-cles or bicycles

- Vehicles offset to one side

- Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-

decelerating vehicles- Stopped vehicles

- Vehicles with small rear profilesuch as trailers with no loads

A vehicle ahead cannot be recog-nized correctly by the sensor if any offollowing occurs:

- When the vehicle is pointingupwards due to overloading in thetrunk

- While making turns by steering

- When driving to one side of thelane

- When driving on narrow lanes oron curves

Adjust your vehicle speed bydepressing the brake pedal accord-ing to the road condition ahead anddriving condition.

• When vehicles are at a standstilland the vehicle in front of youchanges to the next lane, be care-ful when your vehicle starts tomove because it may not recog-nize the stopped vehicle in front ofyou.

OKH053205N

OKH053206N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-72

D r i vi n g

y o ur v e

h i c l e

5

• Always look out for pedestrianswhen your vehicle is maintaining adistance with the vehicle ahead.

• Always be cautious for vehicleswith higher height or vehicles car-rying loads that sticks out to theback of the vehicle.

OKH053207N OKH053208N

• The ASCC cannot guaranteethe stop for every emergencysituation.

If an emergency stop is nec-essary, you must apply thebrakes.

• Keep a safe distance accord-ing to road conditions andvehicle speed. If the vehicle to

vehicle distance is too closeduring high-speed driving, aserious collision may result.

• The ASCC cannot recognize astopped vehicle, pedestriansor an oncoming vehicle.Always look ahead cautiouslyto prevent unexpected andsudden situations from occur-ring.

(Continued)

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-73


(Continued)

• When other vehicles are

changing lanes in front of youfrequently, the ASCC may notdetect the vehicle at certaintimes. Always look ahead cau-tiously to prevent unexpectedand sudden situations fromoccurring.

• The ASCC is not a substitutefor safe driving practices but

a convenience function only. Itis the responsibility of thedriver to always check thespeed and the distance to thevehicle ahead.

• Always be aware of the select-ed speed and vehicle to vehi-cle distance.

• Always maintain sufficientbraking distance and deceler-ate your vehicle by applyingthe brakes if necessary.

(Continued)

(Continued)

• As the ASCC may not recog-

nize complex driving situa-tions, always pay attention todriving conditions and controlyour vehicle speed.

• For safe operation, carefullyread and follow the instruc-tions in this manual beforeuse.

The ASCC may not operate tem-porarily due to electrical inter-ference.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-74

D r i vi n g

y o ur v e

h i c l e

5

This system detects the lane with asensor at the front windshield andnotifies you if it detects that yourvehicle leaves the lane.

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING SYSTEM (LDWS) (IF EQUIPPED)

OKH053075N

OKH053076N

• The LDWS does not make thevehicle change lanes. It is thedriver's responsibility toalways check the road condi-tions.

• Do not turn the steering wheelsuddenly if the LDWS warnsthat your vehicle is leaving thelane.

• If the sensor cannot detect thelane or if the vehicle speeddoes not exceed 44 mph (70km/h), the LDWS will not beable to notify you if the vehi-cle leaves the lane.

• If your vehicle has window tintor other types of coating onthe front windshield, theLDWS may not work properly.

• Prevent damage to the LDWSsensor from water or any liq-uid.

• Do not remove the LDWS

(Continued)

• Do not put objects that reflect

light on the dash board.• The operation of the LDWS

can be affected by several fac-tors (including environmentalconditions). It is the responsi-bility of the driver to payattention to the roadway andto maintain the vehicle in it'slane at all times.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-75

parts and do not damage thesensor by a strong impact.

(Continued)


To operate the LDWS, press the but-ton with the engine start/stop buttonin the ON position. The indicator(green) illuminates on the cluster. Tocancel the LDWS, press the buttonagain.

If the system detects that your vehi-cle is leaving the lane when theLDWS is operating and vehiclespeed exceeds 44 mph (70 km/h),the warning operates as follows:

1.Visual warningIf you leave the lane, the lane youleave on the LCD display blinks yel-low.

OKH053078N

OKH053079N

■ When the sensor detects the lane line

■ When the sensor doesn’t detect the lane line

OKH053080N

OKH053081N

■ Lane departure warning (Type A)

■ Lane departure warning (Type B)OKH053108N




8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-76

2.Auditory warning

If you leave the lane, the warningsound operates.

D r i vi n g

y o ur v e

h i c l e

5

Warning indicator

If the LDWS warning indicator (yel-low) comes on, the LDWS is notworking properly. Take your vehicleto an authorized K900 Kia dealerand have the system checked.

The LDWS does not operatewhen:

• The driver turns on the turn signalor the hazard warning flasher tochange lane.

• Driving on the lane line.

NOTICETo change lane, operate the turn sig-nal switch then change the lane.

The LDWS may not warn youeven if the vehicle leaves thelane, or may warn you even ifthe vehicle does not leave thelane when;

• The lane can't be visible due tosnow, rain, stain, a puddle or otherenvironmental conditions.

• The brightness of the outsidechanges suddenly such as tunnelenter/exit.

• Not turning on the headlight atnight or in the tunnel, or light levelis low.

• Difficult to distinguish the color ofthe lane from the road.

• Driving on a steep grade or acurve.

• Light such as street light, sunlightor oncoming vehicle light reflects

from water on the road.• The lens or windshield is stained

with foreign matter.

• The sensor cannot detect the lanebecause of fog heavy rain or

OKH053212N


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-77

because of fog, heavy rain orheavy snow.


• The surrounding of the inside rearview mirror temperature is highdue to a direct ray of light.

• The lane is very wide or narrow.

• The lane line is damaged or indis-tinct.

• The windshield is fogged by humidair in the vehicle.

• The shadow is on the lane line by amedian strip.

• The sensor cannot distinguish the

lane from the road due to the dust.• There is a mark similar to a lane

line.

• There is a boundary structure.

• The distance from vehicle ahead isvery short or the vehicle aheaddrives hiding the lane line.

• The vehicle vibrates heavily due toroad conditions.

• The lane number increases ordecreases or the lane lines arecrossing.

• Putting something on the dash-board

• Driving in areas under construc-tion.

• The lane line is more than two ineither side (Left/Right)

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-78

board.

• Driving with the sun in front of you.

D r i vi n g

y o ur v e

h i c l e

5

The Blind Spot Detection System(BSD) uses a radar sensor to alertthe driver.

It senses the rear side territory of thevehicle and provides an indication to

the driver if it detects an objectapproaching from these areas.

(1) BSD (Blind Spot Detection)

The warning range depends onyour vehicle speed. However, ifyour vehicle is about 6 mph (10km/h) faster than the other vehi-cle, the system will not warn you.

(2) LCA (Lane Change Assist)

If the system detects a vehicleapproaching you at high speed,the system will warn you.

(3) RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert)

If the sensor detects anapproaching vehicle from the leftand right side as your vehiclemoves rearward, the system willwarn you.

BLIND SPOT DETECTION SYSTEM (BSD) (IF EQUIPPED)

OVI053129L

• Always check the road condi-tion while driving for unex-pected situations even thoughthe Blind Spot DetectionSystem (BSD) is operating.

• The Blind Spot DetectionSystem (BSD) is a supplemen-tal system to assist you. Donot solely rely on the systemand always pay attention anddrive safely.

• The Blind Spot DetectionSystem (BSD) is not a substi-tute for proper and safe driv-ing. Always drive safely anduse caution when changinglanes or backing the vehicleup. The Blind Spot DetectionSystem (BSD) may not detect

every object alongside thevehicle.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-79


BSD (Blind Spot Detection) /LCA (Lane Change Assist)


The indicator on the switch will illumi-nate when the Blind Spot DetectionSystem (BSD) switch is pressed withthe Engine Start/Stop Button ON.

If vehicle speed exceeds about 18.6

mph (30 km/h), the system will acti-vate.

If you press the switch again, theswitch indicator and system will beturned off.

If the ignition switch is turned OFFand ON the system returns to theprevious state.

When the system is not used turn thesystem off by turning off the switch.

When the system is turned on thewarning light will illuminate for 3 sec-onds on the outside rearview mirror.

Warning type

The system will activate when:

1.The system is on2.Vehicle speed is above about 18.6

mph (30 km/h)

3.Other vehicles are detected in therear side

OKH053082N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-80

D r i vi n g

y o ur v e

h i c l e

5If a vehicle is detected within theboundary of the system, a warninglight will illuminate on the outsiderearview mirror and the head up dis-play.

If the detected vehicle is not in warn-ing range, the warning will turn offaccording to driving conditions.

The second stage alarm will activatewhen:

1.The first stage alert is on

2.The turn signal is on to change alane

When the second stage alert is acti-vated, a warning light will blink on theoutside rearview mirror, the head up

display and a alarm will sound.If you move the turn signal switch tothe original position, the secondstage alert will be deactivated.

OKH053084N

1st stage

OKH033020N

OKH033021N

2nd stage

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-81


Detecting sensor

The sensors are located inside of therear bumper.

Always keep the rear bumper cleanfor the system to work properly.

Warning message

The message will appear to notifythe driver if there are foreign sub-stances on the rear bumper or it ishot near the rear bumper. The lighton the switch and the system willturn off automatically.

Remove the foreign matter on therear bumper.

If the system does not work normallyeven though the foreign matter isremoved, take your vehicle to anauthorized K900 Kia dealer and have

If the system does not work properly,a warning message will appear andthe light on the switch will turn off.The system will turn off automatical-ly.

Have your vehicle inspected by anauthorized K900 Kia dealer.

OKH053085N OKH053086N

OKH053087N



8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-82

authorized K900 Kia dealer and havethe system checked.

D r i vi n g

y o ur v e

h i c l e

5

RCTA (Rear cross traffic alert)

When your vehicle moves backwardsfrom a parking position, the sensordetects approaching vehicles to theleft or right side direction and givesinformation to the driver.


• The indicator on the switch will llu-minate when the Blind SpotDetection System (BSD) switch ispressed with the Engine Start/StopButton ON.

The system will turn on and stand-by to activate.

• The system operates when thevehicle speed is below about 6.2mph (10 km/h) with the shift lever

in R (Reverse).• The RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic

Alert) detecting range is about 1.6feet ~ 65.6 feet (0.5 m ~ 20m)based on the side direction.However, the system sensingrange is different base on condi-tions. Always pay attention to thesurrounding.

OKH053082NOVI053131

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-83


Warning type

• If the vehicle detected by the sen-sors approaches your vehicle, thewarning chime will sound, thewarning light on the outside

• If the detected vehicle is out of thesensing range of your vehicle,move the vehicle away from the

detected object slowly; the warningwill be cancelled.

• The system may not operate prop-erly due to other factors or circum-stances. Always pay attention toyour surrounding.

❈ If your vehicle's left or right sidebumper is blinded by barrier orvehicles, the system sensing abili-

ty may be reduced.

OKH053209N

OKH053213N

• The warning light on the out-side rearview mirror will illu-minate whenever a vehicle isdetected at the rear side bythe system.

To avoid accidents, do notfocus only on the warninglight and neglect to see thesurrounding of the vehicle.

• Drive safely even though thevehicle is equipped with aBlind Spot Detection System(BSD) and Rear Cross TrafficAlert (RCTA). Do not solelyrely on the system but checkfor yourself before changinglanes or backing the vehicleup.

The system may not alert the

driver in some conditions soalways check the surround-ings while driving.

(Continued)

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-84

warning light on the outsiderearview mirror will blink and amessage will appear on the LCDdisplay.

D r i vi n g

y o ur v eh i c l e

5

Non-operating condition

Driver's Attention

The driver must be cautious in thebelow situations for the system maynot detect other vehicles or objects incertain circumstances.

- Curved roads, tollgates, etc.

- The surrounding of the sensor ispolluted with rain, snow, mud, etc

- The rear bumper near the sensor is

covered or hidden with a foreignmatter such as a sticker, bumperguard, bicycle stand etc.

- The rear bumper is damaged orthe sensor is out of place.

- The height of the vehicle is alteredsuch as when the trunk is loadedwith heavy objects, or there is lowtire pressure etc.

- Bad weather such as heavy rain orsnow.

- A fixed object is near such as aguardrail, tunnel, human and ani-mal etc.

(Continued)

• The Blind Spot Detection

System (BSD) and Rear CrossTraffic Alert (RCTA) are not asubstitute for proper and safedriving. Always drive safelyand use caution when chang-ing lanes or backing the vehi-cles up. The Blind SpotDetection System (BSD) maynot detect every object along-side the vehicle.

• The system may not workproperly if the bumper hasbeen replaced or if repairwork has been done near thesensor.

• The detection area differsaccording to the roads width.If the road is narrow the sys-tem may detect other vehiclesin the next lane.

• In addition, if the road is verywide the system may notdetect other vehicles.

• The system may turn off dueto strong electromagneticwaves.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-85

- Metal substances are near thevehicles such as in a constructionarea.


- A big vehicle is near such as a busor truck.

- A motorcycle or bicycle is near.

- A flat trailer like vehicle is near.

- If the vehicle has started at thesame time as the vehicle next to itand has accelerated.

- When the other vehicle passes byvery fast.

- When changing lanes.

- When going down or up a steep

road where the height of the lane isdifferent.

- When the other vehicle drives atthe rear very nearby or drives veryclose.

- When a trailer or carrier is installed.

- When the temperature of the rearbumper is high.

- When the sensors are covered by

the vehicle, wall or a pillar of park-ing lot.

- When your vehicle is backing up, ifthe detected vehicle approachesyour vehicle or also backs up.

- If there is a vehicle with decreasedride height (lowered).

- When the vehicle is close to anoth-er vehicle.

- When the vehicle in the next lanemoves two lanes away from myvehicle OR when the vehicle twolanes away moves to the next lanefrom my vehicle.

Outside rearview mirror may not alert the driver when:

- The outside rearview mirror hous-ing is damaged or covered withdebris.

- The window is covered with debris.

- The windows are severely tinted.

Pursuant to Code of FederalRegulations, Title 47, Part 15("FCC Rules").


1.This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-86

- Small objects like shopping cartsand baby carriages.

D r i vi n g

y o ur v eh i c l e

5

ECONOMICAL OPERATIONYour vehicle's fuel economy dependsmainly on your style of driving, whereyou drive and when you drive.

Each of these factors affects howmany miles (kilometers) you can getfrom a gallon (liter) of fuel. To operateyour vehicle as economically as pos-sible, use the following driving sug-gestions to help save money in bothfuel and repairs:

• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at amoderate rate. Don't make "jack-

rabbit" starts or full-throttle shiftsand maintain a steady cruisingspeed. Don't race between stop-lights. Try to adjust your speed tothe traffic so you don't have tochange speeds unnecessarily.Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos-sible. Always maintain a safe dis-tance from other vehicles so youcan avoid unnecessary braking.

This also reduces brake wear.• Drive at a moderate speed. The

faster you drive, the more fuel yourvehicle uses. Driving at a moderatespeed, especially on the highway,is one of the most effective ways to

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Thiscan increase fuel consumption andalso increase wear on brake com-

ponents. In addition, driving withyour foot resting on the brake pedalmay cause the brakes to overheat,which reduces their effectivenessand may lead to more serious con-sequences.

• Take care of your tires. Keep theminflated to the recommended pres-sure. Incorrect inflation, either too

much or too little, results in unnec-essary tire wear. Check the tirepressures at least once a month.

• Be sure that the wheels arealigned correctly. Improper align-ment can result from hitting curbsor driving too fast over irregularsurfaces. Poor alignment causesfaster tire wear and may also resultin other problems as well as

greater fuel consumption.

• Keep your vehicle in good condi-tion. For better fuel economy andreduced maintenance costs, main-

tain your vehicle in accordancewith the maintenance schedule insection 7. If you drive your vehiclein severe conditions, more frequentmaintenance is required (see sec-tion 7 for details).

• Keep your vehicle clean. For maxi-mum service, your vehicle shouldbe kept clean and free of corrosive

materials. It is especially importantthat mud, dirt, ice, etc. not beallowed to accumulate on theunderside of the vehicle. This extraweight can result in increased fuelconsumption and also contribute tocorrosion.

• Travel lightly. Don't carry unneces-sary weight in your vehicle. Weightreduces fuel economy.

• Don't let the engine idle longerthan necessary. If you are waiting(and not in traffic), turn off yourengine and restart only whenyou're ready to go.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-87

is one of the most effective ways tohelp reduce fuel consumption.


• Remember, your vehicle does notrequire extended warm-up. Afterthe engine has started, allow the

engine to run for 10 to 20 secondsprior to placing the vehicle in gear.In very cold weather, however, giveyour engine a slightly longer warm-up period.

• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.Lugging is driving too slowly in avery high gear resulting in enginebucking. If this happens, shift to alower gear. Over-revving is racingthe engine beyond its safe limit.This can be avoided by shifting atthe recommended speed.

• Use your air conditioning sparingly.The air conditioning system isoperated by engine power so your

fuel economy is reduced when youuse it.

• Open windows at high speeds canreduce fuel economy.

• Fuel economy is reduced by cross-winds and headwinds. To help off-set some of this loss, slow downwhen driving in these conditions.

Keeping a vehicle in good operatingcondition is important both for econ-omy and safety. Therefore, have anauthorized K900 Kia dealer performscheduled inspections and mainte-nance.

Engine off during motionNever turn the engine off tocoast down hills or anytime thevehicle is in motion. The powersteering and power brakes willnot function properly withoutthe engine running. In addition,turning off the ignition whiledriving could engage the steer-

ing wheel lock resulting in lossof vehicle steering. Keep theengine on and downshift to anappropriate gear for enginebraking effect.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-88

D r i vi n g

y o ur v eh i c l e

5

Hazardous driving conditions

When hazardous driving conditionsare encountered such as water,snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz-ards, follow these suggestions:

• Drive cautiously and allow extradistance for braking.

• Avoid sudden braking or steering.

• When braking with non-ABSbrakes pump the brake pedal witha light up-and-down motion untilthe vehicle is stopped.

Do not pump the brake pedal on avehicle equipped with ABS.

• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand,

use second gear. Accelerate slow-ly to avoid spinning the drivewheels.

• Use sand, rock salt, tire chains, orother non-slip material under thedrive wheels to provide tractionwhen stalled in ice, snow, or mud.

Rocking the vehicle

If it is necessary to rock the vehicleto free it from snow, sand, or mud,first turn the steering wheel right andleft to clear the area around yourfront wheels. Then, shift back andforth between R (Reverse) and anyforward gear in vehicles equippedwith an automatic transaxle. Do notrace the engine, and spin the wheelsas little as possible. If you are stillstuck after a few tries, have the vehi-

cle pulled out by a tow vehicle toavoid engine overheating and possi-ble damage to the transaxle.

The ESC system should be turnedOFF prior to rocking the vehicle.

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

Downshifting

Do not downshift with an auto-matic transaxle while driving onslippery surfaces. The suddenchange in tire speed couldcause the tires to skid andresult in an accident.

WARNING

Vehicle rocking

Prolonged rocking may causeengine overheating, transaxledamage or failure, and tire dam-age.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-89


Smooth cornering

Avoid braking or gear changing incorners, especially when roads arewet. Ideally, corners should alwaysbe taken under gentle acceleration. Ifyou follow these suggestions, tirewear will be held to a minimum.

Driving at night

Because night driving presents morehazards than driving in the daylight,here are some important tips toremember:

• Slow down and keep more dis-tance between you and other vehi-cles, as it may be more difficult tosee at night, especially in areas

where there may not be any streetlights.

OKH053210N OKH053211N

Spinning tiresDo not spin the wheels, espe-cially at speeds more than 35mph (56 km/h). Spinning thewheels at high speeds when thevehicle is stationary couldcause a tire to overheat whichcould result in tire damage.

CAUTION

Sudden vehicle movement

Do not attempt to rock the vehi-cle if people or objects are near-by. The vehicle may suddenlymove forward or backwards asit becomes unstuck.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-90

D r i vi n g

y o ur v eh

i c l e

5

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce theglare from other driver's head-lights.

• Keep your headlights clean andproperly aimed on vehicles notequipped with the automatic head-light aiming feature. Dirty orimproperly aimed headlights willmake it much more difficult to seeat night.

• Avoid staring directly at the head-lights of oncoming vehicles. You

could be temporarily blinded, and itwill take several seconds for youreyes to readjust to the darkness.

Driving in the rain

Rain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous, especially if you’re notprepared for the slick pavement.Here are a few things to considerwhen driving in the rain:

• A heavy rainfall will make it harderto see and will increase the dis-tance needed to stop your vehicle,

so slow down.• Keep your windshield wiping

equipment in good shape. Replaceyour windshield wiper blades whenthey show signs of streaking ormissing areas on the windshield

• If your tires are not in good condi-tion, making a quick stop on wetpavement can cause a skid and

possibly lead to an accident. Besure your tires are in good shape.

• Turn on your headlights to make iteasier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large pud-dles can affect your brakes. If youmust go through puddles, try todrive through them slowly.

• If you believe you may have gotten

your brakes wet, apply them lightlywhile driving until normal brakingoperation returns.

Driving in flooded areas

Avoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is nohigher than the bottom of the wheelhub. Drive through any water slowly.

Allow adequate stopping distancebecause brake performance may beaffected.

After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them sev-eral times while the vehicle is moving

OKH053093N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-91

missing areas on the windshield. eral times while the vehicle is movingslowly.


Driving off-road

Drive carefully off-road because yourvehicle may be damaged by rocks orroots of trees. Become familiar withthe off-road conditions where youare going to drive before you begindriving.

Highway driving

Tires

Adjust the tire inflation pressures to

specification. Low tire inflation pres-sures will result in overheating andpossible failure of the tires.

Avoid using worn or damaged tireswhich may result in reduced tractionor tire failure.

Never exceed the maximum tireinflation pressure shown on the tires.

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil

High speed travel consumes more

fuel than urban motoring. Do not for-get to check both the engine coolantand engine oil.

Drive belt

A loose or damaged drive belt mayoverheat the engine.

Tire treadAlways check the tire treadbefore driving your vehicle.Worn-out tires can result in lossof vehicle control. Worn-out tiresshould be replaced as soon aspossible. For further informa-tion and tread limits, refer to"Tires and wheels" in section 7.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-92

D r i vi n g

y o ur v eh

i c l e

5

Severe weather conditions in thewinter result in greater wear andother problems. To minimize the

problems of winter driving, youshould follow these suggestions:

Snowy or Icy conditions

To drive your vehicle in deep snow, itmay be necessary to use snow tiresor to install tire chains on your tires. Ifsnow tires are needed, it is neces-sary to select tires equivalent in sizeand type of the original equipmenttires. Failure to do so may adverselyaffect the safety and handling of yourcar. Furthermore, speeding, rapidacceleration, sudden brake applica-tions, and sharp turns are potentially

very hazardous practices.During deceleration, use enginebraking to the fullest extent. Suddenbrake applications on snowy or icyroads may cause skids. You need tokeep sufficient distance between thevehicle in operation in front and yourvehicle. Also, apply the brake gently.It should be noted that installing tirechains on the tire will provide greater

driving force, but will not prevent sideskids.

Tire chains are not legal in all states.Check state laws before installing tirechains.

Snow tires

If you mount snow tires on your vehi-cle, make sure they are radial tires of

the same size and load range as theoriginal tires. Mount snow tires on allfour wheels to balance your vehicle’shandling in all weather conditions.Keep in mind that the traction provid-ed by snow tires on dry roads maynot be as high as your vehicle's orig-inal equipment tires. You should drivecautiously even when the roads areclear. Check with the tire dealer formaximum speed recommendations.

Do not install studded tires without first checking local, state and munic- ipal regulations for possible restric- ti i t th i

WINTER DRIVING

Snow tire size

Snow tires should be equivalentin size and type to the vehicle'sstandard tires. Otherwise, the

safety and handling of your vehi-cle may be adversely affected.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-93

tions against their use.


Tire chains

Since the sidewalls of radial tires arethinner, they can be damaged bymounting some types of snow chainson them. Therefore, the use of snowtires is recommended instead ofsnow chains. Do not mount tirechains on vehicles equipped withaluminum wheels; snow chains may

cause damage to the wheels. If snowchains must be used, use theAutoSock ® (fabric snow chain).Damage to your vehicle caused byimproper snow chain use is not cov-ered by your vehicle manufacturerswarranty

❈AutoSock ® is a Registered trade-mark of AutoSock.

Chain installation

When installing the AutoSock ® (fab-ric snow chain), follow the manufac-

turer's instructions and mount themas tightly as you can. Drive slowlywith the AutoSock ® (fabric snowchain) installed. If you hear theAutoSock ® (fabric snow chain) con-tacting the body or chassis, stop andtighten them. If they still make con-tact, slow down until it stops.Remove the AutoSock ® (fabric snowchain) as soon as you begin drivingon cleared roads.OKH053098N

• Make sure the AutoSock ®

(fab-ric snow chain) are the correctsize and type for your tires.Incorrect snow chains cancause damage to the vehiclebody and suspension and maynot be covered by your vehiclemanufacturer warranty.

• Always check the AutoSock ®

(fabric snow chain) installation

for proper mounting after driv-ing approximately 0.3 to 0.6miles (0.5 to 1 km) to ensuresafe mounting. Retighten orremount the AutoSock ® (fabricsnow chain) if they are loose.

CAUTION

Mounting chains

When mounting the AutoSock ®

(fabric snow chain), park thevehicle on level ground awayfrom traffic. Turn on the vehicle

Hazard Warning flashers andplace a triangular emergencywarning device behind the vehi-cle if available. Always place thevehicle in P (Park), apply theparking brake and turn off the

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-94

warranty.

Install the AutoSock ® (fabric snowchain) only on the rear tires.

p gengine before installing theAutoSock ® (fabric snow chain).

D r i vi n g

y o ur v eh

i c l e

5❈AutoSock ® is a Registered trade-

mark of AutoSock.

Use high quality ethylene gly-col coolant

Your vehicle is delivered with highquality ethylene glycol coolant in thecooling system. It is the only type ofcoolant that should be used becauseit helps prevent corrosion in the cool-ing system, lubricates the waterpump and prevents freezing. Be sureto replace or replenish your coolantin accordance with the maintenanceschedule in section 7. Before winter,

have your coolant tested to assurethat its freezing point is sufficient forthe temperatures anticipated duringthe winter.

Check battery and cables

Winter puts additional burdens onthe battery system. Visually inspectthe battery and cables as described

in section 7. The level of charge inyour battery can be checked by anauthorized K900 Kia dealer or aservice station.

Tire chains• The use of the AutoSock ® (fab-

ric snow chain) may adverselyaffect vehicle handling.

• Do not exceed 20 mph (30km/h) or the AutoSock ® (fabricsnow chain) manufacturer’srecommended speed limit,whichever is lower.

• Drive carefully and avoidbumps, holes, sharp turns, andother road hazards, which maycause the vehicle to bounce.

• Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheel braking.

WARNING

• The AutoSock ®

(fabric snowchain) that are the wrong sizeor improperly installed candamage your vehicle's brakelines, suspension, body andwheels.

• Stop driving and retighten theAutoSock ® (fabric snow chain)any time you hear them hittingthe vehicle.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-95


Change to "winter weight" oilif necessary

In some climates it is recommendedthat a lower viscosity "winter weight"oil be used during cold weather. Seesection 8 for recommendations. Ifyou aren't sure what weight oil youshould use, consult an authorizedK900 Kia dealer.

Check spark plugs and igni-tion system

Inspect your spark plugs asdescribed in section 7 and replacethem if necessary. Also check allignition wiring and components to besure they are not cracked, worn ordamaged in any way.

To keep locks from freezing

To keep the locks from freezing,squirt an approved de-icer fluid or

glycerine into the key opening. If alock is covered with ice, squirt it withan approved de-icing fluid to removethe ice. If the lock is frozen internally,you may be able to thaw it out byusing a heated key. Handle the heat-ed key with care to avoid injury.

Use approved window washer

anti-freeze in systemTo keep the water in the windowwasher system from freezing, add anapproved window washer anti-freezesolution in accordance with instruc-tions on the container. Window wash-er anti-freeze is available from anauthorized K900 Kia dealer and mostauto parts outlets. Do not use engine

coolant or other types of anti-freezeas these may damage the paint fin-ish.

Don't let your parking brakefreeze

Under some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engagedposition. This is most likely to hap-pen when there is an accumulationof snow or ice around or near therear brakes or if the brakes are wet. Ifthere is a risk the parking brake mayfreeze, apply it only temporarily whileyou put the shift lever in P (Park) andblock the rear wheels so the vehicle

cannot roll. Then release the parkingbrake.

Don't let ice and snow accu-mulate underneath

Under some conditions, snow andice can build up under the fendersand interfere with the steering. Whendriving in severe winter conditions

where this may happen, you shouldperiodically check underneath thecar to be sure the movement of thefront wheels and the steering com-ponents is not obstructed.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-96

D r i vi n g

y o ur v eh

i c l e

5

Carry emergency equipment

Depending on the severity of theweather you should carry appropri-

ate emergency equipment. Some ofthe items you may want to carryinclude tire chains, tow straps orchains, flashlight, emergency flares,sand, a shovel, jumper cables, a win-dow scraper, gloves, ground cloth,coveralls, a blanket, etc.

We do not recommend using thisvehicle for trailer towing.

TRAILER TOWING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-97


Tire and loading informationlabel

The label located on the driver's doorsill gives the original tire size, coldtire pressures recommended for your

vehicle, the number of people thatcan be in your vehicle and vehiclecapacity weight.

Vehicle capacity weight:

904 lbs. (410 kg)

Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-mum combined weight of occupantsand cargo. If your vehicle is equipped

with a trailer, the combined weightincludes the tongue load.

Seating capacity:

Total : 5 persons(Front seat : 2 persons,

Rear seat : 3 persons)Seating capacity is the maximumnumber of occupants including adriver, your vehicle may carry.

However, the seating capacity maybe reduced based upon the weight ofall of the occupants, and the weightof the cargo being carried or towed.

Do not overload the vehicle as there

is a limit to the total weight, or loadlimit including occupants and cargo,the vehicle can carry.

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT

OKH053120N/OKH053121N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-98

D r i vi n g

y o ur v eh

i c l e

5

Towing capacity:

We do not recommend using this

vehicle for trailer towing.

Cargo capacity:

The cargo capacity of your vehiclewill increase or decrease dependingon the weight and the number ofoccupants and the tongue load, ifyour vehicle is equipped with a trailer.

Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit -

1.Locate the statement "The com-

bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXX kgor XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle's plac-ard.

2.Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

3.Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers from

XXX kg or XXX lbs.4.The resulting figure equals the

available amount of cargo and lug-gage load capacity. For example, ifthe "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs.and there will be five 150 lbs. pas-sengers in your vehicle, theamount of available cargo and lug-gage load capacity is 650 lbs.

(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5.Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loadedon the vehicle. That weight may not

safely exceed the available cargoand luggage load capacity calcu-lated in Step 4.

6.If your vehicle will be towing a trail-er, load from your trailer will betransferred to your vehicle. Consultthis manual to determine how thisreduces the available cargo andluggage load capacity of your vehi-cle.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-99


C190F03JM

Item Description Total

AVehicle Capacity 849 lbs

Weight (385 kg)

Subtract Occupant

B Weight805 lbs

161 lbs (73 kg) × 5(365 kg)

CAvailable Cargo and 44 lbs

Luggage weight (20 kg)

A B C

Example 3

C190F02JM



Weight (385 kg)

Subtract Occupant

B Weight750 lbs

150 lbs (68 kg) × 5(340 kg)



A B C

Example 2

C190F01JM



Weight (385 kg)

Subtract Occupant

B Weight300 lbs

150 lbs (68 kg) × 2(136 kg)



Example 1

A B C

Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weightand seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle'scapacity weight.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-100

D r i vi n g

y o ur v eh

i c l e

5

Certification label

The certification label is located onthe driver's door sill at the center pil-lar.

This label shows the maximumallowable weight of the fully loadedvehicle. This is called the GVWR(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). TheGVWR includes the weight of the

vehicle, all occupants, fuel andcargo.

This label also tells you the maxi-mum weight that can be supportedby the front and rear axles, calledGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

To find out the actual loads on yourfront and rear axles, you need to goto a weigh station and weigh your

vehicle. Your dealer can help you withthis. Be sure to spread out your loadequally on both sides of the center-line.

The label will help you decide howmuch cargo and installed equipmentyour vehicle can carry.

If you carry items inside your vehicle- like suitcases, tools, packages, oranything else - they are moving asfast as the vehicle. If you have to stopor turn quickly, or if there is a crash,the items will keep going and cancause an injury if they strike the driv-er or a passenger.

OEN056020

Over loading

Never exceed the GVWR for your

vehicle, the GAWR for either thefront or rear axle and vehiclecapacity weight. Exceedingthese ratings can affect yourvehicle’s handling and brakingability.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-101


NOTICEOverloading your vehicle may causedamage. Repairs would not be cov-ered by your warranty. Do not over-load your vehicle.

Over loadingDo not overload your vehicle.Overloading your vehicle cancause heat buildup in your vehi-cle's tires and possible tire fail-ure, increased stopping dis-tances and poor vehicle han-dling--all of which may result ina crash.

WARNING

Loose cargoDo not travel with unsecuredblunt objects in the passengercompartment of your vehicle(e.g. suit cases or unsecuredchild seats). These items maystrike occupant during a sud-den stop or crash.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-102

D r i vi n g

y o ur v eh

i c l e

5

This section will guide you in theproper loading of your vehicle and/ortrailer, to keep your loaded vehicle

weight within its design rating capa-bility, with or without a trailer.Properly loading your vehicle willprovide maximum return of the vehi-cle design performance. Before load-ing your vehicle, familiarize yourselfwith the following terms for determin-ing your vehicle's weight ratings, withor without a trailer, from the vehicle'sspecifications and the compliance

label:

Base curb weight

This is the weight of the vehicleincluding a full tank of fuel and allstandard equipment. It does notinclude passengers, cargo, or option-al equipment.

Vehicle curb weight

This is the weight of your new vehiclewhen you picked it up from your deal-er plus any aftermarket equipment.

Cargo weight

This figure includes all weight addedto the Base Curb Weight, including

cargo and optional equipment.

GAW (Gross axle weight)

This is the total weight placed oneach axle (front and rear) - includingvehicle curb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)

This is the maximum allowableweight that can be carried by a singleaxle (front or rear). These numbersare shown on the compliance label.

The total load on each axle mustnever exceed its GAWR.

GVW (Gross vehicle weight)

This is the Base Curb Weight plus

actual Cargo Weight plus passengers.

GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)

This is the maximum allowableweight of the fully loaded vehicle

(including all options, equipment,passengers and cargo). The GVWRis shown on the certification labellocated on the driver’s door sill.

VEHICLE WEIGHT

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


5-103

What to do in an emergency

Road warning......................................................6-2• Hazard warning flasher ...........................................6-2

In case of an emergency while driving ...............6-3• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing ........6-3

• If you have a flat tire while driving...........................6-3

• If engine stalls while driving ....................................6-3

If the engine will not start ...................................6-4• If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly ......6-4

• If engine turns over normally but does not start .....6-4

Emergency starting.............................................6-5• Jump starting...........................................................6-5

• Push-starting ...........................................................6-8If the engine overheats .......................................6-9

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)........6-11• Low tire pressure telltale .......................................6-12

• Low tire pressure position telltale..........................6-12

• TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)

malfunction indicator ...........................................6-13

• Changing a tire with TPMS ...................................6-14

If you have a flat tire .........................................6-17

• Jack and tools .......................................................6-17• Removing and storing the spare tire.....................6-18

• Changing tires .......................................................6-18

• Jack label ..............................................................6-26

Towing...............................................................6-27• Towing service.......................................................6-27

• Removable towing hook ........................................6-29

• Emergency towing.................................................6-30

6

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


ROAD WARNINGHazard warning flasher

The hazard warning flasher serves asa warning to other drivers to exerciseextreme caution when approaching,overtaking, or passing your vehicle.

It should be used whenever emer-gency repairs are being made orwhen the vehicle is stopped near the

edge of a roadway.Depress the flasher switch with theignition switch in any position. Theflasher switch is located in the centerconsole switch panel. All turn signallights will flash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher oper-ates whether your vehicle is run-

ning or not.• The turn signals do not work whenthe hazard flasher is on.

• Care must be taken when usingthe hazard warning flasher whilethe vehicle is being towed.


OKH043186N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


6-2

Wh a t

t o d oi n an em er g e

6

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVINGIf the engine stalls at a cross-road or crossing

If the engine stalls at a crossroad or

crossing, set the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position and then push thevehicle to a safe place.

If you have a flat tire whiledriving

If a tire goes flat while you are driving:

1.Take your foot off the acceleratorpedal and let the car slow downwhile driving straight ahead. Do notapply the brakes immediately orattempt to pull off the road as thismay cause a loss of control. Whenthe car has slowed to such a speedthat it is safe to do so, brake care-fully and pull off the road. Drive off

the road as far as possible andpark on firm, level ground. If youare on a divided highway, do notpark in the median area betweenthe two traffic lanes.

2.When the car is stopped, turn onyour emergency hazard flashers,set the parking brake and put theshift lever in P.

3.Have all passengers get out of thecar. Be sure they all get out on theside of the car that is away fromtraffic.

4.When changing a flat tire, followthe instruction provided later in thissection.

If engine stalls while driving

1.Reduce your speed gradually,keeping a straight line. Move cau-

tiously off the road to a safe place.2.Turn on your emergency flashers.

3.Try to start the engine again. If yourvehicle will not start, contact anauthorized K900 Kia dealer or KiaRoadside Assistance.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


en c y

6-3

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT STARTIf engine doesn't turn over orturns over slowly

1.Be sure the shift lever is in N

(Neutral) or P (Park) and the emer-gency brake is set.

2.Check the battery connections tobe sure they are clean and tight.

3.Turn on the interior light. If the lightdims or goes out when you operatethe starter, the battery is dis-charged.

4.Check the starter connections to

be sure they are securely tight-ened.

5.Do not push or pull the vehicle tostart it. See instructions for "Jumpstarting".

If engine turns over normallybut does not start

1.Check fuel level.

2.With the Engine Start/Stop Buttonin the OFF position, check all con-nectors at ignition coils and sparkplugs. Reconnect any that may bedisconnected or loose.

3.If the engine still does not start, callan authorized K900 Kia dealer orKia Roadside Assistance.


If the engine will not start, do

not push or pull the car to startit. This could result in a collisionor cause other damage.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


6-4

EMERGENCY STARTING

Connect cables in numerical orderand disconnect in reverse order.

NOTICEYour vehicle has a battery in thetrunk compartment, but when you

jump start your vehicle, use the jumper terminal in the engine com-partment.

Jump starting

Jump starting can be dangerous ifdone incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid

harm to yourself or damage to yourvehicle or battery, follow the jumpstarting procedures. If in doubt, westrongly recommend that you have acompetent technician or towing serv-ice jump start your vehicle.

Wh a t

t o d oi n an em er g en

6

OKH063024N

Use only a 12-volt jumper sys-tem. You can damage a 12-voltstarting motor, ignition system,and other electrical partsbeyond repair by use of a 24-voltpower supply (either two 12-voltbatteries in series or a 24-voltmotor generator set).

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


n c y

6-5


Jump starting procedure

NOTICEYour vehicle has a battery in the

trunk compartment, but when you jump start your vehicle, use the jumper terminal in the engine com-partment.

1.Make sure the booster battery is12-volt and that its negative termi-nal is grounded.

2.If the booster battery is in another

vehicle, do not allow the vehicles totouch.

3.Turn off all unnecessary electricalloads.

4.Open the engine hood.

(Continued)

Automobile batteries containsulfuric acid. This is poison-

ous and highly corrosive.When jump starting, wear pro-tective glasses and be carefulnot to get acid on yourself,your clothing or on the car.

• Do not attempt to jump startthe vehicle if the dischargedbattery is frozen or if the elec-trolyte level is low; the battery

may rupture or explode.• Do not allow the (+) and (-)

jumper cables to touch. It maycause sparks.

• The battery may rupture orexplode when you jump startwith a low or frozen battery.

Battery

Never attempt to check the elec-trolyte level of the battery asthis may cause the battery torupture or explode causing seri-ous injury.

WARNING

Battery• Keep all flames or sparks

away from the battery. Thebattery produces hydrogengas which may explode ifexposed to flame or sparks.

If these instructions are notfollowed exactly, serious per-sonal injury and damage tothe vehicle may occur! If youare not sure how to follow thisprocedure, seek qualifiedassistance.

(Continued)

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


6-6

5.Lift the end of strip (5) up.

6.Press the fastener head with screwdriver and then pull the fastenerout.

7.Lift the rear portion of small servicecover (6) up and then remove theservice cover.

(A) : for assemble, (B) : for remove

8.Press the fastener head with screwdriver and then pull the fastenerout from main service cover (7).

9.Pull the main service cover over0.28 in (7 mm) to toward the frontof the vehicle.

10. Lift the main service cover upand then remove the main serv-

ice cover. Be careful not to dam-age the holder under the mainservice cover.

11. Connect the jumper cables in theexact sequence shown in theillustration. First connect one endof a jumper cable to the positiveterminal of the jump start con-nector (1), then connect theother end to the positive terminalon the booster battery (2).

Proceed to connect one end ofthe other jumper cable to thenegative terminal of the boosterbattery (3), then the other end tothe negative terminal of the jump

start connector (4). Do not con-nect it to or near any part thatmoves when the engine iscranked.

Do not allow the jumper cablesto contact anything except thecorrect battery terminals or thecorrect ground. Do not lean overthe battery when making con-nections.

Wh a t


6

OKH073083N OKH073084N

A B

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


n c y

6-7

12. Start the engine of the vehiclewith the booster battery and let itrun at 2,000 rpm, then start theengine of the vehicle with thedischarged battery.

If the cause of your battery discharg- ing is not apparent, have the system checked by an authorized K900 Kia dealer.

Push-starting

Vehicles equipped with automatictransmission cannot be push-started.

Follow the directions in this sectionfor jump-starting.


Battery cables

Do not connect the jumpercable from the negative terminalof the booster battery to thenegative terminal of the dis-charged battery. This can causethe discharged battery to over-heat and crack, releasing bat-tery acid.

CAUTION

Never tow a vehicle to start itbecause the sudden surge for-ward when the engine startscould cause a collision with the

tow vehicle.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


6-8

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSIf your temperature gauge indicatesoverheating, you experience a lossof power, or hear loud pinging orknocking, the engine is probably toohot. If this happens, you should:

1.Pull off the road and stop as soonas it is safe to do so.

2.Place the shift lever in P and setthe parking brake. If the air condi-tioning is on, turn it off.

3.If engine coolant is running out

under the car or steam is comingout from the hood, stop the engine.Do not open the hood until thecoolant has stopped running or thesteaming has stopped. If there isno visible loss of engine coolantand no steam, leave the enginerunning and check to be sure theengine cooling fan is operating. Ifthe fan is not running, turn the

engine off.

4.Check to see if the water pumpdrive belt is missing. If it is notmissing, check to see that it istight. If the drive belt seems to besatisfactory, check for coolant leak-ing from the radiator, hoses orunder the car. (If the air condition-ing had been in use, it is normal forcold water to be draining from itwhen you stop.)

5.If the water pump drive belt is bro-ken or engine coolant is leakingout, stop the engine immediatelyand call the nearest authorizedK900 Kia dealer for assistance.

Wh a t


6

While the engine is running,keep hair, hands and clothingaway from moving parts suchas the fan and drive belts to pre-vent injury.

WARNING

Do not remove theradiator cap when theengine is hot. Thismay result in coolantbeing blown out of the

opening and causeserious burns.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


c y

6-9


6.If you cannot find the cause of theoverheating, wait until the enginetemperature has returned to nor-mal. Then, if coolant has been lost,carefully add coolant to the reser-voir to bring the fluid level in thereservoir up to the halfway mark.

7.Proceed with caution, keepingalert for further signs of overheat-ing. If overheating happens again,call an authorized K900 Kia dealerfor assistance.

• Serious loss of coolant indi-

cates there is a leak in thecooling system and thisshould be checked as soon aspossible by an authorizedK900 Kia dealer.

• When the engine overheatsfrom low engine coolant, sud-denly adding engine coolantmay cause cracks in the

engine. To prevent damage,add engine coolant slowly insmall quantities.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


6-10

Wh a t t o d oi n an em er g en c

6

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)

(1) Low Tire Pressure Telltale/TPMS

Malfunction Indicator(2) Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale

(shown on the LCD display)

Each tire, including the spare (if pro-vided), should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehi-cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-ard or tire inflation pressure label. (Ifyour vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pres-sure label, you should determine theproper tire inflation pressure forthose tires.)

As an added safety feature, your

vehicle has been equipped with a tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)that illuminates a low tire pressuretelltale when one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated.Accordingly, when the low tire pres-sure telltale illuminates, you shouldstop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to theproper pressure. Driving on a signifi-

cantly under-inflated tire causes thetire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation also reducesfuel efficiency and tire tread life, andmay affect the vehicle’s handling andstopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire maintenance,and it is the driver’s responsibility tomaintain correct tire pressure, even ifunder-inflation has not reached thelevel to trigger illumination of theTPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equippedwith a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is not oper-ating properly. The TPMS malfunctionindicator is combined with the low tire

pressure telltale. When the systemdetects a malfunction, the telltale willflash for approximately one minuteand then remain continuously illumi-nated. This sequence will continueupon subsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.When the TPMS malfunction indica-tor remains illuminated after blinkingfor approximately 1 minute, the sys-

tem may not be able to detect or sig-nal low tire pressure as intended.TPMS malfunctions may occur for avariety of reasons, including theinstallation of replacement or alter-nate tires or wheels on the vehiclethat prevent the TPMS from function-ing properly

OKH063025N

OKH043415N


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


c y

6-11

ing properly.


Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement or alter-nate tires and wheels allow the TPMSto continue to function properly.

NOTICEIf any of the below happens, havethe system be checked by an author-ized K900 Kia dealer.1.The low tire pressure telltale/

TPMS malfunction indicator doesnot illuminate for 3 seconds whenthe ignition switch is turned to theON or engine is running.

2.The TPMS malfunction indicatorremains illuminated after blinkingfor approximately 1 minute.

3.The Low tire pressure positiontelltale remains illuminated.

Low tire pressure telltale

Low tire pressure position tell-tale

When the tire pressure monitoringsystem warning indicators are illumi-nated and warning massage dis-played on the cluster LCD display,one or more of your tires is signifi-

cantly under-inflated. The low tirepressure position telltale light willindicate which tire is significantlyunder-inflated by illuminating the cor-responding position light.

If either telltale illuminates, immedi-ately reduce your speed, avoid hardcornering and anticipate increasedstopping distances. You should stopand check your tires as soon as pos-sible. Inflate the tires to the properpressure as indicated on the vehi-cle’s placard or tire inflation pressurelabel located on the driver’s side cen-ter pillar outer panel.

If you cannot reach a service stationor if the tire cannot hold the newlyadded air, replace the low pressure

tire with the spare tire.If you drive the vehicle for about 20minutes at speeds above 15 mph (25km/h) after replacing the low pres-sure tire with the spare tire, thebelow will happen:

• The TPMS malfunction indicatormay blink for approximately 1 minuteand then remain continuously illumi-

nated because the TPMS sensor isnot mounted on the spare wheel.

NOTICEThe spare tire is not equipped with atire pressure sensor.

OKH043415N


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


6-12

Wh a t t o d oi n an em er g en c

6

TPMS (Tire PressureMonitoring System)malfunction indicator

The TPMS malfunction indicator willilluminate after it blinks for approxi-mately one minute when there is aproblem with the Tire PressureMonitoring System.

Have the system checked by anauthorized K900 Kia dealer as soonas possible to determine the causeof the problem.

NOTICEIf there is a malfunction with theTPMS, the low tire pressure positiontelltale will not be displayed eventhough the vehicle has an under-inflated tire.

In winter or cold weather, the

low tire pressure telltale may beilluminated if the tire pressurewas adjusted to the recom-mended tire inflation pressurein warm weather. It does notmean your TPMS is malfunc-tioning because the decreasedtemperature leads to a propor-tional lowering of tire pressure.

When you drive your vehiclefrom a warm area to a cold areaor from a cold area to a warmarea, or the outside temperatureis greatly higher or lower, youshould check the tire inflationpressure and adjust the tires tothe recommended tire inflationpressure.

CAUTION

Low pressure damage

Significantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstable andcan contribute to loss of vehiclecontrol and increased brakingdistances.

Continued driving on low pres-sure tires can cause the tires tooverheat and fail.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


y

6-13

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Wh a t t o d oi n an em er g en c y

6

You may not be able to identify a tirewith low pressure by simply lookingat it. Always use a good quality tirepressure gauge to measure. Please

note that a tire that is hot (from beingdriven) will have a higher pressuremeasurement than a tire that is cold.

A cold tire means the vehicle hasbeen sitting for 3 hours and driven forless than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hourperiod.

Allow the tire to cool before measur-ing the inflation pressure. Always be

sure the tire is cold before inflating tothe recommended pressure.

TPMS

• The TPMS cannot alert you tosevere and sudden tire dam-age caused by external factorssuch as nails or road debris.

• If you feel any vehicle instabil-ity, immediately take your footoff the accelerator, apply thebrakes gradually with lightforce, and slowly move to a

safe position off the road.

WARNING

Protecting TPMS

Tampering with, modifying, ordisabling the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) com-ponents may interfere with thesystem's ability to warn the driv-er of low tire pressure condi-tions and/or TPMS malfunctions.Tampering with, modifying, ordisabling the Tire Pressure

Monitoring System (TPMS) com-ponents may void the warrantyfor that portion of the vehicle.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


y

6-15


Pursuant to Code of FederalRegulations, Title 47, Part 15("FCC Rules").


1.This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and


Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliancecould void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


6-16


6

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIREJack and tools

The jack, jack handle, and wheel lugnut wrench are stored in the luggagecompartment. Pull up the luggagebox cover to reach this equipment.

(1) Jack handle

(2) Jack

(3) Wheel lug nut wrench

(4) Screw driver(phillips and flat-head)

(5) Spanner

Jacking instructions

The jack is provided for emergencytire changing only.

To prevent the jack from “rattling”while the vehicle is in motion, store itproperly.

Follow jacking instructions to reducethe possibility of personal injury.

OKH063005N

(Continued)

• Be sure to use the correctfront and rear jacking posi-

tions on the vehicle; never usethe bumpers or any other partof the vehicle for jack support.

• The vehicle can easily roll offthe jack causing serious injuryor death. No person shouldplace any portion of their bodyunder a vehicle that is sup-ported only by a jack; use vehi-cle support stands.

• Do not start or run the enginewhile the vehicle is on the jack.

• Do not allow anyone to remainin the vehicle while it is on thejack.

• Make sure any children pres-ent are in a secure place awayfrom the road and from the

vehicle to be raised with thejack.

Changing tires

• Never attempt vehicle repairsin the traffic lanes of a publicroad or highway.

• Always move the vehicle com-pletely off the road and ontothe shoulder before trying tochange a tire. The jack shouldbe used on level firm ground.If you cannot find a firm, level

place off the road, call a tow-ing service company for assis-tance.

(Continued)

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


y

6-17


Removing and storing thespare tire

Turn the tire hold-down wing boltcounterclockwise.

Store the tire in the reverse order ofremoval.

To prevent the spare tire and toolsfrom “rattling” while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

Changing tires

1.Park on a level surface and applythe parking brake firmly.

2.Shift the shift lever into P (Park).

3.Activate the hazard warning flasher.

OKH063006N

OKH063003N

When you remove or store the

spare tire, do not contact orbump the battery with the sparetire. Contacting or bumping thebattery may cause failure ofelectrical circuits.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


6-18

Wh a t t

o d oi n an em er g en c y

6

4.Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,

jack, jack handle, and spare tirefrom the vehicle.

5.Block both the front and rear of thewheel that is diagonally oppositethe jack position.

6.Insert the screwdriver into the

groove of the wheel cap and prygently to remove the wheel cap.

OKH063008N OKH063009N

Changing a tire

• To prevent vehicle movementwhile changing a tire, alwaysset the parking brake fully,and always block the wheeldiagonally opposite the wheelbeing changed.

• We recommend that thewheels of the vehicle beblocked, and that no person

remain in a vehicle that isbeing jacked.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


6-19


7.Loosen the wheel lug nuts counter-

clockwise one turn each insequence of number, but do notremove any nut until the tire hasbeen raised off the ground.

8.Place the jack at the front (1) or

rear (2) jacking position closest tothe tire you are changing. Place the jack at the designated locationsunder the frame. The jacking posi-tions are plates welded to theframe with two tabs and a raiseddot to index with the jack.

OKH063010N

OKH063026N

OKH063011N

Place the jack not to damage tothe plastic guard. If you placethe jack at the plastic guard andjack up the vehicle, the plasticguard may be damaged.

CAUTION

Jack location

To reduce the possibility ofinjury, be sure to use only thejack provided with the vehicleand in the correct jack position;never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


6-20

Wh a t t


6

9.Insert the jack handle into the jack

and turn it clockwise, raising thevehicle until the tire just clears theground. This measurement isapproximately 1.2 in (30 mm).

Before removing the wheel lugnuts, make sure the vehicle is sta-ble and that there is no chance formovement or slippage.

10. Loosen the wheel nuts andremove them with your fingers.Slide the wheel off the studs andlay it flat so it cannot roll away.

To put the wheel on the hub, pickup the spare tire, line up theholes with the studs and slidethe wheel onto them. If this is dif-ficult, tip the wheel slightly andget the top hole in the wheellined up with the top stud. Then

jiggle the wheel back and forthuntil the wheel can be slid overthe other studs.

OKH063012N

Wheels may have sharp edges.

Handle them carefully to avoidpossible severe injury. Beforeputting the wheel into place, besure that there is nothing on thehub or wheel (such as mud, tar,gravel, etc.) that prevents thewheel from fitting solidlyagainst the hub.

If there is, remove it. If there isnot good contact on the mount-ing surface between the wheeland hub, the wheel nuts couldcome loose and cause the lossof a wheel. Loss of a wheel mayresult in loss of control of thevehicle. This may cause seriousinjury or death.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


6-21


11. To reinstall the wheel, hold it onthe studs, put the wheel nuts onthe studs and tighten them fingertight. The nuts should be installed

with their tapered small diameterends directed inward. Jiggle thetire to be sure it is completelyseated, then tighten the nuts asmuch as possible with your fin-gers again.

12. Lower the vehicle to the groundby turning the wheel nut wrenchcounterclockwise. Then position the wrench as shown

in the drawing and tighten the wheelnuts. Be sure the socket is seatedcompletely over the nut. Do not standon the wrench handle or use anextension pipe over the wrench han-dle. Go around the wheel tighteningevery other nut until they are all tight.Then double-check each nut fortightness. After changing wheels,have an authorized K900 Kia dealer

tighten the wheel nuts to their propertorque as soon as possible.

Wheel nut tightening torque:

Steel wheel & aluminum alloy wheel:

65~79 lb·ft (9~11 kg·m)

If you have a tire gauge, remove thevalve cap and check the air pressure.If the pressure is lower than recom-mended, drive slowly to the nearest

service station and inflate to the cor-rect pressure. If it is too high, adjustit until it is correct. Always reinstallthe valve cap after checking oradjusting tire pressure. If the cap isnot replaced, air may leak from thetire. If you lose a valve cap, buyanother and install it as soon as pos-sible.

After you have changed wheels,always secure the flat tire in its placeand return the jack and tools to theirproper storage locations.

OKH063013N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


6-22

Wh a t t


6

6 23

To prevent the jack, jack handle,wheel lug nut wrench and spare tirefrom rattling while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

Important - use of compact spare tire

Your vehicle is equipped with a com-pact spare tire. This compact sparetire takes up less space than a regu-lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than aconventional tire and is designed fortemporary use only.

Your vehicle has metric threads

on the wheel studs and nuts.Make certain during wheelremoval that the same nuts thatwere removed are reinstalled -or, if replaced, that nuts withmetric threads and the samechamfer configuration are used.Installation of a non-metricthread nut on a metric stud orvice-versa will not secure the

wheel to the hub properly andwill damage the stud so that itmust be replaced.

Note that most lug nuts do nothave metric threads. Be sure touse extreme care in checkingfor thread style before installingaftermarket lug nuts or wheels.If in doubt, consult an author-ized K900 Kia dealer.

CAUTION

• You should drive carefullywhen the compact spare is in

use. The compact spare shouldbe replaced by the proper con-ventional tire and rim at thefirst opportunity.

• The operation of this vehicle isnot recommended with morethan one compact spare tire inuse at the same time.

CAUTION

Wheel studs

If the studs are damaged, theymay lose their ability to retainthe wheel. This could lead to theloss of the wheel and a collisionresulting in serious injuries.

WARNING

Inadequate spare tirepressure

Check the inflation pressuresas soon as possible after

installing the spare tire. Adjustit to the specified pressure, ifnecessary. Refer to “Tires andwheels” section 8.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


6-23

6 24


The compact spare should be inflat-ed to 60 psi (420 kPa).

NOTICECheck the inflation pressure afterinstalling the spare tire. Adjust it tothe specified pressure, as necessary.

When using a compact spare tire,observe the following precautions:

• Under no circumstances shouldyou exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); ahigher speed could damage thetire.

• Ensure that you drive slowlyenough for the road conditions toavoid all hazards. Any road hazard,such as a pothole or debris, couldseriously damage the compactspare.

• Any continuous road use of this tire

could result in tire failure, loss ofvehicle control, and possible per-sonal injury.

• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi-mum load rating or the load-carry-ing capacity shown on the sidewallof the compact spare tire.

• Avoid driving over obstacles. Thecompact spare tire diameter is

smaller than the diameter of a con-ventional tire and reduces theground clearance approximately 1inch (25 mm), which could result indamage to the vehicle.

• Do not take this vehicle through anautomatic car wash while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

• Do not use tire chains on the com-pact spare tire. Because of thesmaller size, a tire chain will not fitproperly. This could damage thevehicle and result in loss of thechain.

• Do not use the compact spare tireon any other vehicle because thistire has been designed especiallyfor your vehicle.

• The compact spare tire’s tread lifeis shorter than a regular tire.Inspect your compact spare tireregularly and replace worn com-pact spare tires with the same sizeand design, mounted on the samewheel.

The compact spare tire is for

emergency use only. Do notoperate your vehicle on thiscompact spare at speeds over50 mph (80 km/h). The originaltire should be repaired orreplaced as soon as is possibleto avoid failure of the sparepossibly leading to personalinjury or death.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


6-24

• The compact spare tire should notbe used on any other wheels, norshould standard tires, snow tires,wheel covers or trim rings be used

with the compact spare wheel. Ifsuch use is attempted, damage tothese items or other car compo-nents may occur.

• Do not use more than one compactspare tire at a time.

• Do not tow a trailer while the com-pact spare tire is installed.


6

6 25

When the original tire and wheelare repaired and reinstalled onthe vehicle, the wheel nut torquemust be set correctly to preventwheel vibration. The correctwheel nut tightening torque is65~79 lb-ft (9~11 kg.m).

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


6-25

Jack label 1.Model Name

2.Maximum allowable load

3.When using the jack, set your park-

ing brake.4.When using the jack, stop theengine.

5.Do not get under a vehicle that issupported by a jack.

6.The designated locations underthe frame

7.When supporting the vehicle, thebase plate of jack must be vertical

under the lifting point.8.Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles

with manual transmission or movethe shift lever to the P position onvehicles with automatic transmis-sion.

9.The jack should be used on firmlevel ground.

10. Jack manufacture

11. Production date

6-26


OHYK064001

OHYK064002

■ Type A

■ Example

■ Type B

❈ The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. Formore detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


6-26


6

6-27

TOWINGTowing service

If emergency towing is necessary,we recommend having it done by anauthorized K900 Kia dealer or acommercial tow-truck service.Proper lifting and towing procedures

are necessary to prevent damage tothe vehicle. The use of wheel dolliesor flatbed is recommended.

It is acceptable to tow the vehiclewith the front wheels on the ground(without dollies) and the rear wheelsoff the ground.

If any of the loaded wheels or sus-pension components are damagedor the vehicle is being towed with therear wheels on the ground, use atowing dolly under the rear wheels.

When being towed by a commercialtow truck and wheel dollies are notused, the rear of the vehicle shouldalways be lifted, not the front. • Ensure any metal parts on the tie-

down straps do not contact paintedsurfaces or the face of the wheels.

• Do not place straps over the bodypanels or through the wheels.OKH064014N

A

B

C

dolly OKH063027N

Attaching straps to the chasis,suspension or other parts of

the body can cause damage.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


6 27

6-28


When towing your vehicle in anemergency without wheel dollies :

1.Set the Engine Start/Stop Button inthe ACC position.

2.Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).

3.Release the parking brake.

OKH063016N

OKH063015N

• Do not tow the vehicle withthe rear wheels on the groundas this may cause damage tothe vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-typeequipment. Use wheel lift orflatbed equipment.

CAUTION

OKH053104N

Failure to place the shift lever inN (Neutral) may cause internaldamage to the transaxle.

CAUTION

If the ECS malfunction indicatorilluminates when there is no airin the suspension, the vehicleheight will be very low, so do not

drive the vehicle to protect itfrom projections on the ground.Take your vehicle to an author-ized K900 Kia dealer by towingthe vehicle and have the systemchecked. You should tow thevehicle as shown the picture.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


6 28


6

6-29

When you load the vehicle onto the

tow truck, the loading angle(1) shouldbe smaller than 6°.

Removable towing hook(if equipped)

1.Open the trunk, and remove thetowing hook from the tool case.

2.Remove the hole cover by pressingthe lower part of the cover on thefront or rear bumper.

3.Install the towing hook by turning itclockwise into the hole until it isfully secured.

4.Remove the towing hook and

install the cover after use.

OKH053105N

OKH063018N

OKH063019N

■ Front

■ Rear

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


6-30


Emergency towing

If towing is necessary, have itdone by an authorized K900 Kiadealer or a commercial tow truckservice.

If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may betemporarily towed using a cable orchain secured to the emergency tow-

ing hook under the front (or rear) ofthe vehicle. Use extreme cautionwhen towing the vehicle. A drivermust be in the vehicle to steer it andoperate the brakes.

Towing in this manner may be doneonly on hard-surfaced roads for ashort distance and at low speeds.Also, the wheels, axles, power train,steering and brakes must all be ingood condition.

• Do not use the tow hooks to pull avehicle out of mud, sand or otherconditions from which the vehiclecannot be driven out under its ownpower.

• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier thanthe vehicle doing the towing.

• The drivers of both vehicles shouldcommunicate with each other fre-quently.

• Before emergency towing, checkthat the hook is not broken or dam-aged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chainsecurely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steadyand even force.

• To avoid damaging the hook, donot pull from the side or at a verti-cal angle. Always pull straightahead.

OKH063020N

OKH063021N

■ Front

■ Rear

• Attach a towing strap to the

tow hook.• Using a portion of the vehicleother than the tow hooks fortowing may damage the bodyof your vehicle.

• Use only a cable or chainspecifically intended for usein towing vehicles. Securelyfasten the cable or chain tothe towing hook provided.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf



6

6-31

• Use a towing strap less than 16

feet (5 m) long. Attach a white orred cloth (about 12 inches (30 cm)wide) in the middle of the strap foreasy visibility.

• Drive carefully so that the towingstrap is not loosened during tow-ing.

NOTICEEmergency towing is not legal in allstates. Contact an authorized K900Kia dealer and tow the vehicle.

Emergency towing precautions

• Place the transaxle shift lever in N(Neutral).

• Release the parking brake.

• Press the brake pedal with moreforce than normal since you willhave reduced brake performance.

• More steering effort will berequired because the power steer-ing system will be disabled.

• If you are driving down a long hill,the brakes may overheat and brakeperformance will be reduced. Stopoften and let the brakes cool off.

Use extreme caution when tow-

ing the vehicle.• Avoid sudden starts or erraticdriving maneuvers whichwould place excessive stresson the emergency towinghook and towing cable orchain. The hook and towingcable or chain may break andcause serious injury or dam-age.

• If the disabled vehicle cannotbe moved, do not forcibly con-tinue the towing. Contact anauthorized K900 Kia dealer ora commercial tow truck serv-ice for assistance.

• Tow the vehicle as straightahead as possible.

• Keep away from the vehicle

during towing.

WARNING

OKH063022N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Automatic transmission

• If the car is being towed withall four wheels on the ground,it can be towed only from thefront. Be sure that the trans-mission is in neutral. Be surethe steering is unlocked byplacing the Engine Start/StopButton in the ACC position. Adriver must be in the towedvehicle to operate the steeringand brakes.

• To avoid serious damage tothe automatic transmission,limit the vehicle speed to 10mph (15 km/h) and drive lessthan 1 mile (1.5 km) when tow-ing.

• Before towing, check the auto-matic transmission for fluid

leaks under your vehicle. Ifthe automatic transmissionfluid is leaking, flatbed equip-ment or a towing dolly mustbe used.

CAUTION


6-32

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7

Maintenance

Engine compartment ..........................................7-3

Maintenance services .........................................7-5• Owner’s responsibility .............................................7-5

• Owner maintenance precautions ............................7-6Owner maintenance............................................7-8

• Owner maintenance schedule ...............................7-8

Scheduled maintenance service.......................7-10• Normal maintenance schedule .............................7-11

• Maintenance under severe usage conditions........7-27

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ..7-29

Engine oil ..........................................................7-32• Checking the engine oil level ................................7-32

• Changing the engine oil and filter .........................7-33Engine coolant ..................................................7-34

• Checking the coolant level ....................................7-34

• Changing the coolant ............................................7-36

Brake fluid.........................................................7-37• Checking the brake fluid level ...............................7-37

Power steering fluid ..........................................7-38• Checking the power steering fluid level.................7-38

• Checking the power steering hose........................7-38

Washer fluid ......................................................7-39• Checking the washer fluid level.............................7-39

Air cleaner.........................................................7-40• Filter replacement .................................................7-40

Climate control air filter.....................................7-43

• Filter inspection .....................................................7-43• Filter replacement .................................................7-43

Wiper blades.....................................................7-45• Blade inspection....................................................7-45

• Blade replacement ................................................7-45

Battery ..............................................................7-48• For best battery service ........................................7-48

• Battery recharging by battery charger ..................7-50

• Battery recharging by vehicle................................7-50

• Reset items ...........................................................7-52Tires and wheels...............................................7-53

• Tire care ................................................................7-53

• Recommended cold tire inflation pressures..........7-53

• Checking tire inflation pressure.............................7-54

• Tire rotation ...........................................................7-55

• Wheel alignment and tire balance.........................7-56

• Tire replacement ...................................................7-57

• Wheel replacement ...............................................7-58

• Tire traction ...........................................................7-58• Tire maintenance...................................................7-58

• Tire sidewall labeling .............................................7-59

• Low aspect ratio tire..............................................7-63

7

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7

• Tire terminology and definitions ............................7-64

• All season tires .....................................................7-66

• Summer tires ........................................................7-66

• Snow tires..............................................................7-66• Tire chains.............................................................7-67

• Radial-ply tires ......................................................7-67

Fuses ................................................................7-68• Instrument panel fuse replacement.......................7-69

• Engine compartment fuse replacement ................7-71

• Fuse/relay panel description .................................7-73

Light bulbs ........................................................7-87• Front light bulb.......................................................7-88

• Side repeater light bulb replacement ...................7-90• Rear combination light bulb replacement..............7-90

• High mounted stop light ........................................7-91

• License plate lamp replacement ...........................7-91

• Interior light bulb replacement...............................7-92

Appearance care ..............................................7-93• Exterior care..........................................................7-93

• Interior care ...........................................................7-99

Emission control system.................................7-100

• Crankcase emission control system....................7-100• Evaporative emission control (including orvr:

Onboard refueling vapor recovery) system......7-100

• Exhaust emission control system........................7-101

California perchlorate notice...........................7-104

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-4

Maintenance

OKH013006N

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Radiator cap

3. Brake fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Engine oil dipstick

6. Engine oil filler cap7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

8. Fuse box

9. Power steering fluid reservoir

10. Jumper terminal

❈ The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.❈ The battery is in the trunk.

5.0L Engine

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M ai n t en an c e

7

7-5

MAINTENANCE SERVICESYou should exercise the utmost careto prevent damage to your vehicleand injury to yourself whenever per-forming any maintenance or inspec-

tion procedures.Should you have any doubts con-cerning the inspection or servicing ofyour vehicle, we strongly recom-mend that you have an authorizedK900 Kia dealer perform this work.

An authorized K900 Kia dealer hasfactory-trained technicians and gen-uine Kia parts to service your vehicleproperly. For expert advice and qual-ity service, see an authorized K900Kia dealer.

Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi-cient servicing may result in opera-tional problems with your vehicle thatcould lead to vehicle damage, anaccident, or personal injury.

Owner’s responsibility

NOTICEMaintenance Service and Record

Retention are the owner's responsi-bility.

You should retain documents thatshow proper maintenance has beenperformed on your vehicle in accor-dance with the scheduled mainte-nance service charts shown on thefollowing pages. You need this infor-mation to establish your compliance

with the servicing and maintenancerequirements of your vehicle war-ranties.Detailed warranty information is pro-vided in your Service Passport.Repairs and adjustments required asa result of improper maintenance ora lack of required maintenance arenot covered.We recommend you have your vehi-cle maintained and repaired by anauthorized K900 Kia dealer.

An authorized K900 Kia dealermeets Kia’s high service quality stan-dards and receives technical supportfrom Kia in order to provide you with

a high level of service satisfaction.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-6

Maintenance

Owner maintenance precau-tions

Improper or incomplete service mayresult in problems. This section gives

instructions only for the maintenanceitems that are easy to perform.

As explained earlier in this section,several procedures can be done onlyby an authorized K900 Kia dealerwith special tools.

NOTICE

Improper owner maintenance dur-ing the warranty period may affectwarranty coverage. For details, readthe separate Warranty &Maintenance book provided withthe vehicle. If you're unsure aboutany servicing or maintenance proce-dure, have it done by an authorizedK900 Kia dealer.

Maintenance work

• Performing maintenance workon a vehicle can be danger-ous. You can be seriouslyinjured while performingsome maintenance proce-dures. If you lack sufficientknowledge and experience orthe proper tools and equip-ment to do the work, have itdone by an authorized K900Kia dealer.

• Working under the hood withthe engine running is danger-ous. It becomes even moredangerous when you wearjewelry or loose clothing.These can become entangledin moving parts and result ininjury.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

Therefore, if you must run theengine while working underthe hood, make certain thatyou remove all jewelry (espe-cially rings, bracelets, watch-es, and necklaces) and allneckties, scarves, and similarloose clothing before gettingnear the engine or coolingfans.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M ai n t en an c e

7

7-7

• Do not put heavy objects orapply excessive force on topof the engine cover (ifequipped) or fuel relatedparts.

• When you inspect the fuelsystem (fuel lines and fuelinjection devices), we recom-mend that you contact anauthorized K900 Kia dealer.

• Do not drive long time with

the engine cover (if equipped)removed.

• When checking the engineroom, do not go near fire.

• Fuel, washer fluid, etc. areflammable oils that may causefire.

• Before touching the battery,ignition cables and electrical

wiring, you should disconnectthe battery "-" terminal. Youmay get an electric shockfrom the electric current.

(Continued)

CAUTION (Continued)

• When you remove the interiortrim cover with a flat head (-)

driver, be careful not to dam-age the cover.

• Be careful when you replaceand clean bulbs to avoidburns or electrical shock.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-8

Maintenance

OWNER MAINTENANCEThe following lists are vehicle checksand inspections that should be per-formed by the owner or an author-ized K900 Kia dealer at the frequen-

cies indicated to help ensure safe,dependable operation of your vehi-cle.

Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your deal-er as soon as possible.

These Owner Maintenance Checksare generally not covered by war-ranties and you may be charged forlabor, parts and lubricants used.

Owner maintenance schedule

When you stop for fuel:

• Check the engine oil level.

• Check coolant level in coolantreservoir.

• Check the windshield washer fluidlevel.

• Look for low or under-inflated tires.

While operating your vehicle:

• Note any changes in the sound ofthe exhaust or any smell ofexhaust fumes in the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice any increased steer-ing effort or looseness in the steer-ing wheel, or change in its straight-ahead position.

• Notice if your vehicle constantlyturns slightly or “pulls” to one sidewhen traveling on smooth, levelroad.

• When stopping, listen and checkfor unusual sounds, pulling to oneside, increased brake pedal travelor “hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in theoperation of your transmissionoccurs, check the transmissionfluid level.

• Check automatic transmission P

(Park) function.• Check parking brake.

• Check for fluid leaks under yourvehicle (water dripping from the airconditioning system during or afteruse is normal).

Be careful when checking your

engine coolant level when theengine is hot. Scalding hotcoolant and steam may blowout under pressure. This couldcause burns or other seriousinjury.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M ai n t en an c e

7

7-9

At least monthly:

• Check coolant level in the enginecoolant reservoir.

• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turnsignals and hazard warning flash-ers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltires including the spare.

At least twice a year(i.e., every Spring and Fall):

• Check radiator, heater and air con-ditioning hoses for leaks or dam-age.

• Check windshield washer sprayand wiper operation. Clean wiperblades with clean cloth dampenedwith washer fluid.

• Check headlight alignment.

• Check muffler, exhaust pipes,

shields and clamps.• Check the lap/shoulder belts forwear and function.

• Check for worn tires and loosewheel lug nuts.

At least once a year:

• Clean body and door drain holes.

• Lubricate door hinges and checks,and hood hinges.

• Lubricate door and hood locks andlatches.

• Lubricate door rubber weather-strips.

• Check the air conditioning system.

• Check the power steering fluidlevel.

• Inspect and lubricate automatic

transmission linkage and controls.• Clean battery and terminals.

• Check the brake fluid level.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-10

Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICEFollow Normal Maintenance Scheduleif the vehicle is usually operated wherenone of the following conditions apply.If any of the following conditions apply,

follow Maintenance Under SevereUsage Conditions.

• Repeated short distance driving.

• Driving in dusty conditions orsandy areas.

• Extensive use of brakes.

• Driving in areas where salt or othercorrosive materials are being used.

• Driving on rough or muddy roads.

• Driving in mountainous areas.

• Extended periods of idling or lowspeed operation.

• Driving for a prolonged period incold temperatures and/or extreme-ly humid climates.

• More than 50% driving in heavy citytraffic during hot weather above90°F (32°C).

If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions, you should inspect,replace or refill more frequently than the following Normal Maintenance

Schedule. After 120 months or 150,000 miles (240,000 km) continue to follow the prescribed maintenance intervals.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M ai n t en an c e

7

7-11

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keepreceipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the fre-quency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.

*1 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, onebottle of additive is recommended. Additives are avail-able from your authorized K900 Kia dealer along withinformation on how to use them. Do not mix otheradditives.

*2 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to bemaintenance free but periodic inspection is recom-mended for this maintenance schedule depends on

fuel quality. If there are some important safety matterslike fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hardstarting problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediate-ly regardless of maintenance schedule and consultan authorized K900 Kia dealer for details.

*3 : Rear differential oil should be changed anytime reardifferential have been submerged in water.

*4 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occuror tension is reduced excessively.

*5 : Use only the specified automatic transmission fluid.(Refer to "Recommended lubricants and capacities"in section 8 or the label in the engine room.)

*6 : Inspect for excessive tappet noise and/or enginevibration and adjust if necessary.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-12

Maintenance

7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 6 months

❑ Rotate tires

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter

❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections

❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter

❑ Inspect power steering fluid

❑ Inspect vacuum hose

❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap

❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months)

❑ Add fuel additives *1


NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)


❑ Rotate tires



❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant

❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines

❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots

❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler



❑Inspect front brake disc/pad, calipers

❑ Inspect propeller shaft

❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pad

❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball

joint, upper arm ball joint

❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts


❑ Inspect EHPS (Electronic Hydraulic Power Steering) motor

pump and hoses

❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap❑ Replace climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)

(Continued)

❈Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, cleanor replace.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M ai n t en an c e

7

7-13

(Continued)






❑ Rotate tires














8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-14

Maintenance



❑ Rotate tires






❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers


❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads

❑Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint


❑ Inspect brake fluid

❑ Inspect fuel filter *2


❑ Inspect parking brake

❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank


❑ Inspect EHPS (Electronic Hydraulic Power Steering) motorpump and hoses

(Continued)

(Continued)

❑ Replace climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace air cleaner filter



❑ Replace fuel tank air filter *2



❈Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean

or replace.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M ai n t en an c e

7

7-15


❑ Rotate tires

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections




❑ Inspect rear differential oil *3

(40,000 miles (64,000 km) or 48 months








❑ Rotate tires









❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter








pump and hoses



(Continued)


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-16

Maintenance


(Continued)






❑ Rotate tires













8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M ai n t en an c e

7

7-17



❑ Rotate tires








❑ Inspect valve clearance (3.8L) *6

❑Inspect propeller shaft









❑ Inspect drive belts(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months

after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months) *4

(Continued)

(Continued)



pump and hoses

❑ Replace air cleaner filter









8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-18

Maintenance



❑ Rotate tires












❑ Rotate tires

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose














❑ Inspect drive belts

(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months

after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)*4


(Continued)


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M ai n t en an c e

7

7-19


(Continued)


pump and hoses❑ Inspect rear differential oil*3









❑ Rotate tires










(82,500 miles (132,000 km) or 132 months)❈Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean

or replace. ❈Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, cleanor replace.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-20

Maintenance



❑ Rotate tires

❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
















(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 monthsafter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)*4

(Continued)

(Continued)



pump and hoses







❑Add fuel additives *

1



8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M ai n t en an c e

7

7-21



❑ Rotate tires











❑ Replace spark plugs (iridium coated)


❑ Rotate tires
















after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months) *4

❑ Inspect power steering fluid❑ Inspect EHPS (Electronic Hydraulic Power Steering) motor

pump and hoses

(Continued)


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-22

Maintenance

(Continued)









❑ Rotate tires










1




8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M ai n t en an c e

7

7-23



❑ Rotate tires


















(Continued)

(Continued)


❑ Inspect EHPS (Electronic Hydraulic Power Steering) motorpump and hoses

❑ Inspect rear differential oil *3








❑ Replace coolant


after every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months)




or replace.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-24

Maintenance



❑ Rotate tires










1



❑ Rotate tires

















after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)*4


(Continued)


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M ai n t en an c e

7

7-25


(Continued)


pump and hoses❑ Replace climate control air filter







❑ Rotate tires










1



or replace.


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-26

Maintenance

No check, No service required

❑ Automatic transmission fluid *5



❑ Rotate tires

















pump, belt and hoses❑ Inspect rear differential oil *3


(Continued)

(Continued)






❑ Replace coolant


after every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months)



❑ Replace fuel filter *2





8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M

ai n t en an c e

7

7-27

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions.

Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

MAINTENANCE ITEMMAINTENANCE

OPERATIONMAINTENANCE INTERVALS

DRIVINGCONDITION

Engine oil and filter REvery 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or

6 months

A, B, C, D, E,

F, G, H, I, J, K

Air cleaner filter I More frequently C, E

Spark plugs R More frequently A, B, H, I, K

Automatic transmission fluid R Every 60,000 miles (96,000 km)A, C, D, E, F,

G, H, I

Front brake disc/pads, calipers I More frequently C, D, G, H

Rear brake disc /pads I More frequently C, D, G, H

Parking brake I More frequently C, D, G, H

Maintenance

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-28

Maintenance

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSA - Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles

(8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles(16 km) in freezing temperature

B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for longdistances

C- Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled orsalt- spread roads

D- Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materi-als or in very cold weather

E - Driving in sandy areas

F - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F (32°C)

G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road

H- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack

I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use orvehicle towing

J - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)

K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

MAINTENANCE ITEMMAINTENANCE

OPERATIONMAINTENANCE INTERVALS

DRIVING

CONDITION

Steering gear box, linkage & boots/ lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint

I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I

Drive shafts and boots I Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or6 months

C, D, E, F, G,H, I, J

Rear differential oil R Every 80,000 miles (128,000 km) C, G, H, I, J

Climate control air filter(for evaporator and blower unit)

R More frequently C, E

Propeller shaft IEvery 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 6

monthsC, E

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M

ai n t en an c e

7

7-29

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMSEngine oil and filter

The engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified inthe maintenance schedule. If the car

is being driven in severe conditions,more frequent oil and filter changesare required.

Drive belts

Inspect all drive belts for evidence ofcuts, cracks, excessive wear or oilsaturation and replace if necessary.

Fuel filter

A clogged filter can limit the speed atwhich the vehicle may be driven,damage the emission system and

cause multiple issues such as hardstarting. If an excessive amount offoreign matter accumulates in thefuel tank, the filter may requirereplacement more frequently.

After installing a new filter, run theengine for several minutes, andcheck for leaks at the connections.Fuel filters should be installed by anauthorized K900 Kia dealer.

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nections

Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses andconnections for leakage and dam-age. Have an authorized K900 Kiadealer replace any damaged or leak-ing parts immediately.

Vapor hose and fuel filler cap

The vapor hose and fuel filler capshould be inspected at those inter-vals specified in the maintenance

schedule. Make sure that a newvapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor-rectly replaced.

Air cleaner filter

A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter isrecommended when the filter isreplaced.

Spark plugs

Make sure to install new spark plugsof the correct heat range.

Maintenance

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-30

Maintenance

Cooling system

Check cooling system components,such as radiator, coolant reservoir,hoses and connections for leakage

and damage. Replace any damagedparts.

Coolant

The coolant should be changed atthe intervals specified in the mainte-nance schedule.

Automatic transaxle fluid

Automatic transaxle fluid should notbe checked under normal usageconditions.

But in severe conditions, the fluidshould be changed at an authorizedK900 Kia dealer in accordance to thescheduled maintenance at the begin-ning of this chapter.

NOTICEAutomatic transaxle fluid color isbasically red.

As the vehicle is driven, the auto-matic transaxle fluid will begin tolook darker.This is normal condition and youshould not judge the need to replacethe fluid based upon the changedcolor.

The use of a non-specified fluidcould result in transmission

malfunction and failure.Use only specified automatictransmission fluid. (Refer to“Recommended lubricants andcapacities” in section 8.)

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M

ai n t en an c e

7

7-31

Brake hoses and lines

Visually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration andany leakage. Replace any deteriorat-

ed or damaged parts immediately.

Brake fluid

Check brake fluid level in the brakefluid reservoir. The level should bebetween “MIN” and “MAX” marks onthe side of the reservoir. Use onlyhydraulic brake fluid conforming toDOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.

Brake discs, pads, calipersand rotors

Check the pads for excessive wear,discs for run out and wear, andcalipers for fluid leakage.

For more information on checkingthe pads or lining wear limit, we rec-ommend you to refer to the Kia web-site.(http://www.kiatechinfo.com)

Exhaust pipe and muffler

Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,muffler and hangers for cracks, dete-rioration, or damage. Start the

engine and listen carefully for anyexhaust gas leakage. Tighten con-nections or replace parts as neces-sary.

Suspension mounting bolts

Check the suspension connectionsfor looseness or damage. Retightento the specified torque.

Steering gear box, linkage &boots/lower arm ball joint

With the vehicle stopped and engineoff, check for excessive free-play inthe steering wheel.

Check the linkage for bends or dam-age. Check the dust boots and ball

joints for deterioration, cracks, ordamage. Replace any damagedparts.

Power steering pump, belt andhoses

Check the power steering pump andhoses for leakage and damage.

Replace any damaged or leakingparts immediately. Inspect the powersteering belt (or drive belt) for evi-dence of cuts, cracks, excessivewear, oiliness and proper tension.Replace or adjust it if necessary.

Drive shafts and boots

Check the drive shafts, boots and

clamps for cracks, deterioration, ordamage. Replace any damagedparts and, if necessary, repack thegrease.

Air conditioning refrigerant

Check the air conditioning lines andconnections for leakage and dam-age.

Maintenance

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-32

Maintenance

ENGINE OILChecking the engine oil level

1.Be sure the vehicle is on levelground.

2.Start the engine and allow it toreach normal operating tempera-ture.

3.Turn the engine off and wait for afew minutes (about 5 minutes) forthe oil to return to the oil pan.

4.Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,

and re-insert it fully.

5.Pull the dipstick out again andcheck the level. The level should bebetween F and L. If it is near or at L, add enough oil to

bring the level to F. Do not overfill.

Use a funnel to help prevent oilfrom being spilled on engine com-ponents.

Use only the specified engine oil.(Refer to “Recommended lubricants and capacities” in section 8.)

OKH073002N

OKH073003N

• Do not overfill with engine oil.Engine damage may result.

• Do not spill engine oil, whenadding or changing engine oil.If you spill engine oil in theengine room, wipe it off imme-diately.

CAUTION

Radiator hose

Be very careful not to touch theradiator hose when checking oradding the engine oil as it maybe hot enough to burn you.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M

ai n t en an c e

7

7-33

Changing the engine oil andfilter

Have engine oil and filter changed byan authorized K900 Kia dealer

according to the MaintenanceSchedule at the beginning of this sec-tion.

Engine oil contains chemicalsknown to the State of Californiato cause cancer, birth defects

and reproductive harm. Usedengine oil may cause irritationor cancer of the skin if left incontact with the skin for pro-longed periods of time. Alwaysprotect your skin by washingyour hands thoroughly withsoap and warm water as soonas possible after handling usedoil.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION65 WARNING

Maintenance

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-34

ENGINE COOLANTThe high-pressure cooling systemhas a reservoir filled with year-roundantifreeze coolant. The reservoir isfilled at the factory.

Check the antifreeze protection and

coolant level at least once a year, atthe beginning of the winter season,and before traveling to a colder cli-mate.

Checking the coolant level

Removing radia-tor cap

• Never attempt to remove theradiator cap while the engineis operating or hot. Doing somight lead to cooling systemand engine damage and could

result in serious personalinjury from escaping hotcoolant or steam.

• Turn the engine off and waituntil it cools down. Useextreme care when removingthe radiator cap. Wrap a thicktowel around it, and turn itcounterclockwise slowly tothe first stop. Step back while

the pressure is released fromthe cooling system.

(Continued)

WARNING

(Continued)

When you are sure all thepressure has been released,press down on the cap, using

a thick towel, and continueturning counterclockwise toremove it.

• Even if the engine is not oper-ating, do not remove the radi-ator cap or the drain plugwhile the engine and radiatorare hot. Hot coolant andsteam may still blow outunder pressure, causing seri-

ous injury.

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M

ai n t en an c e

7

7-35

Check the condition and connectionsof all cooling system hoses and

heater hoses. Replace any swollenor deteriorated hoses.

The coolant level should be filledbetween F and L marks on the sideof the coolant reservoir when theengine is cool.

If the coolant level is low, add enoughdistilled (deionized) water. Bring thelevel to F, but do not overfill. If fre-

quent additions are required, see anauthorized K900 Kia dealer for acooling system inspection.

Recommended engine coolant

• When adding coolant, use onlydeionized water, distilled water orsoft water for your vehicle andnever mix hard water in the coolant

filled at the factory. An impropercoolant mixture can result in seri-ous malfunction or engine dam-age.

• The engine in your vehicle has alu-minum engine parts and must beprotected by an ethylene-glycol-based coolant to prevent corrosionand freezing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanolcoolant or mix them with the spec-ified coolant.

• Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze or lessthan 35% antifreeze, which wouldreduce the effectiveness of thesolution.

• 50% water and 50% antifreeze mix

is the easiest to mix together as itwill be same quantity of each andcan work reasonable for most situ-ations.

OKH073004N

The electric motor(cooling fan) is con-

trolled by enginecoolant temperature,refrigerant pressure

and vehicle speed. It may some-times operate even when theengine is not running. Useextreme caution when workingnear the blades of the coolingfan so that you are not injuredby a rotating fan blades. As the

engine coolant temperaturedecreases, the electric motorwill automatically shut off. Thisis a normal condition.

If your vehicle is equipped withGDI, the electric motor (coolingfan) may operate until you dis-connect the negative batterycable.

WARNING

Maintenance

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-36

For mixture percentage, refer to thefollowing table.

NOTICEIf in doubt about mix ratio 50%water and 50% antifreeze mix is theeasiest to mix together as it will besame quantity of each. It can work reasonable for most temperaturerange of -31°F and higher.

Changing the coolant

Have coolant changed by an author-ized K900 Kia dealer according tothe Maintenance Schedule at thebeginning of this section.

OKH073005N

5°F (-15°C) 35 65

-13°F (-25°C) 40 60

-31°F (-35°C) 50 50

-49°F (-45°C) 60 40

Ambient

Temperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze Water

Radiator cap

Do not remove the radiator capwhen the engine and radiatorare hot. Scalding hot coolantand steam may blow out underpressure causing serious injury.

WARNING

Put a thick cloth around theradiator cap before refilling thecoolant in order to prevent thecoolant from overflowing intoengine parts such as the gener-ator.

CAUTION

Coolant

• Do not use radiator coolant orantifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severely

obscure visibility whensprayed on the windshieldand may cause loss of vehiclecontrol or damage to paintand body trim.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M

ai n t en an c e

7

7-37

BRAKE FLUIDChecking the brake fluid level

Check the fluid level in the reservoirperiodically. The fluid level should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir.

Before removing the reservoir capand adding brake fluid, clean thearea around the reservoir cap thor-oughly to prevent brake fluid contam-ination.

If the level is low, add fluid to theMAX level. The level will fall withaccumulated mileage. This is a nor-mal condition associated with thewear of the brake linings. If the fluid

level is excessively low, have thebrake system checked by an author-ized K900 Kia dealer.

Use only the specified brake fluid.(Refer to “Recommended lubricants or capacities” in section 8.)

Never mix different types of fluid.OKH073006N

Loss of brake fluid

In the event the brake systemrequires frequent additions offluid, the vehicle should beinspected by an authorizedK900 Kia dealer.

WARNING

Brake fluid

When changing and adding

brake fluid, handle it carefully.Do not let it come in contactwith your eyes. If brake fluidshould come in contact withyour eyes, immediately flushthem with a large quantity offresh tap water. Have your eyesexamined by a doctor as soonas possible.

WARNING

Do not allow brake fluid to con-tact the vehicle's body paint, aspaint damage will result. Brakefluid, which has been exposedto open air for an extended timeshould never be used as its

quality cannot be guaranteed. Itshould be disposed of properly.Don't put in the wrong kind offluid. A few drops of mineral-based oil, such as engine oil, inyour brake system can damagebrake system parts.

CAUTION

Maintenance

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-38

POWER STEERING FLUIDChecking the power steeringfluid level

With the vehicle on level ground,check the fluid level in the powersteering reservoir periodically. Thefluid should be between MAX andMIN marks on the side of the gaugeat the normal temperature.

Before adding power steering fluid,thoroughly clean the area around thereservoir cap to prevent power steer-

ing fluid contamination.If the level is low, add fluid to theMAX level.

In the event the power steering sys-tem requires frequent addition offluid, the vehicle should be inspectedby an authorized K900 Kia dealer.

NOTICECheck that the fluid level is in the"HOT" range on the gauge. If thefluid is cold, check that it is in the"COLD" range.

Use only the specified power steering fluid. (Refer to "Recommended lubricants or capacities" in section 8.)

Checking the power steeringhose

Check the connections for oil leaks,damage and twists in the powersteering hose before driving.

• To avoid damage to the powersteering pump, do not operatethe vehicle for prolonged peri-ods with a low power steeringfluid level.

• Never start the engine whenthe reservoir tank is empty.

• When adding fluid, be carefulthat dirt does not get into thetank.

• Too little fluid can result inincreased steering effortand/or noise from the powersteering system.

• The use of the non-specifiedfluid could reduce the effec-tiveness of the power steeringsystem and cause damage toit.

CAUTION

OKH073007N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M

ai n t en an c e

7

7-39

WASHER FLUIDChecking the washer fluidlevel

The reservoir is translucent so thatyou can check the level with a quickvisual inspection.

Check the fluid level in the washerfluid reservoir and add fluid if neces-sary. Plain water may be used ifwasher fluid is not available.However, use washer solvent withantifreeze characteristics in cold cli-

mates to prevent freezing.

OKH073008N

Coolant

• Do not use radiator coolant orantifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility whensprayed on the windshieldand may cause loss of vehiclecontrol or damage to paintand body trim.

• Windshield washer fluid

agents contain some amountsof alcohol and can be flamma-ble under certain circum-stances. Do not allow sparksor flame to contact the washerfluid or the washer fluid reser-voir. Damage to the vehicle oroccupants could occur.

• Windshield washer fluid is

poisonous to humans andanimals. Do not drink andavoid contacting windshieldwasher fluid. Serious injury ordeath could occur.

WARNING

Maintenance

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-40

AIR CLEANERFilter replacement

It must be replaced when necessary,

and should not be washed.You can clean the filter when inspect-ing the air cleaner element.

Clean the filter by using compressedair.

Main air cleaner




(A) : for assemble

(B) : for remove


5.Pull the main service cover over0.28 in (7 mm) to toward the frontof the vehicle.

6.Lift the main service cover up andthen remove the main service

cover. Be careful not to damagethe holder under the main servicecover.

OKH073009N

OKH073010N

■ Main air cleaner

■ Chamber air cleaner

OKH073052N

OKH073051N

A B

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M

ai n t en an c e

7

7-41

7.Loosen the air cleaner coverattaching clips and open the cover.

8.Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.

9.Replace the air cleaner filter.

10. Lock the cover with the cover

attaching clips.

Chamber air cleaner

1.Loosen the air cleaner coverattaching clips and open the cover.


OKH073012N

Maintenance

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-42

2.Replace the air cleaner filter afterpulling up the locking tab (1).

3.Lock the cover with the coverattaching clips.

Replace the filter according to theMaintenance Schedule.

If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas, replace the element more often than the usual

recommended intervals. (Refer to “Maintenance under severe usage conditions” in this section.)

OKH073013N • Do not drive with the air clean-er removed; this will result inexcessive engine wear.

• When removing the air clean-er filter, be careful that dust ordirt does not enter the airintake, or damage may result.

• Use a Kia genuine part. Use ofnon-genuine parts could dam-age the air flow sensor.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M

ai n t en an c e

7

7-43

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTERFilter inspection

The climate control air filter shouldbe replaced every 15,000 miles(24,000 km). If the vehicle is operat-ed in severely air-polluted cities or on

dusty rough roads for a long period,it should be inspected more fre-quently and replaced earlier. Whenyou replace the climate control air fil-ter, replace it performing the follow-ing procedure, and be careful toavoid damaging other components.

Filter replacement

1.With the glove box open, removethe stoppers on both sides to allowthe glove box to hang freely on thehinges.

2.Open the glove box and removethe support strap.

OKH073015N

OKH073016N

Maintenance

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-44

3.Remove the climate control air fil-ter cover while pressing the lock on

the left side of the cover.

4.Replace the climate control air fil-ter.

5.Reassemble in the reverse order ofdisassembly.

NOTICEWhen replacing the climate controlair filter install it properly.Otherwise, the system may producenoise and the effectiveness of the fil-ter may be reduced.

OKH073017N OBH078017

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M

ai n t en an c e

7

7-45

WIPER BLADESBlade inspection

NOTICECommercial hot waxes applied byautomatic car washes have beenknown to make the windshield diffi-cult to clean.

Contamination of either the wind-shield or the wiper blades with for-eign matter can reduce the effective-ness of the windshield wipers.Common sources of contamination

are insects, tree sap, and hot waxtreatments used by some commer-cial car washes. If the blades are notwiping properly, clean both the win-dow and the blades with a goodcleaner or mild detergent, and rinsethoroughly with clean water.

Blade replacement

When the wipers no longer cleanadequately, the blades may be wornor cracked, and require replacement.

OKH073073N

To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

CAUTION

To prevent damage to the wiperarms or other components, donot attempt to move the wipersmanually.

CAUTION

The use of a non-specifiedwiper blade could result inwiper malfunction and failure.

CAUTION

Maintenance

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-46

Front windshield wiper blade

For your convenience, move the

windshield wiper blades to the serv-ice position as follows;

Turn off the engine.

Move the wiper switch to the singlewiping (MIST) position within 20 sec-onds and hold the switch until thewiper blade is in the fully up position.

1.Raise the wiper arm.

2.Turn the wiper blade clip. Then liftup the blade clip.

3.Push the clip (1) and push up thewiper arm (2).

OKH073040N

OKH073074N

OKH073075N

OKH073076N

Do not allow the wiper arm tofall against the windshield,since it may chip or crack thewindshield.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4.Push down the wiper arm (3) andinstall the new blade assembly in

the reverse order of removal.5.Return the wiper arm on the wind-shield.

OKH073077N

M

ai n t en an c e

7

7-47

Maintenance

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-48

BATTERYFor best battery service

The battery is in the trunk.

• Keep the battery securely mount-ed.

• Keep the battery top clean and dry.

• Keep the terminals and connec-tions clean, tight, and coated withpetroleum jelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte fromthe battery immediately with a

solution of water and baking soda.• If the vehicle is not going to be

used for an extended time, discon-nect the battery cables.

NOTICEBasically equipped battery is main-tenance free type. If your vehicle isequipped with the battery markedwith LOWER and UPPER on the

side, you can check the electrolytelevel. The electrolyte level should bebetween LOWER and UPPER. If the electrolyte level is low, it needs toadd distilled (demineralized) water(Never add sulfuric acid or otherelectrolyte). When refill, be carefulnot to splash the battery and adja-cent components. And do not over-fill the battery cells. It can cause cor-

rosion on other parts. After thenensure that tighten the cell caps.Have the vehicle checked by anauthorized K900 Kia dealer.

OKH073048N

Make sure that the clear tubevent hose is connectedbetween the nipple at the backside of the battery and the vehi-cle body vent nipple. Thisensures that if battery vaporsoccur that they will exit thevehicle not remain in the trunk.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M

ai n t en an c e

7

7-49

Battery dangers

Always read the follow-

ing instructions carefullywhen handling a battery.

Keep lighted cigarettesand all other flames orsparks away from thebattery.

Hydrogen, a highly com-bustible gas, is alwayspresent in battery cells

and may explode if ignit-ed.

Keep batteries out of thereach of childrenbecause batteries con-tain highly corrosiveSULFURIC ACID. Do notallow battery acid tocontact your skin, eyes,

clothing or paint finish.(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

If any electrolyte getsinto your eyes, flushyour eyes with clean

water for at least 15 min-utes and get immediatemedical attention. If elec-trolyte gets on your skin,thoroughly wash thecontacted area. If youfeel a pain or a burningsensation, get medicalattention immediately.

Wear eye protection

when charging or work-ing near a battery.Always provide ventila-tion when working in anenclosed space.

An inappropriately dis-posed battery can beharmful to the environ-ment and human health.

Dispose the batteryaccording to your locallaw(s) or regulation.

(Continued)

(Continued)

• When lifting a plastic-casedbattery, excessive pressureon the case may cause battery

acid to leak, resulting in per-sonal injury. Lift with a batterycarrier or with your hands onopposite corners.

• Never attempt to recharge thebattery when the batterycables are connected.

• The electrical ignition systemworks with high voltage.

Never touch these compo-nents with the engine runningor the ignition switched on.

Failure to follow the abovewarnings can result in seriousbodily injury or death.

Maintenance

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-50

Battery recharging by batterycharger

Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,calcium-based battery.

• If the battery becomes dischargedin a short time (because, for exam-ple, the headlights or interior lightswere left on while the vehicle wasnot in use), recharge it by slowcharging (trickle) for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually dischargesbecause of high electric load whilethe vehicle is being used, rechargeit at 20-30A for two hours.

Battery recharging by vehicle

After a jump start from a good bat-tery, run the engine for 20-30 min-utes at idle or driving the vehiclebefore it is shutoff. Vehicle may notrestart if you shut it off before thebattery had chance to adequatelyrecharge.

Battery posts, terminals, andrelated accessories contain

lead and lead compounds,chemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer, birthdefects and reproductive harm.Batteries also contain otherchemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer.Wash hands after handling.


• When you don’t use the vehi-cle for a long time in a lowtemperature area, disconnectthe battery and keep itindoors.

The power trunk is not closedcompletely when the batteryis removed. When you removethe battery from the vehicle,refer to "Power trunk" in sec-tion 4.

• Always charge the battery

fully to prevent battery casefrom being damaged in a lowtemperature area.

• If you connect unauthorizedelectronic devices to the bat-tery, the battery may be dis-charged. Never use unautho-rized devices.

CAUTION

Removing the battery from thevehicle should be done at anauthorized K900 Kia dealer.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Maintenance

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-52

Reset items

Items should be reset after the bat-tery has been discharged or the bat-tery has been disconnected.

• Auto up/down window(See section 4)

• Sunroof (See section 4)

• Driver position memory system(See section 4)

• Trip computer (See section 4)

• Climate control system(See section 4)

• Clock (See section 4)

• Audio (See section 4)• Power trunk (See section 4)

TIRES AND WHEELS

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M ai n t en an c e

7

7-53

TIRES AND WHEELSTire care

For proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tireinflation pressures and stay within

the load limits and weight distributionrecommended for your vehicle.

Recommended cold tire infla-tion pressures

All tire pressures (including thespare) should be checked when thetires are cold. “Cold Tires” means thevehicle has not been driven for at

least three hours or driven less thanone mile (1.6 km).

Recommended pressures must bemaintained for the best ride, vehiclehandling, and minimum tire wear.

For recommended inflation pressure,refer to “Tire and wheels” in section 8.

All specifications (sizes and pres-sures) can be found on a labelattached to the driver’s side centerpillar.

OKH083002N

Tire underinflation

Severe underinflation can leadto severe heat build-up, causingblowouts, tread separation andother tire failures that can result

in the loss of vehicle controlleading to severe injury ordeath. This risk is much higheron hot days and when drivingfor long periods at high speeds.

WARNING

• Underinflation also results inexcessive wear, poor handlingand reduced fuel economy.Wheel deformation also ispossible. Keep your tire pres-sures at the proper levels. If atire frequently needs refilling,have it checked by an author-ized K900 Kia dealer.

• Overinflation produces aharsh ride, excessive wear atthe center of the tire tread,

and a greater possibility ofdamage from road hazards.

CAUTION

Maintenance

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-54

Checking tire inflation pres-sure

Check your tires once a month ormore.

Also, check the tire pressure of thespare tire.

How to check

Use a good quality gage to check tirepressure. You can not tell if your tiresare properly inflated simply by look-ing at them. Radial tires may lookproperly inflated even when they'reunderinflated.

Check the tire's inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold. - "Cold"means your vehicle has been sittingfor at least three hours or driven nomore than 1 mile (1.6 km).

• Warm tires normally exceedrecommended cold tire pres-sures by 4 to 6 psi (28 to 41

kPa). Do not release air fromwarm tires to adjust the pres-sure or the tires will be under-inflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tireinflation valve caps. Withoutthe valve cap, dirt or moisturecould get into the valve coreand cause air leakage. If a

valve cap is missing, install anew one as soon as possible.

CAUTION

Tire Inflation

Overinflation or underinflationcan reduce tire life, adverselyaffect vehicle handling, andlead to sudden tire failure. Thiscould result in loss of vehiclecontrol and potential injury.

WARNING

Tire pressure

Always observe the following:

• Check tire pressure when thetires are cold. (After vehiclehas been parked for at leastthree hours or hasn't beendriven more than one mile (1.6km) since startup.)

• Check the pressure of yourspare tire each time you checkthe pressure of other tires.

• Never overload your vehicle.Be careful not to overload avehicle luggage rack if yourvehicle is equipped with one.

• Worn, old tires can causeaccidents. If your tread isbadly worn, or if your tireshave been damaged, replacethem.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M ai n t en an c e

7

7-55

Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gage firm-ly onto the valve to get a pressuremeasurement. If the cold tire inflationpressure matches the recommendedpressure on the tire and loadinginformation label, no further adjust-ment is necessary. If the pressure islow, add air until you reach the rec-ommended amount.

If you overfill the tire, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecenter of the tire valve. Recheck thetire pressure with the tire gage. Besure to put the valve caps back on

the valve stems. They help preventleaks by keeping out dirt and mois-ture.

Tire rotation

To equalize tread wear, it is recom-mended that the tires be rotatedevery 7,500 miles (12,000 km) orsooner if irregular wear develops.

During rotation, check the tires forcorrect balance.

When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking orsevere cornering. Look for bumps orbulges in the tread or side of tire.

Replace the tire if you find either ofthese conditions. Replace the tire iffabric or cord is visible. After rotation,be sure to bring the front and rear tirepressures to specification and checklug nut tightness.

Refer to “Tire and wheels” in section 8.

• Inspect your tires frequentlyfor proper inflation as well aswear and damage. Always use

a tire pressure gauge.• Tires with too much or too lit-

tle pressure wear unevenlycausing poor handling, loss ofvehicle control, and suddentire failure leading to acci-dents, injuries, and evendeath. The recommended coldtire pressure for your vehicle

can be found in this manualand on the tire label locatedon the driver's side center pil-lar.

• Worn tires can cause acci-dents. Replace tires that areworn, show uneven wear, orare damaged.

• Remember to check the pres-sure of your spare tire. Kiarecommends that you checkthe spare every time youcheck the pressure of theother tires on your vehicle.

WARNING

Maintenance

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-56

Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated.

NOTICEThe front tire size is different fromthe rear tire size. So when you rotatetires, check the tire and wheel size.

Wheel alignment and tire bal-ance

The wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tire life

and best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tirewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset.

If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, your

wheels may need to be rebalanced.

OBH078040

OBK079038

■ 18 inch tire

■ 19 inch tire

• Do not use the compact sparetire for tire rotation.

• Do not mix bias ply and radialply tires under any circum-stances. This may causeunusual handling characteris-tics that could result in death,

severe injury, or propertydamage.

WARNING

Improper wheel weights candamage your vehicle's aluminumwheels. Use only approved wheelweights.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M a

i n t en an c e

7

7-57

Tire replacement

If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear

indicator will appear as a solid bandacross the tread. This shows there isless than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of treadleft on the tire. Replace the tire whenthis happens.

Do not wait for the band to appearacross the entire tread before replac-ing the tire.

OKH073079N

Tread wear indicatorReplacing tires

To reduce the chance of serious

or fatal injuries from an acci-dent caused by tire failure orloss of vehicle control:

• Replace tires that are worn,show uneven wear, or aredamaged. Worn tires cancause loss of braking effec-tiveness, steering control, andtraction.

• Do not drive your vehicle withtoo little or too much pressurein your tires. This can lead touneven wear and tire failure.

• When replacing tires, nevermix radial and bias-ply tireson the same car. You mustreplace all tires (including thespare) if moving from radial tobias-ply tires.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

• Using tires and wheels otherthan the recommended sizescould cause unusual handlingcharacteristics and poor vehi-

cle control, resulting in a seri-ous accident.

• Wheels that do not meet Kia’sspecifications may fit poorlyand result in damage to thevehicle or unusual handlingand poor vehicle control.

• The ABS works by comparingthe speed of the wheels. Tire

size can affect wheel speed.When replacing tires, all 4tires must use the same sizeoriginally supplied with thevehicle. Using tires of a differ-ent size can cause the ABS(Anti-lock Brake System) andESC (Electronic StabilityControl) to work irregularly.

Maintenance

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-58

Compact spare tire replacement

A compact spare tire has a shortertread life than a regular size tire.Replace it when you can see thetread wear indicator bars on the tire.

The replacement compact spare tireshould be the same size and designtire as the one provided with yournew vehicle and should be mountedon the same compact spare tirewheel. The compact spare tire is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularsize wheel, and the compact sparetire wheel is not designed for mount-ing a regular size tire.

Wheel replacement

When replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim width

and offset.

NOTICEThe front tire size is different fromthe rear tire size. So when you rotatetires, check the tire and wheel size.

Tire traction

Tire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that areimproperly inflated or on slipperyroad surfaces. Tires should be

replaced when tread wear indicatorsappear. To reduce the possibility oflosing control, slow down wheneverthere is rain, snow or ice on the road.

Tire maintenance

In addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps to decreasetire wear. If you find a tire is worn

unevenly, have your dealer check thewheel alignment.

When you have new tires installed,make sure they are balanced. Thiswill increase vehicle ride comfort andtire life. Additionally, a tire shouldalways be rebalanced if it is removedfrom the wheel.

A wheel that is not the correctsize may adversely affect wheeland bearing life, braking andstopping abilities, handlingcharacteristics, ground clear-ance, body-to-tire clearance,snow chain clearance,speedometer and odometer cal-ibration, headlight aim and

bumper height.

WARNING

The compact spare tire is foremergency use only. Do notoperate your vehicle on thiscompact spare at speeds over50 mph (80 km/h). The originaltire should be repaired orreplaced as soon as possible toavoid failure of the spare possi-bly leading to personal injury ordeath.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M a

i n t en an c e

7

7-59

Tire sidewall labeling

This information identifies and

describes the fundamental charac-teristics of the tire and also providesthe tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. TheTIN can be used to identify the tire incase of a recall.

1. Manufacturer or brand name

Manufacturer or Brand name is

shown.

2. Tire size designation

A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tiresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tires for your car. The following

explains what the letters and num-bers in the tire size designationmean.

Example tire size designation:

(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tire size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)

P245/45R19 98V

P- Applicable vehicle type (tiresmarked with the prefix “P’’ areintended for use on passengercars or light trucks; however,not all tires have this marking).

245 - Tire width in millimeters.45 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).

19 - Rim diameter in inches.

98 - Load Index, a numerical codeassociated with the maximumload the tire can carry.

V - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this sec-tion for additional information.

I030B04JM

1

1

23

4

5,6

7

Maintenance

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-60

Wheel size designation

Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The follow-ing explains what the letters and

numbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:

8.0JX19

8.0 - Rim width in inches.

J - Rim contour designation.

19 - Rim diameter in inches.

Tire speed ratings

The chart below lists many of the dif-ferent speed ratings currently beingused for passenger car tires. Thespeed rating is part of the tire size

designation on the sidewall of thetire. This symbol corresponds to thattire's designed maximum safe oper-ating speed.

3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire Identification Number)

Any tires that are over 6 years old,based on the manufacturing date,(including the spare tire) should be

replaced by new ones. You can findthe manufacturing date on the tiresidewall (possibly on the inside of thewheel), displaying the DOT Code.The DOT Code is a series of num-bers on a tire consisting of numbersand English letters. The manufactur-ing date is designated by the last fourdigits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO

The front part of the DOT means aplant code number, tire size andtread pattern and the last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.

For example:

DOT XXXX XXXX 1614 representsthat the tire was produced in the 16thweek of 2014.

S 112 mph (180 km/h)

T 118 mph (190 km/h)

H 130 mph (210 km/h)

V 149 mph (240 km/h)

Z Above 149 mph (240 km/h)

Maximum SpeedSpeedRatingSymbol

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M a

i n t en an c e

7

7-61

4. Tire ply composition and material

The number of layers or plies of rub-ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate the

materials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.The letter "R" means radial ply con-struction; the letter "D" means diago-nal or bias ply construction; and theletter "B" means belted-bias ply con-struction.

5. Maximum permissible inflation

pressure This number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure. Referto the Tire and Loading Informationlabel for recommended inflationpressure.

6. Maximum load rating

This number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,

always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

7. Uniform tire quality grading

Quality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder and maxi-mum section width.

For example: TREAD wear 200TRACTION AA

TEMPERATURE A

Tire age

Tires degrade over time, even

when they are not being used.Regardless of the remainingtread, it is recommended thattires generally be replaced aftersix (6) years of normal service.Heat caused by hot climates orfrequent high loading condi-tions can accelerate the agingprocess. Failure to follow thiswarning can result in sudden

tire failure, which could lead toa loss of control and an acci-dent involving serious injury ordeath.

WARNING

Maintenance

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-62

Tread wear

The tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-

ment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the gov-ernment course as a tire graded 100.

The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences in

road characteristics and climate.These grades are molded on theside-walls of passenger vehicle tires.The tires available as standard oroptional equipment on your vehiclemay vary with respect to grade.

Traction - AA, A, B & C

The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B and C. Thosegrades represent the tire’s ability tostop on wet pavement as measured

under controlled conditions on spec-ified government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tire markedC may have poor traction perform-ance.

Temperature -A, B & C

The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B and C representing thetire’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heat

when tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel.

Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. The grade C cor-responds to a level of performancewhich all passenger car tires must

meet under the Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard No. 109.Grades B and A represent higherlevels of performance on the labora-tory test wheel than the minimumrequired by law.

The traction grade assigned tothis tire is based on straight-

ahead braking traction tests,and does not include accelera-tion, cornering, hydroplaning,or peak traction characteristics.

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Low aspect ratio tire(if equipped)

Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspectratio is lower than 50, are providedfor sporty looks.

Because the low aspect ratio tiresare optimized for handling and brak-ing, it may be more uncomfortable toride in and there is more noise com-pare with normal tires.

M a

i n t en an c e

7

7-63

Tire temperature

The temperature grade for this

tire is established for a tire thatis properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuild-up and possible suddentire failure. This can cause lossof vehicle control and seriousinjury or death.

WARNING

Because the sidewall of the lowaspect ratio tire is shorter thanthe normal, the wheel and tire of

the low aspect ratio tire is easi-er to be damaged. So, follow theinstructions below.

• When driving on a rough roador off road, drive cautiouslybecause tires and wheels maybe damaged. And after driv-ing, inspect tires and wheels.

• When passing over a pothole,speed bump, manhole, orcurb stone, drive slowly sothat the tires and wheels arenot damaged.

• If the tire is impacted, inspectthe tire condition or contact anauthorized K900 Kia dealer.

• To prevent damage to the tire,inspect the tire condition andpressure every 1,800 miles

(3,000 km).

CAUTION

Maintenance

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-64

Tire terminology and defini-tions

Air Pressure: The amount of airinside the tire pressing outward onthe tire. Air pressure is expressed in

pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo-pascal (kPa).

Accessory Weight: This means thecombined weight of optional acces-sories. Some examples of optionalaccessories are, automatic transmis-sion, power seats, and air condition-ing.

Aspect Ratio: The relationship of a

tire's height to its width.Belt: A rubber coated layer of cordsthat is located between the plies andthe tread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcing materials.

Bead: The tire bead contains steelwires wrapped by steel cords thathold the tire onto the rim.

Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in

which the plies are laid at alternateangles less than 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.

Cold Tire Pressure: The amount ofair pressure in a tire, measured inpounds per square inch (psi) or kilo-pascals (kPa) before a tire has builtup heat from driving.

Curb Weight: This means the weightof a motor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil andcoolant, but without passengers andcargo.

DOT Markings: A code molded intothe sidewall of a tire signifying thatthe tire is in compliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation motor

vehicle safety standards. The DOTcode includes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumeric des-ignator which can also identify thetire manufacturer, production plant,brand and date of production.

GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

GAWR FRT: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Front Axle.

GAWR RR: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Rear axle.

• It is not easy to recognize thetire damage with your owneyes. But if there is the slight-

est hint of tire damage, eventhough you cannot see thetire damage with your owneyes, have the tire checked orreplaced because the tiredamage may cause air leak-age from the tire.

• If the tire is damaged by driv-ing on a rough road, off road,

pothole, manhole, or curbstone, it will not be covered bythe warranty.

• You can find out the tire infor-mation on the tire sidewall.

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M a

i n t en an c e

7

7-65

Intended Outboard Sidewall: Theside of an asymmetrical tire, thatmust always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit forair pressure.

Load Index: An assigned numberranging from 1 to 279 that corre-sponds to the load carrying capacityof a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure: Themaximum air pressure to which acold tire may be inflated. The maxi-mum air pressure is molded onto thesidewall.

Maximum Load Rating: The loadrating for a tire at the maximum per-missible inflation pressure for thattire.

Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:The sum of curb weight; accessoryweight; vehicle capacity weight; andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight: Thenumber of occupants a vehicle isdesigned to seat multiplied by 150pounds (68 kg).

Occupant Distribution: Designatedseating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall: The sideof a asymmetrical tire that has a par-ticular side that faces outward whenmounted on a vehicle. The outwardfacing sidewall bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that is higher ordeeper than the same moldings onthe inner facing sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tireused on passenger cars and somelight duty trucks and multipurposevehicles.

Recommended Inflation Pressure:Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-ed tire inflation pressure and shownon the tire placard.

Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the ply cords that extend to thebeads are laid at 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.

Rim: A metal support for a tire and

upon which the tire beads are seat-ed.

Sidewall: The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating: An alphanumericcode assigned to a tire indicating themaximum speed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction: The friction between thetire and the road surface. Theamount of grip provided.

Tread: The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact with the road.

Treadwear Indicators: Narrowbands, sometimes called "wearbars," that show across the tread of atire when only 2/32 inch of treadremains.

UTQGS: Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards, a tire informationsystem that provides consumers withratings for a tire's traction, tempera-ture and treadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tire manufacturersusing government testing proce-dures. The ratings are molded intothe sidewall of the tire.

Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-

ber of designated seating positionsmultiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus therated cargo and luggage load.

Maintenance

V hi l M i L d h All i S i

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-66

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire: Load on an individual tire dueto curb and accessory weight plusmaximum occupant and cargoweight.

Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:Load on an individual tire that isdetermined by distributing to eachaxle its share of the curb weight,accessory weight, and normal occu-pant weight and dividing by 2.

Vehicle Placard: A label permanent-ly attached to a vehicle showing theoriginal equipment tire size and rec-ommended inflation pressure.

All season tires

Kia specifies all season tires onsome models to provide good per-formance for use all year round,including snowy and icy road condi-

tions. All season tires are identifiedby ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mudand Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snowtires have better snow traction thanall season tires and may be moreappropriate in some areas.

Summer tires

Kia specifies summer tires on some

models to provide superior perform-ance on dry roads. Summer tire per-formance is substantially reduced insnow and ice. Summer tires do nothave the tire traction rating M+S(Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall.If you plan to operate your vehicle insnowy or icy conditions, Kia recom-mends the use of snow tires or allseason tires on all four wheels.

Snow tires

If you equip your car with snow tires,they should be the same size andhave the same load capacity as theoriginal tires. Snow tires should be

installed on all four wheels; other-wise, poor handling may result.

Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28kPa) more air pressure than thepressure recommended for the stan-dard tires on the tire label on the dri-ver's side of the center pillar, or up tothe maximum pressure shown on thetire sidewall, whichever is less.

Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120km/h) when your car is equipped withsnow tires.

Ti h i A bi ti f di l l d

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M a

i n t en an c e

7

7-67

* Auto Sock ® is a trade mark of Autosock.

Tire chains

Tire chains, if necessary, should beinstalled on the drive wheels (rearwheels).

Be sure that the chains are installed in

accordance with the manufacturer'sinstructions.

To minimize tire and chain wear, donot continue to use tire chains whenthey are no longer needed.

Radial-ply tires

Radial-ply tires provide improvedtread life, road hazard resistance andsmoother high speed ride. The radi-al-ply tires used on this vehicle are ofbelted construction, and are selectedto complement the ride and handlingcharacteristics of your vehicle.Radial-ply tires have the same loadcarrying capacity, as bias-ply or biasbelted tires of the same size, and usethe same recommended inflation

pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tireswith bias-ply or bias belted tires isnot recommended.

Any combinations of radial-ply andbias-ply or bias belted tires whenused on the same vehicle will seri-ously deteriorate vehicle handling.The best rule to follow is: Identicalradial-ply tires should always be

used as a set of four.Longer wearing tires can be moresusceptible to irregular tread wear. Itis very important to follow the tirerotation interval shown in this sectionto achieve the tread life potential ofthese tires. Cuts and punctures inradial-ply tires are repairable only inthe tread area, because of sidewallflexing. Consult your tire dealer forradial-ply tire repairs.

Snow or ice

• When driving on roads cov-ered with snow or ice, drive atless than 20 mph (30 km/h).

• Do not use tire chains onvehicles equipped with alu-minum wheels.

• If snow chains must be used,use the Auto Sock ® (fabricsnow chain).

• If you hear noise caused by

chains contacting the body,retighten the chain to avoidcontact with the vehicle body.

• To prevent body damage,retighten the chains after driv-ing 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).

WARNING

Maintenance

FUSESA vehicle’s electrical system is pro

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-68

A vehicle s electrical system is pro-tected from electrical overload dam-age by fuses.

This vehicle has 2 fuse panels, onelocated in the driver’s side panel bol-ster, another is in the engine com-partment.

If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, checkthe appropriate circuit fuse. If a fusehas blown, the element inside thefuse will be melted.

If the electrical system does notwork, first check the driver’s sidefuse panel.

Before replacing a blown fuse, dis-connect the negative battery cable.

Always replace a blown fuse withone of the same rating.

If the replacement fuse blows, thisindicates an electrical problem. Avoidusing the system involved and imme-diately consult an authorized K900Kia dealer.

Three kinds of fuses are used: blade type for lower amperage rating, cartridge type, and fusible link for higher amperage ratings.

NOTICEThe actual fuse/relay panel labelmay differ from equipped items.

OKH073054N

Normal

Normal

■ Blade type

■ Cartridge type

■ Multi fuse type

Blown

Blown

Normal Blown

Normal Blown

Fuse replacement

• Never replace a fuse with any-

thing but another fuse of thesame rating.

• A higher capacity fuse couldcause damage and possibly afire.

• Never install a wire or alu-minum foil instead of theproper fuse - even as a tem-porary repair. It may causeextensive wiring damage anda possible fire.

WARNING

Do not use a screwdriver or anyother metal object to removefuses because it may cause ashort circuit and damage thesystem.

CAUTION

Instrument panel fuse replace

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Instrument panel fuse replace-ment

1.Turn the ignition switch and allother switches off.




M ai n t en an c e

7

7-69

OKH073019N

■ Drive side panel

OKH073051N

• When replacing a blown fuseor relay with a new one, makesure the new fuse or relay fits

tightly into the clips Theincomplete fastening fuse orrelay may cause the vehiclewiring and electric systemsdamage and a possible fire.

• Do not remove fuses, relaysand terminals fastened withbolts or nuts. The fuses,relays and terminals may befastened incompletely, and itmay cause a possible fire. Iffuses, relays and terminalsfastened with bolts or nuts areblown, consult an authorizedK900 Kia dealer.

• Do not input any other objectsexcept fuses or relays intofuse/relay terminals such as adriver or wiring. It may cause

contact failure and systemmalfunction.

CAUTION

Maintenance

9 Pull the suspected fuse straight Fuse switch

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-70

(A) : for assemble

(B) : for remove


6.Pull the main service cover over7mm (0.28 in) to toward the front ofthe vehicle.

7.Lift the main service cover up andthen remove the main servicecover. Be careful not to damage

the holder under the main servicecover.

8.Open the fuse panel cover.

9.Pull the suspected fuse straightout. Use the fuse puller provided inthe engine compartment fusepanel.

10. Check the removed fuse; replaceit if it is blown.

11. Push in a new fuse of the samerating, and make sure it fits tight-ly in the clips.

If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedK900 Kia dealer.

If you do not have a spare, use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle, such as the cigarette lighter fuse.

If the headlights or other electricalcomponents do not work and thefuses are OK, check the fuse panelin the engine compartment. If a fuseis blown, it must be replaced.

Fuse switch

Always put the transportation fuseswitch at the ON position.

If you move the switch to the OFFposition, some items such as theaudio and digital clock must be resetand the smart key may not workproperly.

OKH073052N

A B

OKH073021N

Engine compartment fuse 3 Check the removed fuse; replace it

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M ai n t en an c e

7

7-71

NOTICEIf you need to park your vehicle forprolonged periods more than 1month, move the transportation fuseswitch to the OFF position to pre-vent the battery being discharged.

Engine compartment fusereplacement

1.Turn the ignition switch and allother switches off.

2.Remove the fuse panel cover bypressing the tab and pulling up.

3.Check the removed fuse; replace itif it is blown. To remove or insertthe fuse, use the fuse puller in theengine compartment fuse panel.

4.Push in a new fuse of the same rat-ing, and make sure it fits tightly inthe clips. If it fits loosely, consult anauthorized K900 Kia dealer.

OKH073022N

OKH073023N

• Always place the transporta-tion fuse switch in the ONposition while driving the vehi-

cle.• Do not move the transportation

fuse switch repeatedly. Thefuse switch may be worn out.

CAUTION

After checking the fuse panel inthe engine compartment,securely install the fuse panelcover. If not, electrical failures

may occur from water contact.

CAUTION

Maintenance

Main fuse Multi fuse

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-72

Main fuse

If the main fuse is blown, it must be

removed as follows:1.Remove the fuse panel cover on

the right side in the engine com-partment.

2.Remove the nuts shown in the pic-ture above.

3.Replace the fuse with a new one ofthe same rating.

4.Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

NOTICEIf the main fuse is blown, consult anauthorized K900 Kia dealer.

Multi fuse

If the multi fuse is blown, it must be

removed as follows:1.Disassemble the negative cable ofbattery.

2.Remove the nuts shown in the pic-ture above.

3.Replace the fuse with a new one ofthe same rating.

4.Reinstall in the reverse order ofremoval.

NOTICEIf the multi fuse is blown, consult anauthorized K900 Kia dealer.

OKH073080N OKH073024N

Fuse/relay panel description

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Fuse/relay panel description

Instrument panel fuse panel

Inside the fuse/relay panel covers,you can find the fuse/relay labeldescribing fuse/relay name andcapacity.

NOTICENot all fuse panel descriptions inthis manual may be applicable toyour vehicle. It is accurate at thetime of printing. When you inspectthe fuse panel in your vehicle, referto the fuse panel label.

M ai n t en an c e

7

7-73

OKH073049N

OKH073029N

Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rasting Circuit Protected

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-74


AUDIO 2 10A A/V & Navigation Head Unit, TMU

MODULE 3 10AA/C Control Module, Electro Chromic Mirror, Rear Seat Console Switch, Driver Haptic Control Module, RearCCS Control Module LH/RH, Driver/Passenger IMS Control Module, Driver Power Seat Module, Rear SeatWarmer Control Module LH/RH, Rear Smart Junction Box (IPS Control Module)

MODULE 2 10ASteering Tilt & Telescopic Module, LDWS Camera Module, Crash Pad Switch, Stop Lamp Switch, A/T ConsoleSwitch, Electric Parking Brake Switch, Console Switch, Smart Cruse Control Radar, Air Sus, TPMS, PAS

SPARE 10A Spare

WIPER 10A Auto Light & Rain Sensor

MODULE 1 10A BCM, Trunk Lid Main Switch, Low Panel Switch

MEMORY 2 10A External Buzzer, Driver Smart Connector, Passenger Smart Connector

DRV HEAT 15A Driver Haptic Control Module, Driver CCS Module

PASS HEAT 15A Passenger CCS Module

WINDOW LH 30A Rear Power Window Module LH, Rear Power Window Module LH

HEADREST 15A Active Headrest Sensor

BCM 10A BCM, Multifunction Switch, Driver/Passenger Power Seat Switch, Rear Door Module LH/RH

EPB 2 15A Electric Parking Brake Module

P/HANDLE 15A Steering Tilt & Telescopic Module


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M ai n t en an c e

7

7-75


B/ALARM 10A BCM

INHIBITOR 1 10AW/O Electric ATM Shift Lever : Sport Mode SwitchWith Electric ATM Shift Lever : Electric ATM Shift Lever

P/DOOR DRV 15A Driver Door Latch

PASS P/SEAT 20AW/O IMS : Passenger Seat Relay BoxWith IMS : Passenger IMS Control Module

P/DOOR RRLH

15A Rear Door Latch LH

DRV P/SEAT 30A Driver Lumbar Support Valve, Driver Lumbar Support Switch, Driver Power Seat Module

S/ROOF 2 10A Sunroof Motor

SMART KEY 2 10A Metal Core Block (PCB #2) (P/N Relay), Smart Key Control Module

S/ROOF 1 20A Sunroof Motor

START 10A Start/Stop Button Switch

MODULE 5 10A

Surround View Unit, Parking Guide Unit, Head-UP, Instrument Cluster, Driver Lumbar Support Valve, Rear Seat

Console Switch, Rear Seat Warmer Control Module LH/RH, Rear Massage Control Module LH/RH, Rear SmartJunction Box (IPS Control Module)

CLUSTER 10A Instrument Cluster, Head-Up Display

SMART KEY 1 25A Smart Key Control Module

DOOR LAMP 10A Driver Door Module, Passenger Door Module

STR'G HTD 15A Clock Spring

Maintenance


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-76

use a e use ast g C cu t otected

MODULE 6 10A Smart Key Control Module, BCM

A/BAG 15A Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner, Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner, SRS Control Module

A/BAG IND 10A Instrument Cluster

IGN 1 20A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (FUSE : F20, F21, F23, F25, F26, F27)

MEMORY 1 10A

Passenger IMS Control Module, Driver/Passenger Door Module, Driver/Passenger Power Seat Switch, Rear

Door Module LH/RH, Power Trunk Module, Instrument Cluster, BCM, Security Sensor, Analogue Clock, A/CControl Module, Head-Up Display

MULTI MEDIA 10A Keyboard, A/V Navigation Head Unit, Front Monitor, TMU

ROOM LAMP 10ARear Seat Foot Lamp LH/RH, Trunk Room Lamp LH/RH, Driver/Passenger Foot Lamp, Room Lamp, OverheadConsole Lamp, Front Vanity Lamp Switch LH/RH, Rear Vanity Lamp Switch LH/RH, Garnish Lamp LH/RH,

Garnish Center Lamp, Glove Box Lamp

MEMORY 3 10A RF Receiver

EPB 1 15A Electric Parking Brake Module

SPARE 15A Spare

IGN 2 20A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (Fuse : F29, F30)

A/CON 1 10A A/C Control Module, Ionizer, Metal Core Block (PCB #2) (Blower Relay)

AFLS 15A Adaptive Front Lighting Module, HEAD LAMP LH/RH

SPARE 10A Spare

P/OUTLET FR 20A Front Cigarette Lighter


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M ai

n t en an c e

7

7-77

g

MODULE 4 10AElectric ATM Shift Lever, Analogue Clock, BCM, Surround View Unit,Overhead Console Lamp, Parking Guide Unit

AUDIO 1 10AA/V & Navigation Head Unit, Front/Rear Monitor Module, Keyboard, Smart Key Control Module, Rear SeatAudio Switch, AMP, TMU

SPARE 10A Spare

P/OUTLET RR 20A P/OUTLET RR, Front Power Outlet

Engine compartment fuse panel (Driver’s side)

Maintenance

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


(Driver’s side)


7-78

OKH073025N

OKH073026N


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M ai n t en an c e

7

7-79

Stop Lamp 15A Stop Signal Electronic Module

Brake SW 10A Stop Lamp Switch, Smart Key Control Module

AAF 10A Not Used

Injector 1 15A Injector Drive Box

SMK (IGN1) 40A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (RLY.5)

ESC 1 40A ESC Control Module

ALT 200A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (Fuse : F9, F15, F16, F18, F19), Alternator

Cooling 70A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (RLY.6)

SMK (IGN2) 30A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (RLY.3)

ESC 2 40A ESC Control Module

Diagnosis 25A Multipurpose Check Connector

H/Lamp Washer 25A Not Used

Battery 3 40A Smart Junction Box (Fuse : F5, F6, F8, F9, F10)

SMK (ACC) 40A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (RLY.9)

TCU 1 10A ECM, Transmission Range Switch, Transmission Park Postilion Sensor & Switch

ESC 3 10A Steering Angle Sensor, ESC Control Module

B/UP Lamp 1 10A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (RLY.4)

Maintenance


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-80

Vaccum Pump 1 10A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (RLY.10), Vaccum Pump Switch

ECU 1 10A ECU

EHPS 1 10A EHPS Module

Inhibitor 2 10A A/T Console Switch, Electric ATM Shift Lever

Washer 15A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (RLY.8)

Wiper 2 10A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (RLY.1)

B/UP Lamp 2 10ABack View Camera & Back-Up Lamp, A/T Console Switch, Electro Chromic Mirror, A/V & Navigation HeadUnit

Vaccum Pump 2 20A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (RLY.10)

Engine compartment fuse panel (Passenger’s side)

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


(Passenger s side)


M ai n t en an c e

7

7-81

OKH073027N

OKH073028N

Maintenance

Fuse Fuse Name Fuse rasting Circuit Protected

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-82

METALCOREBLOCK

(PCB #1)

Sensor 3 10A Rear Smart Junction Box (Fuel Pump Relay)

P/Door PASS 15A Passenger Door Latch

SPARE 15A Spare

Deicer 15A Metal Core Block (PCB #1) (Front Deicer Relay), Ignition Coil #1~8

Ignition Coil 20A Ignition Coil #1~6, Condenser #1, #2

Horn 15A Metal Core Block (PCB #1) (Horn Relay)

Sensor 2 10A Mass Air Flow Sensor, Oxygen Sensor #1~4, E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (RLY.6)

Sensor 4 15A CMP Sensor #1~4

Wiper 3 30A Wiper Motor

ECU 3 30A Metal Core Block (PCB #1) (ECU Main Relay)

ECS 2 40A Metal Core Block (PCB #1) (Air ECS Relay)

METALCOREBLOCK

(PCB #2)

Sensor 1 15APurge Control Solenoid Valve, ECM, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve,Oil Control Valve #1~4

Injector 2 15A Injector #1~6, Injector #1~8

SPARE 10A Spare

SPARE 20A Spare

SPARE 10A Spare

Fuse Fuse Name Fuse rasting Circuit Protected

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M ai n t en an c e

7

7-83

METALCORE

BLOCK(PCB #2)

A/CON 2 10A A/C Control Module

Cruise 10A Smart Cruise Control Radar

TCU 2 15A TCM

ECU 2 10A ECM

Blower 40A Metal Core Block(PCB) (Blower Relay)

Start 1 30A E/R Fuse Relay Box LH (RLY.2)

MULTI

FUSE

Presafety SeatBelt DRV

40A Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner

Presafety SeatBelt PASS

40A Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner

Battery 2 60A Smar t Junction Box (Fuse : F13~20, F23, F24, F27, F28, IPS5~8, Arisu-LT2)

Battery 1 60A Smart Junction Box (Fuse : F38, IPS1, 3, Arisu-LT1, Leak Current Autocut Device)

EHPS 2 80A EHPS Module

FUSEBattery 4 60A Metal Core Block (PCB #1) (Fuse : F2, F4, F6, F10, F11, F12)

Battery 5 60A Metal Core Block (PCB #2) (Fuse : F7, F11)

Maintenance

Trunk fuse panel

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-84

NOTICENot all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of print-ing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

OKH073043N

• Battery box fuse panel

OKH073042N

OKH073041N


Trunk fuse panel

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M ai n

t en an c e

7

7-85


Rear HTD 40A Rear Defogger Relay

P/WDW RH 30A Passenger Power Window Module, Rear Power Window Module RH

P/Trunk 30A Power Trunk Module

F/Pump 20A Fuel Pump Relay

P/Seat RR 1 20A Rear Seat Relay Box

ECS 1 20A ECS Unit

P/Seat PASS 15A Passenger IMS Control Module

P/Door RR RH 15A Rear Door Latch RH

Spare 15A Spare

Trunk 10A Trunk Lid Relay, Power Trunk Module Buzzer

Fog Lamp RR 10A Rear Fog Lamp Relay

Spare 40A Spare

AMP 30A AMP

Spare 20A Spare

P/Seat RR 2 10ARear Seat Relay Box LH, Rear Seat Relay RH, Rear Seat Massage Control Module LH, Rear Seat Massage

Control Module RH

Spare 10A Spare

Maintenance


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-86

DR Lock RH 10A Passenger Door Module, Rear Door Module RH

DR Lock LH 10A Driver Door Module, Rear Door Latch LH

S/Heater RRRH 15A Rear Seat Warmer Control Module RH, Rear CCS Control Module RH

S/Heater RRLH

15A Rear Seat Warmer Control Module LH, Rear CCS Control Module LH

Spare 15A Spare


Start 2 40A Metal Core Block (PCB #2) (Fuse : F8, F9, F12)

AMS 10A Battery Sensor

Battery 6 100A Rear Smart Junction Box (Fuse : F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F10, F11, F13, F15, F17, F18, F19, F20)

Battery box fuse panel

LIGHT BULBS NOTICEAfter heavy, driving rain or wash-

WARNING CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M ai n

t en an c e

7

7-87

Use only the bulbs of the specified wattage.

y, ging, headlight and taillight lensescould appear frosty. This conditionis caused by the temperature differ-ence between the lamp inside and

outside. This is similar to the con-densation on your windows insideyour vehicle during the rain anddoesn’t indicate a problem withyour vehicle. If the water leaks intothe lamp bulb circuitry, have thevehicle checked by an authorizedK900 Kia dealer.

Working on the lights

Prior to working on the light,firmly apply the parking brake,

ensure that the ignition switchis turned to the LOCK positionand turn off the lights to avoidsudden movement of the vehi-cle and burning your fingers orreceiving an electric shock.

Be sure to replace the burned-out bulb with one of the samewattage rating. Otherwise, itmay cause damage to the fuseor electric wiring system.

CAUTION

• If you don’t have necessarytools, the correct bulbs andthe expertise, consult anauthorized K900 Kia dealer. Inmany cases, it is difficult toreplace vehicle light bulbsbecause other parts of thevehicle must be removedbefore you can get to the bulb.This is especially true if youhave to remove the headlightassembly to get to the bulb(s).

Removing/installing the head-

light assembly can result indamage to the vehicle.

• Do not install additional bulbor LED. If you install that, thelamp may not be operatedproperly and fuse box or elec-tric wiring system may haveproblem.

Maintenance

Headlight, front position light,front turn signal light, front fogli ht b lb l t

(1) Headlight (High)

(2) Headlight (Low)

Headlight bulb

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-88

light bulb replacement (3) Front turn signal light

(4) Front position light

(5) Front side marker light

(6) Daytime running light(7) Front fog light

OKH073044N

■ Type A (LED)

OKH073044N

■ Type B (HID)

OKH073081N

Halogen bulbs

• Halogen bulbs contain pres-surized gas that will producefragment of glass if broken.

• Always handle them carefully,and avoid scratches and abra-sions. If the bulbs are lit, avoidcontact with liquids.

(Continued)

WARNING

Headlamp (HID/ LED type), front position lamp, front turn signal lamp front fog lamp

(Continued)

• Never touch the glass withCAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M ai n

t en an c e

7

7-89

lamp, front fog lamp

If the light bulb is not operating, havethe vehicle checked by an authorizedK900 Kia dealer.

• Never touch the glass withbare hands. Residual oil maycause the bulb to overheatand burst when lit.

• If a bulb becomes damaged orcracked, replace it immediate-ly and carefully dispose of it.

• Wear eye protection whenchanging a bulb. Allow thebulb to cool down before han-dling it.

HID Headlight low beam(if equipped)

Do not attempt to replace orinspect the low beam (XENONbulb) due to electric shock dan-ger. If the low beam (XENON

bulb) is not working, have yourvehicle checked by an author-ized K900 Kia dealer.

WARNING

If your vehicle is equipped withHigh Intensity Discharge (HID)headlights, these headlightscontain mercury. So if you needto have your vehicle disposed,you should remove the HIDHeadlights before disposal. Theremoved HID headlights shouldbe recycled, re-used or dis-posed as hazardous waste.

Maintenance

NOTICEHID lamps have superior perform-

h l b lb HID l

Side repeater light bulbreplacement

Rear combination light bulbreplacement

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-90

ance vs. halogen bulbs. HID lampsare estimated by the manufacturerto last twice as long or longer thanhalogen bulbs depending on their

frequency of use. They will probablyrequire replacement at some pointin the life of the vehicle. Cycling theheadlamps on and off more thantypical use will shorten HID lampslife. HID lamps do not fail in thesame manner as halogen incandes-cent lamps. If a headlamp goes outafter a period of operation but willimmediately relight when the head-

lamp switch is cycled it is likely theHID lamp needs to be replaced. HIDlighting components are more com-plex than conventional halogenbulbs thus have higher replacementcost.

If the light bulb is not operating, havethe vehicle checked by an authorizedK900 Kia dealer.

(1) Stop and tail light

(2) Rear turn signal light

(3) Back-up light

(4) Tail light

(5) Stop light

(6) Rear side marker light

OKH073031N OKH073032N

Stop and tail light, Turn signal light, Back-up light, Rear side marker light

High mounted stop light License plate lamp replace-ment

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


marker light

If the light does not operate, have thevehicle checked by an authorizedK900 Kia dealer.

If the light bulb does not operate, werecommend the vehicle be checkedby an authorized K900 Kia dealer.A skilled technician should check orrepair the high mounted stop light,for it may affect the performance ofthe curtain airbags or damage relat-ed interior parts of the vehicle.

If the light bulb does not operate, werecommend the vehicle be checkedby an authorized K900 Kia dealer.

A skilled technician should check orrepair the license plate light, for itmay affect damage related interiorand exterior parts of the vehicle.

M ai n

t en an c e

7

7-91

OKH073033N

OKH073082N

Maintenance

Interior light bulb replacement 1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,gently pry the lens from the interiorlight housing.

3.Install a new bulb in the socket.

4.Align the lens tabs with the interiorlight housing notches and snap the

■ Glove box lamp

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-92

light housing.

2.Remove the bulb by pulling itstraight out.

light housing notches and snap thelens into place.

5.If the map lamp and room lamp arenot operating, have the vehicle

checked by an authorized K900Kia dealer.

OKH073036N

OKH073035N

■ Trunk lamp

Prior to working on the InteriorLights, ensure that the “OFF”button is depressed to avoidburning your fingers or receiv-ing an electric shock.

WARNING

Use care not to dirty or damagelens, lens tab, and plastic hous-ings.

CAUTION

APPEARANCE CAREExterior care

Exterior general caution

Finish maintenance

Washing

To help protect o r ehicle’s finish

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warningand caution statements that appearon the label.

To help protect your vehicle’s finishfrom rust and deterioration, wash itthoroughly and frequently at leastonce a month with lukewarm or cold

water.If you use your vehicle for off-roaddriving, you should wash it after eachoff-road trip. Pay special attention tothe removal of any accumulation ofsalt, dirt, mud, and other foreignmaterials. Make sure the drain holesin the lower edges of the doors androcker panels are kept clear and

clean.Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similardeposits can damage your vehicle’sfinish if not removed immediately.

Even prompt washing with plainwater may not completely remove allthese deposits. A mild soap, safe foruse on painted surfaces, may beused.

After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water.Do not allow soap to dry on the fin-ish.

M ai n

t en an c e

7

7-93

• Do not use strong soap,chemical detergents or hotwater, and do not wash thevehicle in direct sunlight orwhen the body of the vehicleis warm.

• Be careful when washing theside windows of your vehicle.Especially, with high-pressurewater, water may leak throughthe windows and wet the inte-rior.

• To prevent damage to the

plastic parts and lamps, donot clean with chemical sol-vents or strong detergents.

Maintenance

Waxing

A good coat of wax is a barrierbetween your paint and contaminate

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-94

between your paint and contaminate.Keeping a good coat of wax on yourvehicle will help protect it.

Wax the vehicle when water will no

longer bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehiclebefore waxing. Use a good qualityliquid or paste wax, and follow themanufacturer’s instructions. Wax allmetal trim to protect it and to main-tain its luster.

Removing oil, tar, and similar materi-als with a spot remover will usually

strip the wax from the finish. Be sureto re-wax these areas even if the restof the vehicle does not yet need wax-ing.

OKH073050N

Wet brakes

After washing the vehicle, testthe brakes while driving slowly

to see if they have been affectedby water. If braking performanceis impaired, dry the brakes byapplying them lightly whilemaintaining a slow forwardspeed.

• Water washing in the engine

compartment including highpressure water washing is notrecommended. It may causethe failure of electrical circuitsor engine and related partlocated in the engine com-partment.

• Never allow water or other liq-uids to come in contact with

electrical/electronic compo-nents and the air duct insidethe vehicle as this may dam-age them.

CAUTION

Finish damage repair

Deep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repaired

Bright-metal maintenance

• To remove road tar and insects,use a tar remover, not a scraper orWiping dust or dirt off the

CAUTION

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M ai n

t en an c e

7

7-95

painted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quicklyrust and may develop into a majorrepair expense.

NOTICEIf your vehicle is damaged andrequires any metal repair orreplacement, be sure the body shopapplies anti-corrosion materials tothe parts repaired or replaced.

use a tar remover, not a scraper orother sharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metal parts from corrosion, apply a

coating of wax or chrome preser-vative and rub to a high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal partswith a heavier coating of wax orpreservative. If necessary, coat theparts with non-corrosive petroleum

jelly or other protective compound.

• Wiping dust or dirt off thebody with a dry cloth willscratch the finish.

• Do not use steel wool, abra-sive cleaners, or strong deter-gents containing highly alka-line or caustic agents onchrome-plated or anodizedaluminum parts. This mayresult in damage to the pro-tective coating and cause dis-coloration or paint deteriora-tion.

Maintenance

Underbody maintenance

Corrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control may

Aluminum or chrome wheel maintenance

The aluminum or chrome wheels areAfter washing the vehicle test

WARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-96

ycollect on the underbody. If thesematerials are not removed, acceler-ated rusting can occur on underbody

parts such as the fuel lines, frame,floor pan and exhaust system, eventhough they have been treated withrust protection.

Thoroughly flush the vehicle under-body and wheel openings with luke-warm or cold water once a month,after off-road driving and at the endof each winter. Pay special attentionto these areas because it is difficult

to see all the mud and dirt. It will domore harm than good to wet downthe road grime without removing it.The lower edges of doors, rockerpanels, and frame members havedrain holes that should not beallowed to clog with dirt; trappedwater in these areas can cause rust-ing.

e a u u o c o e ee s a ecoated with a clear protective finish.

• Do not use any abrasive cleaner,polishing compound, solvent, or

wire brushes on aluminum orchrome wheels. They may scratchor damage the finish.

• Clean the wheel when it hascooled.

• Use only a mild soap or neutraldetergent, and rinse thoroughlywith water. Also, be sure to cleanthe wheels after driving on salted

roads. This helps prevent corro-sion.

• Avoid washing the wheels withhigh-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any alkaline or aciddetergent. It may damage and cor-rode the aluminum or chromewheels coated with a clear protec-tive finish.

After washing the vehicle, testthe brakes while driving slowlyto see if they have been affectedby water. If braking performance

is impaired, dry the brakes byapplying them lightly whilemaintaining a slow forwardspeed.

Corrosion protection

Protecting your vehicle from corro-sion

High-corrosion areas

If you live in an area where your caris regularly exposed to corrosive

High temperatures can also acceler-ate corrosion of parts that are notproperly ventilated so the moisture

b di d F ll th

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M ai n

t en an c e

7

7-97

By using the most advanced designand construction practices to combatcorrosion, we produces cars of the

highest quality. However, this is onlypart of the job. To achieve the long-term corrosion resistance your vehi-cle can deliver, the owner's coopera-tion and assistance is also required.

Common causes of corrosion

The most common causes of corro-sion on your car are:

• Road salt, dirt and moisture that isallowed to accumulate underneaththe car.

• Removal of paint or protectivecoatings by stones, gravel, abra-sion or minor scrapes and dentswhich leave unprotected metalexposed to corrosion.

g y pmaterials, corrosion protection isparticularly important. Some of thecommon causes of accelerated cor-

rosion are road salts, dust controlchemicals, ocean air and industrialpollution.

Moisture breeds corrosion

Moisture creates the conditions inwhich corrosion is most likely tooccur. For example, corrosion isaccelerated by high humidity, partic-

ularly when temperatures are justabove freezing. In such conditions,the corrosive material is kept in con-tact with the car surfaces by moisturethat is slow to evaporate.

Mud is particularly corrosivebecause it is slow to dry and holdsmoisture in contact with the vehicle.Although the mud appears to be dry,it can still retain the moisture and

promote corrosion.

can be dispersed. For all these rea-sons, it is particularly important tokeep your car clean and free of mudor accumulations of other materials.This applies not only to the visiblesurfaces but particularly to theunderside of the car.

To help prevent corrosion

You can help prevent corrosion fromgetting started by observing the fol-lowing:

Maintenance

Keep your car clean

The best way to prevent corrosion isto keep your car clean and free of

• When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members,be sure that drain holes are keptopen so that moisture can escape

Keep paint and trim in good con-dition

Scratches or chips in the finish

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-98

corrosive materials. Attention to theunderside of the car is particularlyimportant.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area — where road salts are used, nearthe ocean, areas with industrialpollution, acid rain, etc.—, youshould take extra care to preventcorrosion. In winter, hose off theunderside of your car at least oncea month and be sure to clean theunderside thoroughly when winteris over.

• When cleaning underneath the car,give particular attention to thecomponents under the fenders andother areas that are hidden fromview. Do a thorough job; just damp-ening the accumulated mud ratherthan washing it away will acceler-ate corrosion rather than prevent it.

Water under high pressure andsteam are particularly effective inremoving accumulated mud andcorrosive materials.

open so that moisture can escapeand not be trapped inside to accel-erate corrosion.

Keep your garage dry

Don't park your car in a damp, poor-ly ventilated garage. This creates afavorable environment for corrosion.This is particularly true if you washyour car in the garage or drive it intothe garage when it is still wet or cov-ered with snow, ice or mud. Even aheated garage can contribute to cor-rosion unless it is well ventilated somoisture is dispersed.

should be covered with "touch-up"paint as soon as possible to reducethe possibility of corrosion. If bare

metal is showing through, the atten-tion of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings arehighly corrosive and may damagepainted surfaces in just a few hours.Always remove bird droppings assoon as possible.

Don't neglect the interior

Moisture can collect under the floormats and carpeting to cause corro-sion. Check under the mats periodi-cally to be sure the carpeting is dry.Use particular care if you carry fertil-izers, cleaning materials or chemi-cals in the car.

These should be carried only inproper containers and any spills orleaks should be cleaned up, flushedwith clean water and thoroughlydried.

Interior care

Interior general precautions

Prevent chemicals such as perfume

Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim

Vinyl

Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt webbing

Clean the belt webbing with any mildl i d d f

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M ai n t en an c e

7

7-99

Prevent chemicals such as perfume,cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand clean-er, and air freshener from contactingthe interior parts because they may

cause damage or discoloration. Ifthey do contact the interior parts,wipe them off immediately. See theinstructions for the proper way toclean vinyl.

Remove dust and loose dirt fromvinyl with a whisk broom or vacuumcleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a

vinyl cleaner.

Fabric

Remove dust and loose dirt from fab-ric with a whisk broom or vacuumcleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu-tion recommended for upholstery orcarpets. Remove fresh spots imme-diately with a fabric spot cleaner. If

fresh spots do not receive immediateattention, the fabric can be stainedand its color can be affected. Also, itsfire-resistant properties can bereduced if the material is not proper-ly maintained.

soap solution recommended forcleaning upholstery or carpet. Followthe instructions provided with the

soap. Do not bleach or re-dye thewebbing because this may weaken it.

Cleaning the interior window glass

If the interior glass surfaces of thevehicle become fogged (that is, cov-ered with an oily, greasy or waxyfilm), they should be cleaned with

glass cleaner. Follow the directionson the glass cleaner container.

• Never allow water or other liq-uids to come in contact withelectrical/electronic compo-nents inside the vehicle asthis may damage them.

• When cleaning leather prod-ucts (steering wheel, seatsetc.), use neutral detergentsor low alcohol content solu-tions. If you use high alcoholcontent solutions or

acid/alkaline detergents, thecolor of the leather may fadeor the surface may getstripped off.

CAUTION

Using anything but recom-mended cleaners and proce-dures may affect the fabric’sappearance and fire-resistantproperties.

CAUTION

Do not scrape or scratch theinside of the rear window. Thismay result in damage to the rearwindow defroster grid.

CAUTION

Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMThe emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warrantyinformation contained in the

Caution for the Inspection andMaintenance Test (With ElectronicStability Control (ESC) system)

T t th hi l f i

1. Crankcase emission controlsystem

The positive crankcase ventilation

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-100

information contained in theWarranty & Maintenance booklet inyour vehicle.

Your vehicle is equipped with anemission control system to meet allapplicable emission regulations.

There are three emission controlsystems, as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control sys-tem

(2) Evaporative emission control sys-

tem(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper functionof the emission control systems, it isrecommended that you have yourcar inspected and maintained by anauthorized K900 Kia dealer in accor-dance with the maintenance sched-

ule in this manual.

• To prevent the vehicle from mis-firing during dynamometer test-ing, turn the Electronic Stability

Control (ESC) system off bypressing the ESC switch.

• After dynamometer testing iscompleted, turn the ESC systemback on by pressing the ESCswitch again.

psystem is employed to prevent airpollution caused by blow-by gasesbeing emitted from the crankcase.

This system supplies fresh filtered airto the crankcase through the airintake hose. Inside the crankcase,the fresh air mixes with blow-bygases, which then pass through thePCV valve into the induction system.

2. Evaporative emission con-trol (including ORVR:

Onboard Refueling VaporRecovery)system

The Evaporative Emission ControlSystem is designed to prevent fuelvapors from escaping into the atmos-phere.

(The ORVR system is designed toallow the vapors from the fuel tank tobe loaded into a canister while refu-

eling at the gas station, preventingthe escape of fuel vapors into theatmosphere.)

Canister

Fuel vapors generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister When the engine is

3. Exhaust emission controlsystem

The Exhaust Emission ControlS i hi hl ff i

Engine exhaust gas precautions(carbon monoxide)

• Carbon monoxide can be presentwith other exhaust fumes

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M ai n t en an c e

7

7-101

onboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapors absorbed inthe canister are drawn into the

engine intake manifold through thepurge control solenoid valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)

The purge control solenoid valve iscontrolled by the Engine ControlModule (ECM); when the enginecoolant temperature is low during

idling, the PCSV closes so that evap-orated fuel is not taken into theengine. After the engine warms-upduring ordinary driving, the PCSVopens to introduce evaporated fuel tothe engine.

System is a highly effective systemwhich controls exhaust emissionswhile maintaining good vehicle per-

formance.

Vehicle modifications

• This vehicle should not be modi-fied. Modification of your vehiclecould affect its performance, safetyor durability and may even violategovernmental safety and emis-sions regulations.

In addition, damage or perform-ance problems resulting from anymodification may not be coveredunder warranty.

• Use of unauthorized electricdevices may cause: Abnormalvehicle operation, Wire damage,Battery discharge, Fire.

Be careful not to damage your

vehicle by use of unauthorizedelectric devices.

with other exhaust fumes.Therefore, if you smell exhaustfumes of any kind inside your vehi-

cle, have it inspected and repairedimmediately. If you ever suspectexhaust fumes are coming intoyour vehicle, drive it only with allthe windows fully open. Have yourvehicle checked and repairedimmediately.

Maintenance

• Do not operate the engine in con-fined or closed areas (such asgarages) any more than what isnecessary to move the vehicle in orExhaust

WARNING

Engine exhaust and a wide vari


8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-102

necessary to move the vehicle in orout of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in an

open area for more than a shorttime with the engine running,adjust the ventilation system (asneeded) to draw outside air into thevehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stoppedvehicle for any extended time withthe engine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails tostart, excessive attempts to restartthe engine may cause damage tothe emission control system.

Exhaust

Engine exhaust gases containcarbon monoxide (CO). Though

colorless and odorless, it isdangerous and could be lethal ifinhaled. Follow the instructionson this page to avoid CO poi-soning.

Engine exhaust and a wide vari-ety of automobile componentsand parts, including compo-

nents found in the interior fur-nishings in a vehicle, contain oremit chemicals known to theState of California to cause can-cer and birth defects and repro-ductive harm. In addition, cer-tain fluids contained in vehiclesand certain products of compo-nent wear contain or emit chem-icals known to the State of

California to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproduc-tive harm.

Operating precautions for catalytic converters (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with a cat-alytic converter emission controldevice.

Therefore the following precautions

Failure to observe these precautionscould result in damage to the catalyt-ic converter and to your vehicle.Additionally, such actions could voidWARNING

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


M ai n t en an c e

7

7-103

Therefore, the following precautionsmust be observed:

• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for

gasoline engines.• Do not operate the vehicle when

there are signs of engine malfunc-tion, such as misfire or a noticeableloss of performance.

• Do not misuse or abuse theengine. Examples of misuse arecoasting with the ignition off anddescending steep grades in gear

with the ignition off.• Do not operate the engine at highidle speed for extended periods (5minutes or more).

• Do not modify or tamper with anypart of the engine or emission con-trol system. All inspections andadjustments must be made by anauthorized K900 Kia dealer.

• Avoid driving with a very low fuellevel. If you run out of gasoline, itcould cause the engine to misfireand result in excessive loading ofthe catalytic converter.

y,your warranties.

Fire

• A hot exhaust system canignite flammable items underyour vehicle. Do not park, idle,or drive the vehicle over ornear flammable objects, suchas grass, vegetation, paper,leaves, etc.

• The exhaust system and cat-alytic system are very hot

while the engine is running orimmediately after the engineis turned off. Keep away fromthe exhaust system and cat-alytic; you may get burned.

Also, do not remove the heatsink around the exhaust sys-tem, do not seal the bottom ofthe vehicle or do not coat thevehicle for corrosion control.It may present a fire risk undercertain conditions.

WARNING

Maintenance

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICEPerchlorate Material-special handling may apply, Seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


7-104

Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:

Perchlorate containing materials, such as air bag infla-tors, seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry

batteries, must be disposed of according to Title 22California Code of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a).

Dimensions .........................................................8-2

Engine.................................................................8-2Bulb wattage .......................................................8-3Weight/volume ....................................................8-4

Tires and wheels 8-5

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Tires and wheels.................................................8 5Recommended lubricants and capacities...........8-6

• Recommended SAE viscosity number....................8-8

Vehicle identification number (VIN).....................8-9Vehicle certification label ....................................8-9Tire specification and pressure label................8-10

Engine number .................................................8-10Refrigerant label ...............................................8-10

Consumer assistance (U.S only) ......................8-11Electrical equipment (U.S only) ........................8-14

Reporting safety defects ...................................8-15Online factory authorized manuals (U.S only)......8-15

IMENSIONS

Item in (mm)

Overall length 200.59 (5,095)

Overall width 74.80 (1,900)

Overall height 58.46 (1,485) *1

245/50 R18 63 62 (1 616)

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Front tread245/50 R18 63.62 (1,616)

245/45 R19 63.78 (1,620)

Rear tread 245/50 R18 64.33 (1,634)275/40 R19 64.06 (1,627)

heelbase 119.88 (3,044)

Item Gasoline Lambda II 3.8 Gasoline Tau 5.0

Displacementcu. in (cc)

230.54 (3,778) 307.3 (5,038)

Bore x Stroke

in. (mm)3.78x3.42 (96x87) 3.78x3.42 (96x87)

Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6 1-2-7-8-4-5-6-3

No. of cylinders 6, V - type 8, V - type

NGINE

1 with air suspension

ULB WATTAGE

Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type

LED TypeHeadlamps (Low) LED LED

Headlamps (High) LED LED

HID TypeHeadlamps (Low) 35 D3S

Headlamps (High) 60 9005HL+

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Front

Headlamps (High) 60 9005HL+

Side marker lamps LED LED

Front turn signal lamps LED LEDFront position lamps LED LED

Front fog lamps LED LED

Side Repeater lamps (Outside Mirror) LED LED

Puddle lamps LED LED

Daytime running lamps LED LED

Rear

Rear Stop/tail lamps (Inside/outside) LED LEDRear tail lamps (Inside/outside) LED LED

Rear Stop lamps (Inside/outside) LED LED

Rear turn signal lamps(Inside/outside)

LED LED

Back-up lamps 16 W16W

High mounted stop lamp LED LED

License plate lamps LED LED

Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type

Map lamps LED LED

Room lamps LED LED

Vanity mirror lamps LED LED

Glove box lamp 5 FESTOON

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


InteriorGlove box lamp 5 FESTOON

Door courtesy lamps LED LED

Foot lamps LED LEDMood lamps LED LED

Luggage lamp 5 FESTOON

Item Gasoline 3.8 Gasoline 5.0

Gross vehicle weightlbs. (kg)

5,357 (2,430) 5,620 (2,550)

Luggage volumecu ft (l)

15.9 (450) 15.9 (450)

EIGHT/VOLUME

IRES AND WHEELS

Item Tire size Wheel size

Inflation pressure kPa (psi) Wheel lug nut

torquelb•ft (kg•m, N•m)

Normal load * Maximum load

Front Rear Front Rear

P245/50R18 7.5JX18 230 (33) 230 (33) 230 (33) 230 (33)

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


NOTICEt is permissible to add 3psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon.

ires typically loose 1psi for every 12°F temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected, re-check our tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.

Normal load : Up to 3 persons

Full size tire

65~79(9~11, 88~107)

P245/45R19 8.0JX19 210 (31) - 210 (31) -

P275/40R19 9.0JX19 - 210 (31) - 210 (31)

Compact spare tire

T155/80R18 4.0TX18 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60)

T155/70R19 4.0TX19 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60)

When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.

Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly.

CAUTION

ECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

o help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.he correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.

hese lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

Lubricant Volume Classification

Engine oil *1 *2 (drain and refill)

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Engine oil (drain and refill)

Recommends (or equivalent) 3.8L 6.02 US qt. (5.7 l) ACEA A5

5.0L 7.61 US qt. (7.2 l) API Service SM*3, ILSAC GF-4 or above

Automatic transmission fluid 10.14 US qt. (9.6 l)GS ATF SP-IV-RR, Kia genuine

ATF SP-IV-RR or other brands meeting the abovespecification approved by Kia Motor Co.,

Power steering fluid 0.95 US qt. (0.9 l) Pentosin CHF 202

Lubricant Volume Classification

Coolant3.8L 9.1 US qt. (8.6 l) Mixture of antifreeze and water

(Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)5.0L 11.4 US qt. (10.8 l)

Brake fluid 0.7~0.8 US qt. (0.7~0.8 l) FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

R diff i l il 1 48 US t (1 4 l)Hypoid gear oil API GL-5, SAE 75W/90

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute

to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvementsare difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

3 If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL.

Rear differential oil 1.48 US qt. (1.4 l)Hypoid gear oil API GL 5, SAE 75W/90

(SHELL HD AXLE OIL 75W/90 Equivalent)

Fuel 19.81 US gal. (75 l) Refer to “Fuel requirements” in section 1

ecommended SAE viscosityumber

lways be sure to clean the arearound any filler plug, drain plug, oripstick before checking or drainingny lubricant. This is especially

mportant in dusty or sandy areas

When choosing an oil, consider therange of temperature your vehiclewill be operated in before the next oilchange.

Proceed to select the recommendedoil viscosity from the chart.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

3.8L

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


mportant in dusty or sandy areasnd when the vehicle is used on

npaved roads. Cleaning the plugnd dipstick areas will prevent dirtnd grit from entering the engine andther mechanisms that could beamaged.

ngine oil viscosity (thickness) hasn effect on fuel economy and coldeather operating (engine start andngine oil flowability). Lower viscosi-y engine oils can provide better fuelconomy and cold weather perform-nce, however, higher viscosityngine oils are required for satisfac-ory lubrication in hot weather. Usingils of any viscosity other than thoseecommended could result in engineamage.

p g y

Temperature

Engine Oil *1

°C

(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50

-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of

a viscosity grade SAE 5W-30 (API Service SM / ILSAC GF-4).However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the

proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

10W-30

5W-30

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

Engine Oil *1

°C

(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil ofa viscosity grade SAE 5W-20 (API Service SM / ILSAC GF-4).

However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select theproper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

10W-30

5W-20, 5W-30

5.0L

EHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)

VIN label

VEHICLE CERTIFICATION

LABELrame number

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


he vehicle identification numberVIN) is the number used in register-ng your car and in all legal mattersertaining to its ownership, etc.

he number is punched on the floornder the front passenger’s seat. Toheck the number, open the cover.

The VIN is also on a plate attachedto the top of the dashboard. Thenumber on the plate can easily beseen through the windshield fromoutside.

The vehicle certification labelattached on the driver’s side centerpillar gives the vehicle identificationnumber (VIN).


OKH083002N

IRE SPECIFICATION AND

RESSURE LABEL

ENGINE NUMBER REFRIGERANT LABEL

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


he tires supplied on your new vehi-le are chosen to provide the besterformance for normal driving.

he tire label located on the driver'side center pillar gives the tire pres-ures recommended for your car.

The engine number is stamped onthe engine block as shown in thedrawing.

The refrigerant label is located onthe underside of the hood.

The label contains the following infor-mation:

• Type of refrigerant• Amount of refrigerant

OKH083005N OKH073055N

OKH073078N

oadside Assistance is provided on all new currentodel year Kia Vehicles from the date the vehicle is deliv-red to the first retail buyer or otherwise put into use (in-ervice date), whichever is earlier, for a period of 60onths or 60,000 miles, whichever is earlier, subject to

he terms, conditions and exclusions set forth in the Kiaarranty and Consumer Information Manual applicable

Emergency roadside assistanceKia's toll free Roadside Assistance hot line is staffed 24hours a day, 365 days a year and is accessible by dialing1-855-4KIAVIP (855-454-2847) or 1-800-333-4KIA (800-333-4542).Please note that you must provide your VehicleIdentification Number (VIN) to verify coverage at the time

ONSUMER ASSISTANCE (U.S. ONLY)

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


o your model year vehicle.MA reserves the right to limit or deny services or other

enefits to any owner or driver when, in KMA's judgment,he claims and/or service requests are excessive in fre-uency or type of occurrence.

oll free consumer assistance

ia's toll-free Consumer Assistance hot line is staffedrom 5:00 AM to 6:00 PM PST, Monday through Fridaynd is accessible by dialing 1-855-4KIAVIP (855-454-

847) or 1-800-333-4KIA (800-333-4542).or more information regarding assistance available,lease refer to your Kia Warranty & Consumer

nformation Manual.

Identification Number (VIN) to verify coverage at the timeof your call. The VIN can be found on the dash of your

vehicle on the driver’s side, on the door jamb of the dri-ver’s door, your vehicle’s registration or proof of insur-ance card.Kia utilizes a network of over 17,000 roadside assistanceproviders. Should you accidentally run out of fuel, requirea battery jump, or need help changing a tire, a KiaRoadside Assistance Representative will dispatch some-one to deliver a small quantity of gas, change a flat tirewith your inflated spare, or arrange a battery jump to

allow you to proceed to your destination. We have accessto a network of over 10,000 locksmiths to help you shouldyou become locked out of your Kia.In the event that mechanical difficulty renders your vehi-cle undriveable due to a warranty-related concern, Kia’sRoadside Assistance Representative will arrange totransport your vehicle to the nearest Kia dealer or to analternative service location.

our vehicle must be accessible to our dispatch transportehicle, as determined by our driver, to receive this serv-ce. In the event that Kia does not have a dealer or anlternative service location available in a particular loca-ion, Kia will work with a reputable local service facility tonsure that you receive prompt service. Warranty repairsre performed at no cost.4 h R d id A i t i i l id d

Trip interruptionTrip interruption expense benefits are provided in theevent that a warranty-related disablement occurs morethan 150 miles from your home, and the repairs requiremore than 24 hours to complete. Reasonable reimburse-ment is included for meals, lodging, or rental vehicleexpenses. Trip interruption coverage is limited to $100

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


4-hour Roadside Assistance is a service plan providedy Kia Motors America, Inc. Certain limitations apply.

overage details are available in the Kia Warranty andonsumer Information Manual.

NOTICEoadside Assistance benefits are not available for anyia vehicle that has ever been or should be issued a “sal-

age” title or similar “branded” title under any state’saw or has been declared a “total loss” or equivalent by

financial institution or insurance company.

expenses. Trip interruption coverage is limited to $100per day subject to a three day maximum limit per incident.

You must contact the Kia Roadside Assistance Center toobtain pre-authorization of expenses. Once the KiaRoadside Assistance Center gives authorization for tripinterruption benefits, they will assist you in making thenecessary arrangements. Insurance deductibles,expenses, and claims paid by your insurance company orother providers are not eligible for reimbursement.

Fleet vehicles are excluded from reimbursement underKia’s Trip Interruption Policy.

egistering your vehicle in a foreign countryf you plan to register your vehicle in a foreign country,ou should confirm that it conforms to the regulations inhat country. Even if you successfully register the vehiclen a foreign country, you may experience the followingroblems and should therefore consider the possibility ofaving to deal with them:

3.There may not be an Authorized K900 Kia Dealer in thearea in which you plan to register your vehicle. You mayadditionally experience difficulty in obtaining services ina foreign country for any number of reasons.

Further, we cannot assume any responsibility for prob-lems that result from unsatisfactory service, certain incor-rect or misleading information or lack of service received

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


a g to dea t t e

.The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable.

If other than the specified fuel is used, it could causedamage to the engine, the fuel injection system, andother fuel-related parts which may not be coveredunder your New Vehicle Emissions Limited Warranty.

.We must, therefore, clearly state that when you leavethe country in which you purchased your Kia new andregister it in another country, problems arising from theuse of fuel other than the specified fuel are not subjectto manufacturer’s warranty. Because vehicles like yoursmay not be marketed in the new country of registration,parts, servicing techniques and tools necessary tomaintain and repair your vehicle may be unavailable.

Even if vehicles like yours are sold there, mechanicalspecifications required by the government may varyenough from the country of purchase to cause addi-tional problems.

gor provided outside the United.

he electrical system of your vehicle is designed to per-orm under all reasonably expected operating conditions.owever, before any additional electrical equipment is

nstalled in your vehicle, consult an Authorized K900 Kiaealer, in order to ensure that you do not void your war-

anty.

ertain electrical equipment, or the way in which it is

Installation of a mobile two-way radio systemIf a mobile two-way radio system is installed improperly,or if an excessively powerful type of system is used, otherelectronic systems may be adversely affected. To avoiddamage to your vehicle, consult an Authorized K900 KiaDealer concerning the proper equipment and installation.

Kia motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to

LECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (U.S. ONLY)

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


nstalled, may adversely affect the operation of your vehi-le, including such systems as the engine control system,he audio system and the electrical charging system andhus potentially void all or part of your warranty.

e assume no responsibility for any expense you mayncur or for any malfunction of your vehicle or any of itsomponents or systems that may result from the installa-ion of additional electrical equipment that is not supplied,r recommended for installation by, Kia.

Kia motor vehicles are designed and manufactured tomeet or exceed all applicable safety standards.

For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to readand follow all directions in this Owner's Manual, particu-larly the information under the headings "NOTICE","CAUTION" and "WARNING".

If, after reading this manual, you have any questionsregarding the operation of your vehicle, safety issues and

defects please contact your Kia's toll-free ConsumerAssistance hot line as below:

National Consumer Affairs Manager

Kia Motors America, Inc.

P.O. Box 52410

Irvine, CA 92619-2410

1-855-4KIAVIP (855-454-2847) or1-800-333-4KIA (800-333-4542).

f you believe that your vehicle has a defect which couldause a crash or could cause injury or death, you shouldmmediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safetydministration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Kiaotors America, Inc.

f NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an

The following publications are available onwww.KiaTechinfo.com at no charge.

Service manual:

This manual covers maintenance and recommended pro-

EPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (U.S. ONLY) ONLINE FACTORY AUTHORIZED MANUALS

(U.S. ONLY)

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


p , y pnvestigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a

roup of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy cam-aign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in indi-idual problems between you, your dealer, or Kia Motorsmerica, Inc.

o contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safetyotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:dministrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., Westuilding, Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtainther information about motor vehicle safety fromttp://www.safercar.gov.

This manual covers maintenance and recommended procedures for repair to engine and chassis components. It

is written for the Journeyman mechanic, but is simpleenough for most mechanically inclined owners to under-stand.

Electrical troubleshooting manual:

This manual complements the Service Manual by provid-ing indepth troubleshooting information for each electricalcircuit in your vehicle.

Owner's manual:

This manual describes the overall features and operatingprocedures for the vehicle.

Index

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


I n d ex

II

A/V mode.......................................................................4-65

Advanced Smart Cruise Control System (ASCC).........5-60

Speed setting (ASCC) ...............................................5-61

To convert to cruise control mode.............................5-69

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ......................................5-40

Appearance care.............................................................7-93

Exterior care ..............................................................7-93

Interior care ...............................................................7-99

Armrest (rear) ................................................................3-18

ASCC/LDWS mode.......................................................4-64

Audio / Video / Navigation system (AVN) 4 162

Index

A

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Vehicle to vehicle distance setting (ASCC) .............5-65

Advanced Vehicle Safety a (AVSM) .............................5-48AFLS (Adaptive Front Lighting System)....................4-116

Air bag warning label ....................................................3-62

Air bag warning light.....................................................3-42

Air bags..........................................................................3-39

Air bag warning label................................................3-62

Air bag warning light ................................................3-42

Curtain air bag...........................................................3-55

Driver's and passenger's front air bag .......................3-51

Inflation and non-inflation conditions .....................3-56Occupant detection system........................................3-45

Side air bag................................................................3-53

SRS Care ...................................................................3-61

SRS components and functions ................................3-43

Air cleaner .....................................................................7-40

Air ventilation seat ......................................................4-154

Airconditioning system

Automatic climate control system ..........................4-128

Alarm system.................................................................4-14

Antenna........................................................................4-163

Audio / Video / Navigation system (AVN)..................4-162

Auto door lock/unlock feature.......................................4-20

Auto Hold ......................................................................5-36

Auto light/AFLS position ............................................4-115

Automatic climate control system ...............................4-128

Air conditioning ......................................................4-137

Automatic heating and air conditioning..................4-129

Manual heating and air conditioning ......................4-130

Automatic transmission (Shift by cable) .......................5-11

Manual mode.............................................................5-13

Shift-lock override.....................................................5-15Automatic transmission (Shift by wire) ........................5-16

Manual mode.............................................................5-20

When the battery is discharged .................................5-22

Automatic turn off function ........................................4-123

Aux, USB and iPod® port...........................................4-161

Bag hanger ...................................................................4-158Battery............................................................................7-48

Battery replacement (for smart key)................................4-9

I-2

B

Battery saver function..................................................4-113

Before driving..................................................................5-4

Blind Spot Detection System(BSD) ..............................5-79

BSD (Blind Spot Detection) /

LCA (Lane Change Assist).....................................5-80

RCTA (Rear cross traffic alert) .................................5-83

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands free 4 163

Center console storage.................................................4-146

Central door lock switch................................................4-19

Certification label ........................................................5-101

Chains - Tire ..................................................................5-94

Checking tire inflation pressure.....................................7-54

Child restraint system ....................................................3-32

Lower anchor system 3 37

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free...............4-163

Brake system..................................................................5-27

Advanced Vehicle Safety Management (AVSM)......5-48

Anti-lock brake system (ABS)..................................5-40

Auto Hold..................................................................5-36

Electric parking brake (EPB) ....................................5-30

Electronic stability control (ESC).............................5-42

Hill-start assist control (HAC) ..................................5-46

Power brakes .............................................................5-27

Brakes fluid....................................................................7-37

Bulb replacement ...........................................................7-87Bulb wattage ....................................................................8-3

Button start/stop, see engine start/stop button.................5-6

Camera see the Rear-Camera Display.........................4-107

Capacities (Lubricants)....................................................8-6

Care

Exterior care ..............................................................7-93Interior care ...............................................................7-99

Tire care.....................................................................7-53

Lower anchor system ................................................3-37

Seat belt.....................................................................3-33

Tether anchorage system...........................................3-36

Child-protector rear door lock .......................................4-20

Climate control air filter ................................................7-43

Clock............................................................................4-156

Clothes hanger .............................................................4-157

Combined instrument, see instrument cluster ...............4-57

Compact spare tire .........................................................6-23

Compact spare tire replacement ....................................7-58

Consumer assistance(U.S. only)....................................8-11Coolant...........................................................................7-34

Cooling fluid, see engine coolant ..................................7-34

Crankcase emission control system.............................7-100

Cruise control system ....................................................5-55

To set cruise control speed........................................5-56

Cup holder ...................................................................4-150

Curtain air bag ...............................................................3-55I n d ex

I-3

I

C

Dashboard illumination, see instrument panel

illumination ...............................................................4-58

Dashboard, see instrument cluster.................................4-57

Daytime running light .................................................4-114

D f i (Wi d hi ld) 4 142

Driver position memory system.......................................3-7

Driver's and passenger's front air bag............................3-51

Driving at night..............................................................5-90

Driving in flooded areas ................................................5-91

Driving in the rain..........................................................5-91

Driving off-road.............................................................5-92

Index

D

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Defogging (Windshield) ..............................................4-142

Defogging logic ...........................................................4-143Defroster ......................................................................4-127

Outside rearview mirror defroster ..........................4-127

Rear window defroster ............................................4-127

Wiper deicer ............................................................4-127

Defrosting (Windshield) ..............................................4-142

Dimensions ......................................................................8-2

Display illumination, see instrument panel illumination ....4-58

Displays, see instrument cluster ....................................4-57

Door courtesy lamp .....................................................4-125Door locks......................................................................4-17

Auto door lock/unlock feature ..................................4-20

Central door lock switch ...........................................4-19

Child-protector rear door lock ..................................4-20

Impact sensing door unlock system..........................4-20

Power Door Latch .....................................................4-18

Rear door lock button................................................4-19

DRIVE mode .................................................................5-52

Drive mode integrated control system...........................5-52

DRIVE mode / SNOW mode....................................5-52

Driver Information System (DIS)................................4-162

Economical operation ....................................................5-87

Electric chromic mirror (ECM) .....................................4-45

Electric parking brake (EPB).........................................5-30

Electrical equipment(U.S. only) ....................................8-14

Electronic stability control (ESC) .................................5-42

Emergency starting ..........................................................6-5

Jump starting ...............................................................6-5

Emergency while driving.................................................6-3Emission control system..............................................7-100

Crankcase emission control system ........................7-100

Evaporative emission control System .....................7-100

Exhaust emission control system............................7-101

Engine ..............................................................................8-2

Engine compartment........................................................2-7

Engine coolant ...............................................................7-34

Engine Coolant Temperature guage ..............................4-60

Engine number...............................................................8-10Engine oil.......................................................................7-32

Engine overheats..............................................................6-9

I-4

E

Engine start/stop button ...................................................5-6

Engine start/stop button position.................................5-6

Illuminated engine start/stop button............................5-6

Engine start/stop button illumination ..............................5-6

Engine start/stop button position .....................................5-6

Engine will not start.........................................................6-4

Evaporative emission control System..........................7-100

Front seat adjustment - power .........................................3-4

Fuel Economy................................................................4-80

Fuel filler lid ..................................................................4-34

Emergency fuel filler lid release ...............................4-36

Fuel Gauge.....................................................................4-61

Fuel requirements ............................................................1-3

Fuse switch ....................................................................7-70

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Evaporative emission control System..........................7 100

Exhaust emission control system.................................7-101

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ...............7-29Exterior care...................................................................7-93

Exterior overview.............................................................2-2

Flat tire ..........................................................................6-17

Changing tires ...........................................................6-18

Compact spare tire ....................................................6-23Jack and tools ............................................................6-17

Jack label...................................................................6-26

Removing and storing the spare tire .........................6-18

Floor mat anchor(s) .....................................................4-157

Fluid

Brakes fluid ...............................................................7-37

Power steering fluid ..................................................7-38

Washer fluid ..............................................................7-39

Front blind spot monitoring system.............................4-110Front fog light..............................................................4-119

Front lamp switch ........................................................4-123

Fuse switch ....................................................................7 70

Fuses ..............................................................................7-68

Fuse switch................................................................7-70Fuse/relay panel description......................................7-73

Instrument panel fuse ................................................7-69

Main fuse...................................................................7-72

Multi fuse ..................................................................7-72

Gauges ...........................................................................4-59Glove box.....................................................................4-147

Glove box lamp............................................................4-126

Gross vehicle weight........................................................8-4

Hazard warning flasher....................................................6-2

Hazardous driving conditions ........................................5-89

Head Up Display (HUD) ...............................................4-99Head Up Display Information.................................4-100

Head Up Display ON/OFF......................................4-100

I n d ex

I-5

I

F

G

H

Index

Head Up Display Setting ........................................4-101

Head Up Display Information .....................................4-100

Head Up Display ON/OFF ..........................................4-100

Head Up Display Setting .............................................4-101

Headlight bulb replacement...........................................7-88

Headlight escort function ...........................................4-113

Headlight leveling device ............................................4-119

Inside rearview mirror ...................................................4-45

Inside rearview mirror with compass ............................4-45

Instrument cluster ..........................................................4-57

Gauges.......................................................................4-59

Instrument panel illumination ...................................4-58

LCD Display Control ................................................4-58

Transaxle Shift Indicator...........................................4-62

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


I-6

g g 9

Headlight position........................................................4-115

Headrest(front).................................................................3-8Headrest(rear) ................................................................3-16

Heated steering wheel....................................................4-43

Heater

Automatic climate control system ..........................4-128

High - beam operation .................................................4-117

Hight adjustment (front seat belt)..................................3-23

Highway driving ............................................................5-92

Hill-start assist control (HAC).......................................5-46HomeLink ® system........................................................4-45

Hood...............................................................................4-32

Horn ...............................................................................4-44

HUD see the Head Up Display .....................................4-99

Immobilizer system .......................................................4-12

Impact sensing door unlock system...............................4-20Indicator light.................................................................4-93

Information Mode..........................................................4-65

Instrument panel fuse.....................................................7-69

Instrument panel overview...............................................2-5Interior care....................................................................7-99

Interior features............................................................4-150

Air ventilation seat .................................................4-154

Bag hanger ..............................................................4-158

Clock .......................................................................4-156

Clothes hanger.........................................................4-157

Cup holder...............................................................4-150

Floor mat anchor(s).................................................4-157Luggage net (holder)...............................................4-159

Power outlet.............................................................4-151

Rear curtain .............................................................4-159

Rear vanity mirror ...................................................4-158

Seat warmer.............................................................4-152

Side curtain..............................................................4-160

Sunvisor...................................................................4-150

Interior light .................................................................4-123

Automatic turn off function ...................................4-123Door courtesy lamp.................................................4-125

Front lamp switch....................................................4-123

I

Glove box lamp .......................................................4-126

Rear lamp switch.....................................................4-124

Trunk room lamp.....................................................4-125

Vanity mirror lamp ..................................................4-126

Interior overview .............................................................2-4

LCD modes ...............................................................4-63

Trip computer mode..................................................4-64

Turn By Turn (TBT) mode........................................4-64

User Settings Mode...................................................4-67

Warning Messages.....................................................4-73

LCD Display Control.....................................................4-58

LCD modes....................................................................4-63J

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


I n d ex

I-7

I

Jack and tools.................................................................6-17Jack label .......................................................................6-26

Jump starting....................................................................6-5

Label

Air bag warning label................................................3-62

Certification label....................................................5-101Refrigerant label........................................................8-10

Tire and loading information label............................5-98

Tire sidewall labeling ................................................7-59

Tire specification and pressure label.........................8-10

Lane change signals.....................................................4-118

Lane departure warning system (LDWS) .....................5-75

Lap/shoulder belt (3-Point system) ...............................3-22

LCD display...................................................................4-63

A/V mode ..................................................................4-65ASCC/LDWS mode ..................................................4-64

Information Mode .....................................................4-65

Light bulbs .....................................................................7-87

Lighting........................................................................4-113Battery saver function .............................................4-113

Daytime running light ............................................4-114

Front fog light .........................................................4-119

Headlight escort function .......................................4-113

Headlight leveling device........................................4-119

High - beam operation ............................................4-117

Lane change signals ................................................4-118

Lighting control.......................................................4-114Turn signals .............................................................4-118

Lighting control ...........................................................4-114

AFLS (Adaptive Front Lighting System) ...............4-116

Auto light/AFLS position........................................4-115

Headlight position ...................................................4-115

Parking light position ..............................................4-115

Lower anchor system.....................................................3-37

Lubricants and capacities.................................................8-6

Luggage net (holder) ...................................................4-159Luggage volume ..............................................................8-4

J

L

Index

Main fuse .......................................................................7-72

Maintenance.....................................................................7-5

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items...........7-29

Maintenance services ..................................................7-5

Normal maintenance schedule 7-11

Aux, USB and iPod® port .......................................4-161

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free ..........4-163

Driver Information System (DIS) ...........................4-162

Steering wheel audio control .................................4-164

USB charger ...........................................................4-161

M

N

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


I-8

Normal maintenance schedule ..................................7 11

Owner maintenance.....................................................7-8

Tire maintenance .......................................................7-58

Maintenance schedule....................................................7-11

Manual mode - Automatic transmission

(Shift by cable)..........................................................5-13

Manual mode - Automatic transmission

(Shift by wire) ...........................................................5-20

Map pocket ..................................................................4-149

Mechanical key operations ............................................4-10

Mirrors ...........................................................................4-45Electric chromic mirror (ECM) ................................4-45

HomeLink ® system ...................................................4-45

Inside rearview mirror...............................................4-45

Inside rearview mirror with compass........................4-45

Outside rearview mirror ............................................4-53

Moonroof, see Panoramic sunroof.................................4-37

Multi fuse.......................................................................7-72

Multimedia system.......................................................4-161

Antenna ...................................................................4-163

Audio / Video / Navigation system (AVN) .............4-162

Non-Powered Trunk.......................................................4-21Normal maintenance schedule.......................................7-11

Occupant detection system ............................................3-45

Odometer .......................................................................4-62

ODS see the Occupant detection system.......................3-45

Oil (Engine) ...................................................................7-32One time driving information mode..............................4-83

Outside rearview mirror.................................................4-53

Adjusting outside rearview mirror ............................4-54

Folding the outside rearview mirror..........................4-55

Reverse parking aid function ....................................4-55

Outside Temperature Gauge ..........................................4-62

Overheats .........................................................................6-9

N

O

Panoramic sunroof .........................................................4-37

Sunroof open warning...............................................4-37

Parking assist system ...................................................4-102

Non-operational conditions.....................................4-104

Operation.................................................................4-102

Recommended SAE viscosity number........................8-8

Record your key number .................................................4-4

Refrigerant label ............................................................8-10

Remote keyless entry system operations.........................4-7

Replacement light bulb..................................................7-87

Reporting safety defects(U.S. only) ..............................8-15

Restrictions in handling keys.........................................4-11

P

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Operation.................................................................4 102

Parking Guide System .................................................4-108

Parking light position...................................................4-115

Power brakes..................................................................5-27

Power Door Latch..........................................................4-18

Power outlet .................................................................4-151

Power Trunk...................................................................4-22

Power window lock button ............................................4-31

Pre-Safe Seat belt (PSB) ...............................................3-28

Pre-tensioner seat belt....................................................3-25

Rear curtain..................................................................4-159

Rear door lock button ....................................................4-19

Rear lamp switch .........................................................4-124

Rear seat adjustment (Power seat).................................3-13

Rear seat storage..........................................................4-146

Rear vanity mirror........................................................4-158

Rear-Camera Display...................................................4-107

Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ..................7-53

Recommended lubricants and capacities.........................8-6

Road warning...................................................................6-2

Rocking the vehicle .......................................................5-89Rotation (Tire) ...............................................................7-55

Scheduled maintenance service .....................................7-10

Seat belt Precautions......................................................3-29

Seat belt warning ...........................................................3-21

Seat belts........................................................................3-20Hight adjustment (front seat belt) .............................3-23

Lap/shoulder belt (3-Point system)...........................3-22

Pre-Safe Seat belt (PSB) ..........................................3-28

Pre-tensioner seat belt ...............................................3-25

Seat belt Precautions .................................................3-29

Seat belt warning.......................................................3-21

Seat warmer .................................................................4-152

Seatback pocket ..........................................................4-148

Seats.................................................................................3-2Armrest (rear)............................................................3-18

Driver position memory system ..................................3-7

I n d ex

I-9

I

R

S

Front seat adjustment - power.....................................3-4

Headrest(front) ............................................................3-8

Headrest(rear)............................................................3-16

Rear seat adjustment (Power seat) ............................3-13

Shift-lock override - Automatic transmission

(Shift by cable)..........................................................5-15

Side air bag ....................................................................3-53

Driving at night .........................................................5-90

Driving in flooded areas............................................5-91

Driving in the rain .....................................................5-91

Driving off-road ........................................................5-92

Hazardous driving conditions ...................................5-89

Highway driving........................................................5-92

Rocking the vehicle...................................................5-89

Index

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Side curtain ..................................................................4-160

Smart Key ........................................................................4-4Battery replacement ....................................................4-9

Immobilizer system...................................................4-12

Mechanical key operations........................................4-10

Record your key number.............................................4-4

Remote keyless entry system operations ....................4-7

Restrictions in handling keys ....................................4-11

Smart key functions.....................................................4-4

Smart key precautions .................................................4-6

Transmitter precautions...............................................4-8

Smart key functions .........................................................4-4

Smart key precautions......................................................4-6

Smooth cornering...........................................................5-90

SNOW mode..................................................................5-52

Snow tires ......................................................................5-93

Spare tire

Changing tires ...........................................................6-18

Compact spare tire ....................................................6-23Compact spare tire replacement................................7-58

Special driving conditions .............................................5-89

Smooth cornering ......................................................5-90

Speedometer...................................................................4-59SRS Care........................................................................3-61

SRS components and functions .....................................3-43

Starting difficulties, see engine will not start..................6-4

Starting the engine ...........................................................5-9

Starting the engine with a smart key...........................5-9

Starting the engine - With a smart key ............................5-9

Steering wheel ...............................................................4-42

Electronic Hydraulic Power Steering (EHPS) ..........4-42

Heated steering wheel ...............................................4-43

Horn...........................................................................4-44

Tilt and telescopic steering........................................4-42

Steering wheel audio control ......................................4-164

Storage compartment ...................................................4-146

Center console storage ............................................4-146

Glove box ................................................................4-147

Map pocket..............................................................4-149

Rear seat storage .....................................................4-146Seatback pocket ......................................................4-148

Sunglass holder .......................................................4-147

I-10

Sunglass holder............................................................4-147

Sunroof open warning ...................................................4-37

Sunvisor .......................................................................4-150

Surround View Monitoring System (SVM).................4-111

T h 4 59

Wheel replacement....................................................7-58

Towing ...........................................................................6-27

Emergency towing.....................................................6-30

Removable towing hook............................................6-29

Trailer Towing ...............................................................5-97

Transaxle Shift Indicator ...............................................4-62

Transmission - Automatic transmission

(Shif b bl ) 5 11

T

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Tachometer.....................................................................4-59

Tether anchorage system................................................3-37Theft-alarm system ........................................................4-14

Tilt and telescopic steering ............................................4-42

Tire and loading information label ................................5-98

Tire chains......................................................................5-94

Tire pressure monitoring system ...................................6-11

Tire rotation ...................................................................7-55

Tire specification and pressure label .............................8-10

Tires and wheels ..............................................................8-5

Checking tire inflation pressure ................................7-54

Compact spare tire replacement................................7-58

Low aspect ratio tire..................................................7-63

Recommended cold tire inflation pressures..............7-53

Tire care.....................................................................7-53

Tire maintenance .......................................................7-58

Tire replacement........................................................7-57

Tire rotation...............................................................7-55

Tire sidewall labeling ................................................7-59Tire traction ...............................................................7-58

Wheel alignment and tire balance.............................7-56

(Shift by cable)..........................................................5-11

Transmission - Automatic transmission(Shift by wire) ...........................................................5-16

Transmitter precautions ...................................................4-8

Trip A/B .........................................................................4-82

Trip computer ................................................................4-80

Fuel Economy ...........................................................4-80

One time driving information mode .........................4-83

Trip A/B.....................................................................4-82

Trip computer mode ......................................................4-64

Trunk..............................................................................4-21

Emergency trunk safety release ................................4-26

Non-Powered Trunk..................................................4-21

Power Trunk..............................................................4-22

Trunk Lid Control Button ........................................4-25

Trunk Lid Control Button .............................................4-25

Trunk room lamp .........................................................4-125

Turn By Turn (TBT) mode ............................................4-64

Turn signals..................................................................4-118

I n d ex

I-11

I

USB charger ................................................................4-161

User Settings Mode .......................................................4-67

Power window lock button........................................4-31

Windshield defrosting and defogging..........................4-142

Windshield washers .....................................................4-122

Windshield wipers .......................................................4-120

Winter driving................................................................5-93

Snow tires..................................................................5-93

Tire chains .................................................................5-94

Wi bl d 7 45

Index

U

V

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


Vanity mirror lamp.......................................................4-126

Vehicle break-in process .................................................1-5

Vehicle data collection and event data recorders.............1-6

Vehicle identification number (VIN)...............................8-9

Vehicle load limit...........................................................5-98

Certification label....................................................5-101

Tire and loading information label............................5-98

Vehicle weight .............................................................5-103

Warning light .................................................................4-84

Warning Messages .........................................................4-73

Washer fluid...................................................................7-39

Welcome system ..........................................................4-112

Headlight .................................................................4-112

Interior light ............................................................4-112

Puddle lamp.............................................................4-112

Wheel alignment and tire balance .................................7-56

Wheel replacement ........................................................7-58

Windows ........................................................................4-28

Wiper blades ..................................................................7-45

Wipers and washers .....................................................4-120Windshield washers.................................................4-122

Windshield wipers...................................................4-120

I-12

W

8/11/2019 2015 KH OM.pdf


2015 KH OM.pdf

Documents

Transcript of 2015 KH OM.pdf